SK 50p - Compressed
SK 50p - Compressed
SK 50p - Compressed
MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
SHOP
MANUAL model SK50P
INDEX
1 SPECIFICATIONS SECTION
SYSTEM
2 MAINTENANCE SECTION
3 SYSTEM SECTION
4 DISASSEMBLY SECTION
DISASSEMBLING
5 TROUBLESHOOTING
6 ENGINE SECTION
7 PROCEDURE E / G TROUBLESHOOTING
OF INSTALLING
OPTIONS SECTION OPT.
0-2
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS stands, capable of supporting the machine, before
performing any disassembly.
0-3
(13)Always use the proper tools that are in good condi- (21)Do not operate a machine if any rotating part is
tion and that are suited for the job at hand. Be sure damaged or contacts any other part during opera-
you understand how to use them before performing tion. Any high speed rotating component that has
any service work. been damaged or altered should be checked for
(14)Reinstall all fasteners with the same part number. balance before reusing.
Do not use a lesser quality fastener if replacements (22)Be careful when servicing or separating the tracks
are necessary. (crawlers). Chips can fly when removing or install-
(15)Repairs which require welding should be per- ing a track (crawlers) pin. Wear safety glasses and
formed only with the benefit of the appropriate ref- long sleeve protective clothing. Tracks (crawlers)
erence information and by personnel adequately can unroll very quickly when separated. Keep away
trained and knowledgeable in welding procedures. from front and rear of machine. The machine can
Determine type of metal being welded and select move unexpectedly when both tracks (crawlers)
correct welding procedure and electrodes, rods or are disengaged from the sprockets. Block the ma-
wire to provide a weld metal strength equivalent at chine to prevent it from moving.
least to that of the parent metal. Make sure to dis-
connect battery before any welding procedures are
attempted.
(16)Do not damage wiring during removal operations.
Reinstall the wiring so it is not damaged nor will be
damaged in operation of the machine by contacting
sharp corners, or by rubbing against some object or
hot surface. Do not connect wiring to a line contain-
ing fluid.
(17)Be sure all protective devices including guards and
shields are properly installed and functioning cor-
rectly before starting a repair. If a guard or shield
must be removed to perform the repair work, use
extra caution and replace the guard or shield after
repair is completed.
(18)The maintenance and repair work while holding the
bucket raised is dangerous due to the possibility of
a falling attachment. Don’t fail to lower the attach-
ment and place the bucket to the ground before
starting the work.
(19)Loose or damaged fuel, lubricant and hydraulic
lines, tubes and hoses can cause fires. Do not bend
or strike high pressure lines or install ones which
have been bent or damaged. Inspect lines, tubes
and hoses carefully. Do not check for leaks with
your hands. Very small (pinhole) leaks can result in
a high velocity oil stream that will be invisible close
to the hose. This oil can penetrate the skin and
cause personal injury. Use card-board or paper to
locate pinhole leaks.
(20)Tighten connections to the correct torque. Make
sure that all heat shields, clamps and guards are in-
stalled correctly to avoid excessive heat, vibration
or rubbing against other parts during operation.
Shields that protect against oil spray onto hot ex-
haust components in event of a line, tube or seal
failure must be installed correctly.
0-4
SE Asia INDEX SK50P
Book Code No. Index
Title 1
Distribution Year–Month No. 33 25
MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
S5PA0105E01
2011-01
OUTLINE 1
S5PS0210E01
2011-01
SPECIFICATIONS 2
S5PS0310E01
ATTACHMENT DIMENSIONS 3 2
2011-01 42 34
S5PJ1131E02
TOOLS 11
2011-01
S5PS1210E01 STANDARD MAINTENANCE
2011-01 TIME TABLE
12
S5PS1310E01 MAINTENANCE STANDARD
13
2011-01 AND TEST PROCEDURE
43 11 3
_ 51
S5PS2210E01
2011-01
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 22
S5PS2310E01
SYSTEM
2011-01
ELECTRIC SYSTEM 23
44 12
S5PS2410E01
2011-01
COMPONENTS SYSTEM 24
_
AIR-CONDITIONER SYSTEM 25
_
13
S5PA3105E01 GENERAL DISASSEMBLY
DISASSEMBLING
S5PS4201E01
2011-01
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 42
S5PS4301E01
2011-01
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 43 31 23
S5PW4431E02
ENGINE 44
2011-01
S5PW5131E02
ENGINE 51
2011-01
_
32 24
_
0-5
NOTE:
This Manual is prepared as a technical material in This Manual may be properly revised due to the im-
which the information necessary for the maintenance provement of products, modification of specifications,
and repairing services of our hydraulic excavators are etc. And there are cases where the system on actual
collected, and is categorized into 7 Chapters, Specifica- machine and a part of the contents of this manual may
tion, Maintenance, System, Disassembly, Trouble- differ due to the variations of specification by countries.
shooting, Engine, and Installation Procedures for For the section in which the description is hardly under-
Optional Attachment. stood, contact our distributor.
• The Chapter "Specification" describes the specifi- The number is assigned to every part handled in this
cations for entire machine and material, which are Manual on account of the description, but the parts,
instructive for replacement and repairing of attach- which cannot be supplied as service parts are con-
ments. tained. Therefore, the order must be placed with re-
spective formal number with due confirmation on the
• The Chapter "Maintenance" describes the material,
Parts Manual for applicable machine.
which is helpful for maintenance service and adjust-
ments for entire machine.
• The Chapter "System" describes the operating sys-
tem like hydraulic system, electric system, compo-
nents, and so on.
• The Chapter "Disassembly" describes the removal
and installing of assembly mounted on the upper
structure and undercarriage, and the assembling
and disassembling of the associated hydraulic
equipment.
• The Chapter "Troubleshooting" describes how to
find the fault equipment.
• The Chapter "Engine" describes the engines mak-
ing use of the "Maintenance Manual" provided by
the suppliers.
• The Chapter "Installation Procedures for Optional
Attachment" describes the supplements added on
request as required.
0-6
[1. OUTLINE]
1
1. OUTLINE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1-1
[1. OUTLINE]
CX50B : PJ06-09807~
(CASE-NA)
E50B : PJ06-09807~
(NH-NA)
SK30SR-5 : PW14-46519~
SK35SR-5 : PX15-21105~ (KCM S.E.ASIA&OCE)
CX31B : PW14-46519~
CX36B : PX15-21105~ (CASE-AUS)
E30B : PW14-46519~
E35B : PX15-21105~ (NH-AUS)
CX27B : PV13-33001~
(CASE-Australia)
E27B : PV13-33001~
(NH-AUS)
SK40SR-5 : PH07-06609~
May, 2010
SK50SR-5 : PJ06-09807~ (KCM S.E.ASIA&OCE)
E50B : PJ06-09807~
(NH-AUS)
CX50B : PJ06-09807~
(CASE-AUS)
SK27SR-5 : PV13-33453~
(NA)
CX27B : PV13-33453~
(CASE-NA)
E27B : PV13-33453~
(NH-NA)
SK20SR-5 : PM10-10609~
SK27SR-5 : PV13-33453~ (KCM S.E.ASIA&OCE)
CX27B : PV13-33453~
(CASE-Australia)
E27B : PV13-33453~
(NH-AUS)
CX55BMSR : PS02-00101~
(CASE-NA)
E55BX : PS02-00101~
(NH-NA)
1-2
[1. OUTLINE]
1
1.1.1 PREPARATION BEFORE DISASSEMBLING
(4) Recording
Record the following items for communication and prevention of recurring malfunction.
(1) Wear appropriate clothes with long sleeves, safety shoes, safety helmet and protective glasses.
(2) Suspend warning tag "DO NOT OPERATE" from the doorknob or the operating lever, and have a
preliminary meeting before starting work.
(3) Stop the engine before starting inspection and maintenance to prevent the operator being caught
in machine.
(4) Identify the location of a first-aid kit and a fire extinguisher, and also where to make contact in a
state of emergency.
(5) Choose a hard, level and safe place, and place the attachment on the ground securely.
(6) Use a lifter such as a crane to remove heavy parts (20 kg [45 lbs] or more) from the machine.
1-3
[1. OUTLINE]
1-4
[1. OUTLINE]
1
2. Perform air bleeding when :
a. Hydraulic oil changed
b. Parts of suction side piping replaced
c. Hydraulic pump installed
d. Slewing motor installed
e. Travel motor installed
f. Hydraulic cylinder installed
3. Perform air bleeding of the hydraulic pump and slewing motor after loosening the upper drain plug,
starting the engine and keep it in low idle condition.
Complete the air bleeding when seeping of hydraulic oil is recognized, and tightly plug.
4. Perform air bleeding of the travel motor and the hydraulic cylinders by running the engine for more
than 5 minutes at low speed without load.
5. Perform air bleeding of pilot line by performing a series of digging, slewing and travel.
6. Check hydraulic oil level after placing the attachment to the oil check position, and replenish oil if
necessary.
Operation of the hydraulic equipment without filling hydraulic oil or lubricant or without performing air
bleeding will result in damage to the equipment.
Do not allow the hydraulic cylinder to bottom on the stroke end just after the maintenance.
1-5
[1. OUTLINE]
1-6
[1. OUTLINE]
1
(1) O-ring
・ Ensure O-rings have elasticity and are not damaged before use.
・ Use the appropriate O-rings. O-rings are made of various kinds of materials having different
hardness to apply to a variety of parts, such as the part for moving or fixed portion, subjected to
high pressure, and exposed to corrosive fluid, even if the size is same.
・ Fit the O-rings without distortion and bend.
・ Always handle floating seals as a pair.
1-7
[1. OUTLINE]
1-8
[1. OUTLINE]
1-9
[1. OUTLINE]
1-10
[2. SPECIFICATIONS]
2
2. SPECIFICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2-1
[2. SPECIFICATIONS]
2-2
[2. SPECIFICATIONS]
2-3
[2. SPECIFICATIONS]
2-4
[2. SPECIFICATIONS]
2
Slewing Speed min {rpm} 8.9 {8.9}
Low (1st) High (2nd) Low (1st) High (2nd)
Travel Speed km/h (mph)
2.7 4.6 2.7 4.6
Gradeability % (degree) 58(30)
ENGINE
Model (YANMAR) 4TNV88-BXPYBE (EDM-4TNV88)
Type Water-cooled, 4-cycle type Swirl chamber type diesel engine
Number of cylinders-Bore X Stroke 4 - 88 dia. mm X 90 mm (3.46 in X 3.54 in)
Total Displacement L 2.189 (134 cu-in)
Output Rating kW/min-1 {PS/rpm} 28.6/2,400 {39/2,400}
-1
Maximum Torque N-m/min (lbf-ft/rpm) 131/1,440 (97/1,440)
Starting Motor V X kW 12 X 2.3
Generator V X A 12 X 55
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS
Hydraulic Pump Variable displacement axial piston + gear pump
Hydraulic Motor Axial piston
Hydraulic Motor w/Reducer (Travel) 2-Axial piston, 2-Speed motor
Control Valve 11-spool multiple control valve
Cylinder (Boom, Arm, Swing, Bucket, Dozer) Double action cylinder
Return Filter Safety valve containing/Filter Type (30μ)
2-5
[2. SPECIFICATIONS]
WEIGHT
Iron shoe Rubber shoe (OPT)
Machine Weight kg (lb)
4,660 (10,280) 4,520 (9,970)
Upper slewing body kg (lb) 2,040 (4,500) <--
Travel system kg (lb) 1,875 (4,130) 1,735 (3,830)
Attachment
kg (lb) 550 (1,210)
(Boom+STD Arm+STD Bucket)
Oil & Water kg (lb) 95 (210)
2-6
[2. SPECIFICATIONS]
Unit ; kg (lb)
SK50P
MODEL IRON SHOE RUBBER SHOE (OPT)
CANOPY CANOPY
2
COMPLETE MACHINE 4,660 (10,280) 4,520 (9,970)
UPPER FRAME ASSEMBLY 2,040 (4,500) 2,040 (4,500)
(ASSY OF FOLLOWINGS)
UPPER FRAME 577 (1,272) <--
CANOPY / CAB 100 (220) 100 (220)
ENGINE *170 (375) <--
HYDRAULIC PUMP *35(77) <--
RADIATOR *4 (9) <--
HYDRAULIC TANK *40 (88) <--
FUEL TANK *6 (13) <--
SWING BRACKET 106 (234) <--
SWING CYLINDER *44 (97) <--
SLEWING MOTOR *36 (79) <--
CONTROL VALVE *47 (104) <--
COUNTERWEIGHT 380 (840) <--
GUARD - BONNET 88 (190) <--
BOOM CYLINDER *64 (141) <--
LOWER FRAME ASSEMBLY 1,875 (4,130) 1,735 (3,830)
(ASSY OF FOLLOWINGS)
LOWER FRAME 571 (1,260) <--
SLEWING BEARING 58 (128) <--
TRAVEL MOTOR *65X2 (143X2) <--
UPPER ROLLER 5X2 (11X2) <--
LOWER ROLLER 11X10 (24X10) <--
FRONT IDLER 36X2 (79X2) <--
IDLER ADJUSTER 23X2 (51X2) <--
SPROCKET 14X2 (31X2) <--
RUBBER CRAWLER SHOE - 222X2 (490X2)
400mm (15.7") IRON SHOE 290X2 (640X2) -
SWIVEL JOINT *22 (49) <--
DOZER 180 (397) <--
DOZER CYLINDER *32 (71) <--
ATTACHMENT ASSEMBLY 550 (1,210) <--
(ASSY OF FOLLOWINGS)
BOOM ASSEMBLY 262 (577) <--
BOOM 183 (404) <--
ARM CYLINDER *58 (128) <--
ARM ASSEMBLY 175 (390) <--
ARM 104 (230) <--
BUCKET CYLINDER *31 (68) <--
BUCKET LINK 13 (29) <--
IDLER LINK 4X2 (9X2) <--
BUCKET ASSEMBLY (STD) 111 (250) <--
2-7
[2. SPECIFICATIONS]
Unit ; kg (lb)
SK50P
MODEL IRON SHOE RUBBER SHOE (OPT)
CANOPY CANOPY
FLUIDS (ASSY OF FOLLOWINGS) 100 (221) <--
HYDRAULIC OIL 30 (66) <--
FUEL 63 (139) <--
COOLANT 6 (13) <--
2-8
[2. SPECIFICATIONS]
2.5 TRANSPORTATION
2
4. Lower all attachment.
5. Stop engine. Remove key from switch.
2-9
[2. SPECIFICATIONS]
3. ARM
Model SK50P
L X H X W 1,870 X 420 X 250
mm (ft-in) (6'2") (16.5") (9.8")
Weight kg (lb) 175 (390)
4. BUCKET
Model SK50P
Heaped capacity m3(cu-yd) 0.14 (0.18)
L X H X W 780 X 690 X 600
mm (ft-in) (30.7") (27.2") (23.6")
Weight kg (lb) 111 (250)
2-10
[2. SPECIFICATIONS]
2-11
[2. SPECIFICATIONS]
2-12
[2. SPECIFICATIONS]
2-13
[2. SPECIFICATIONS]
2.8.1 SPECIFICATIONS
2-14
[2. SPECIFICATIONS]
2-15
[2. SPECIFICATIONS]
2-16
[3. ATTACHMENT DIMENSIONS]
3. ATTACHMENT DIMENSIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
3
3.1 BOOM ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………3-3
3.1.1 BOOM DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS ……………………………………………………………………3-3
3.1.2 BOOM MAINTENANCE STANDARDS …………………………………………………………………3-4
3.2 ARM ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………3-8
3.2.1 ARM DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS ………………………………………………………………………3-8
3.2.2 ARM MAINTENANCE STANDARDS ……………………………………………………………………3-10
3.3 BUCKET……………………………………………………………………………………………………………3-14
3.3.1 BUCKET DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS …………………………………………………………………3-14
3.3.2 DETAIL DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS OF LUG SECTION……………………………………………3-15
3.3.3 DETAIL DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS OF BOSS SECTION …………………………………………3-15
3.4 DOZER ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………3-17
3.4.1 DOZER DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS ……………………………………………………………………3-17
3.4.2 DOZER MAINTENANCE STANDARDS …………………………………………………………………3-18
3.5 SWING ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………3-20
3.5.1 SWING BRACKET DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS ………………………………………………………3-20
3.5.2 SWING PORTION MAINTENANCE STANDARDS ……………………………………………………3-21
3-1
[3. ATTACHMENT DIMENSIONS]
3-2
[3. ATTACHMENT DIMENSIONS]
3.1 BOOM
3
Boom Dimensional Drawings
DIMENSIONS [mm(ft-in)]
No. NAME
SK50P
A Boom length 2980 (9'9.32")
B Distance between pins of boss R1434 (4'8.46")
C Distance between pins of bracket R1489.5 (4'10.6")
D Height of boom cylinder rod pin 500 (19.7")
E Height of arm cylinder (head side) pin 893.8 (35.2")
F Boom foot width 250 (9.84")
G Inner width of bracket for boom cylinder (rod side) mounting 76 (2.99")
H Boom end inner width 175 (6.89")
J Boom end outer width 265 (10.4")
K Inner width of bracket for arm cylinder (head side) 66 (2.60")
d1 Boom foot pin dia. 50 dia.(1.97")
[Bushing outer dia.] [60 dia.(2.36")]
d2 Boom cylinder (rod side) pin dia. 50 dia.(1.97")
d3 Pin dia. of arm end 60 dia.(2.36")
d4 Arm cylinder (head side) pin dia. 45 dia.(1.77")
3-3
[3. ATTACHMENT DIMENSIONS]
-The tolerance for bushing inside diameter means the dimension after fitting of it into place.
-The part number for pins may be changed owing to improvement, use them only for reference.
3-4
[3. ATTACHMENT DIMENSIONS]
3
This page is blank for editing convenience.
3-5
[3. ATTACHMENT DIMENSIONS]
3-6
[3. ATTACHMENT DIMENSIONS]
3-7
[3. ATTACHMENT DIMENSIONS]
3.2 ARM
3-8
[3. ATTACHMENT DIMENSIONS]
Dimensions [mm(ft-in)]
No. Name
SK50P
A Arm length 1430 (4'8.3")
B Distance between pins of boss and bracket R405 (15.9")
C Distance between pins of boss and bracket R1118 (3'8.02")
D Distance between pins of boss and boss R230.5 (9.07")
E Height between pins of boss and bracket 311 (12.2")
F Height between pins of boss and bracket 211 (8.3")
G Height between pins of boss and center 12 (0.472")
H Boss width 150 (5.91")
J Boss width 175 (6.89")
K Bracket inner width 61 (2.40")
3
L Bracket inner width 66 (2.6")
M Idler link dimension 320 (12.6")
N Bucket link dimension 310 (12.2")
D1 I.D. of boss 55 dia. (2.17")
D2 I.D. of boss 55 dia. (2.17")
D3 I.D. of boss 75 dia. (2.95")
d1 Pin dia. 45 dia. (1.77")
d2 Pin dia. 45 dia. (1.77")
d3 Pin dia. 60 dia. (2.36")
d4 Pin dia. 45 dia. (1.77")
d5 Pin dia. 45 dia. (1.77")
3-9
[3. ATTACHMENT DIMENSIONS]
-The tolerance for bushing inside diameter means the dimension after fitting of it into place.
-The part number for pins may be changed owing to improvement, use them only for reference.
3-10
[3. ATTACHMENT DIMENSIONS]
3
This page is blank for editing convenience.
3-11
[3. ATTACHMENT DIMENSIONS]
3-12
[3. ATTACHMENT DIMENSIONS]
Clearance X shall be adjusted using shims, if clearance exceeds the standard value.
3-13
[3. ATTACHMENT DIMENSIONS]
3.3 BUCKET
Model SK50P
No. 3
Heaped Capacity m 0.14
(cu-yd) (0.18)
A Distance between pin and bracket 228.5 (9")
B Distance between bucket pin and tooth end R800 (31.5")
C Inner width of bucket top end 518.8 (20.4")
D Inner width of lug 197 (7.76")
E Inner width of bracket 151 (5.94")
F Outer width of side cutter 600 (23.6")
G Outer width of bucket bottom plate 461 (18.1")
H Outer tooth distance 450 (17.7")
J Pitch between teeth 150 (5.9")
d1 Pin dia. 45 dia.(1.77")
d2 Pin dia. 45 dia.(1.77")
3-14
[3. ATTACHMENT DIMENSIONS]
3
Dimension of lug section
3-15
[3. ATTACHMENT DIMENSIONS]
3-16
[3. ATTACHMENT DIMENSIONS]
3.4 DOZER
3
Dozer dimensional drawings
Dimensions [mm(ft-in)]
No. NAME
SK50P
A Blade width 1960 (6'5.17")
B Blade height 345 (1'1.58")
C Distance from dozer attaching pin center to cutting edge end R1149 (3'9.24")
D Inner width of dozer attaching bracket 531 (20.9")
E Width of dozer attaching bracket 69 (2.72")
F Distance from dozer attaching pin center to attaching pin on dozer R737 (29.0")
cylinder head side
G Attaching bracket inner width on dozer cylinder head side 62 (2.44")
H Horizontal distance from dozer attaching pin center to edge end 1105 (3'7.5")
J Vertical distance from dozer attaching pin center to edge end 313 (12.3")
d1 Dozer attaching pin dia. 40 dia.(1.57")
d2 Attaching pin dia. on dozer cylinder head side 55 dia.(2.17")
3-17
[3. ATTACHMENT DIMENSIONS]
-The tolerance for bushing inside diameter means the dimension after fitting of it into place.
-The part number for pins may be changed owing to improvement, use them only for reference.
3-18
[3. ATTACHMENT DIMENSIONS]
(2) Clearance in thrust direction on the dozer and cylinder installation section
3-19
[3. ATTACHMENT DIMENSIONS]
3.5 SWING
3-20
[3. ATTACHMENT DIMENSIONS]
3
Clearance of pin and bushing on swing portion
-The tolerance for bushing inside diameter means the dimension after fitting of it into place.
-The part number for pins may be changed owing to improvement, use them only for reference.
3-21
[3. ATTACHMENT DIMENSIONS]
(2) Clearance in thrust direction on swing bracket and cylinder installation section
3-22
[3. ATTACHMENT DIMENSIONS]
3-23
[3. ATTACHMENT DIMENSIONS]
3-24
[11. TOOLS]
11. TOOLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
11
11.1 TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS FOR CAPSCREWS & NUTS………………………………………………11-3
11.1.1 Metric Coarse Thread Standard Tightening Torque Values. Make Certain to tighten all
Capscrews & Nuts to proper torque values. ……………………………………………………………………11-3
11.1.2 Metric Fine Thread Standard Tightening Torque values. Make certain to tighten all Capscrews
& Nuts to proper torque values. …………………………………………………………………………………11-4
11.2 SCREW AND TOOL SIZES …………………………………………………………………………………11-5
11.2.1 CAPSCREW ………………………………………………………………………………………………11-5
11.2.2 CAPSCREW (SOCKET BOLT) …………………………………………………………………………11-5
11.3 TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS FOR JOINTS AND HOSES ………………………………………………11-6
11.3.1 JOINTS FOR PIPING (O-RING SEALING TYPE)……………………………………………………11-6
11.3.2 HYDRAULIC HOSE (30 DEG. FLARE TYPE) ………………………………………………………11-6
11.4 TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS FOR SLEEVE TYPE TUBE FITTINGS …………………………………11-7
11.4.1 SLEEVE TYPE TUBE FITTINGS ………………………………………………………………………11-7
11.4.2 PART NO. …………………………………………………………………………………………………11-7
11.5 PLUGS ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………11-8
11.5.1 PLUG FOR HYDRAULIC PIPE JOINT ………………………………………………………………11-8
11.5.2 PLUG FOR HYDRAULIC EQUIPMENT ………………………………………………………………11-9
11.6 SPECIAL SPANNERS FOR TUBES …………………………………………………………………………11-10
11.7 SPECIAL TOOLS ………………………………………………………………………………………………11-11
11.8 APPLICATION OF SCREW LOCKING AND SEALING COMPOUNDS ………………………………11-12
11.9 COUNTERWEIGHT LIFTING JIG ……………………………………………………………………………11-13
11.10 UPPER FRAME LIFTING JIG ………………………………………………………………………………11-14
11-1
[11. TOOLS]
CX55BMSR : PS02-00101~
(CASE-NA)
E55BX : PS02-00101~
(NH-NA)
11-2
[11. TOOLS]
The following Torque Specifications are provided for use when actual torque value of a fastener is not
known. Check the capscrews and nuts for their looseness and dropping off before the start of daily
work and at the periodical maintenance. Retighten the loosened ones, and install new ones for the
dropped off. For the new machine, the check and retightening of them must be carried out at first 50
hours operation. For the replacement of them, make sure to use the same size of manufacturer's
genuine parts.
Refer to the table below for the tightening and retightening of capscrews.
・ The table below is not applicable for the capscrews to fix the cover, etc., made of plastic. For
the tightening torque for such capscrews, consult with an authorized our distributor. Over-
tightening may cause damages on the parts to be fixed.
・ In case that the tightening torque is specified in the manual, use such torque values regardless 11
to the table below.
・ Numerical indication on the capscrew head shows the classification for strength (e.g., 7 = 7 T). No
indication is provided for smaller size of capscrews, M 5 or less.
11.1.1 Metric Coarse Thread Standard Tightening Torque Values. Make Certain
to tighten all Capscrews & Nuts to proper torque values.
11-3
[11. TOOLS]
11.1.2 Metric Fine Thread Standard Tightening Torque values. Make certain to
tighten all Capscrews & Nuts to proper torque values.
11-4
[11. TOOLS]
11.2.1 CAPSCREW
11
11.2.2 CAPSCREW (SOCKET BOLT)
11-5
[11. TOOLS]
11-6
[11. TOOLS]
11
11.4.2 PART NO.
11-7
[11. TOOLS]
11.5 PLUGS
(3) Nut
11-8
[11. TOOLS]
(2) PT screw
11
11-9
[11. TOOLS]
11-10
[11. TOOLS]
11
11-11
[11. TOOLS]
11-12
[11. TOOLS]
11
11-13
[11. TOOLS]
11-14
[12. STANDARD MAINTENANCE TIME TABLE]
12.1 STANDARD WORKING TIME TABLE FOR THE MAINTENANCE OF EXCAVATOR ………………12-4
12
12-1
[12. STANDARD MAINTENANCE TIME TABLE]
12-2
[12. STANDARD MAINTENANCE TIME TABLE]
PREFACE
(1) Working Conditions
1. Technicians : One or more technicians who are qualified by Manufacturer are needed. The
technicians need five years of more experience, and they have to complete the training in the
operation of this machine.
2. Facilities : General jigs, tools, apparatus, testers to be provided.
The maintenance workshop to be equipped with a good enough capacity of building with crane
and inspection instruments necessary for specific self inspection activities.
3. Place : The workshop to be located on a flat land at which the work is able to perform and to
which a service car or truck crane is accessible.
12-3
[12. STANDARD MAINTENANCE TIME TABLE]
01 Attachment(1/2)
WORK TO UNIT :
No. EQUIPMENT PORTION UNIT REMARKS
BE DONE HOUR
00 Bucket portion Refer to 32.1.2
01 Bucket ASSY Rem.l/Inst. 1 pc. Include adjustment 0.4
02 -Bucket removing / installing position Preparation 1 pc. 0.1
03 -Bucket installing pin Rem./Inst. 1 pc. Include stopper pin. 0.1
04 -Bucket drive pin Rem./Inst. 1 pc. 0.1
05 -Bucket sling and transfer Preparation 1 pc. 0.1
06 -Bucket (Single) O/H 1 pc. Not include removal / inst. 0.6
07 -Bushing Replace 1 pc. 0.5
10 Arm portion Refer to 32.1.3
11 Arm ASSY Rem./Inst. 1 pc. 0.8
12 -Bucket cylinder removing / installing Preparation 1 pc. 0.2
position and piping
13 -Bucket cylinder rod pin Rem./Inst. 1 pc. Include stopper pin. 0.1
14 -Bucket cylinder head pin Rem./Inst. 1 pc. Include stopper pin. 0.1
15 -Bucket cylinder assy Rem./Inst. 1 pc. 0.1
16 -Arm cylinder rod pin Rem./Inst. 1 pc. Include stopper pin. 0.1
17 -Boom top pin Rem./Inst. 1 pc. 0.1
18 -Arm sling and transfer Rem./Inst. 1 pc. 0.1
12-4
[12. STANDARD MAINTENANCE TIME TABLE]
01 Attachment(2/2)
WORK TO UNIT :
No. EQUIPMENT PORTION UNIT REMARKS
BE DONE HOUR
20 Boom portion Refer to 32.1.4
21 Boom ASSY Rem./Inst. 1 pc. 1.0
22 -Boom removing / installing position Preparation 1 pc. 0.1
23 -Boom cylinder temporary slinging Preparation 1 pc. 0.1
24 -Boom cylinder rod pin Rem./Inst. 1 pc. Include stopper pin. 0.1
25 -Boom cylinder piping Rem./Inst. 1 pc. 0.1
26 -Arm & Bucket piping Rem./Inst. 1 pc. 0.2
27 -Boom assy temporary slinging Rem./Inst. 1 pc. 0.1
28 -Boom foot pin Rem./Inst. 1 pc. Include stopper pin. 0.1
29 -Boom assy slinging Rem./Inst. 1 pc. 0.1
30 Arm cylinder removing / installing Rem./Inst. 1 pc. 0.3
31 -Arm cylinder piping Rem./Inst. 1 pc. 0.1
32 -Arm cylinder head pin Rem./Inst. 1 pc. Include stopper pin. 0.1
33 -Arm cylinder slinging Rem./Inst. 1 pc. 0.1
40 Boom cylinder removing / installing Rem./Inst. 1 pc. 0.3
41 -Boom cylinder piping Rem./Inst. 1 pc. 0.1
42 -Boom cylinder head pin Rem./Inst. 1 pc. 0.1
43 -Boom cylinder slinging Rem./Inst. 1 pc. 0.1
12
50 Bucket cylinder O / H 1 pc. 2.5
51 -Pin bushing Replace 1 set Include seal. 1.0
60 Arm cylinder O / H 1 pc. 2.5
61 -Pin bushing Replace 1 set Include seal. 1.0
70 Boom cylinder O / H 1 pc. 2.5
71 -Pin bushing Replace 1 set Include seal. 1.0
80 Swing portion Refer to 32.1.5
81 Swing bracket assy Rem./Inst. 1 pc. After removing boom. 0.4
82 -Swing cylinder rod pin Rem./Inst. 1 pc. 0.1
83 -Swing bracket slinging Rem./Inst. 1 pc. 0.1
84 -Swing center pin Rem./Inst. 1 pc. 0.1
85 Swing cylinder removing / installing Rem./Inst. 1 pc. After removing swing 0.3
bracket.
86 -Swing cylinder hose Rem./Inst. 2 pcs. 0.2
87 -Swing cylinder head pin Rem./Inst. 1 pc. 0.1
88 Swing cylinder O / H 1 pc. 2.5
89 -Pin bushing Replace 1 pc. Include seal. 1.0
Other necessary works Rem./Inst. 1 set Panel assy (3) 0.1
90 Dozer portion Refer to 32.1.6
91 Dozer ASSY Rem./Inst. 1 pc. 0.6
92 -Dozer cylinder hose Rem./Inst. 2 pcs. 0.2
93 -Dozer cylinder rod pin Rem./Inst. 1 pc. 0.1
94 -Dozer installing pin Rem./Inst. 2 pcs. 0.2
95 Dozer cylinder O / H 1 pc. 2.5
96 -Pin bushing Replace 1 set Include seal. 1.0
12-5
[12. STANDARD MAINTENANCE TIME TABLE]
12-6
[12. STANDARD MAINTENANCE TIME TABLE]
12-7
[12. STANDARD MAINTENANCE TIME TABLE]
12-8
[12. STANDARD MAINTENANCE TIME TABLE]
12-9
[12. STANDARD MAINTENANCE TIME TABLE]
03 Upper structure(4/4)
WORK TO UNIT :
No. EQUIPMENT PORTION UNIT REMARKS
BE DONE HOUR
130 Upper frame portion Refer to 33.1.21
131 Upper frame ASSY Rem./Inst. 1 pc. 1.0
132 -Fixing bolt Rem./Inst. 1 set Apply sealant 0.3
133 -Upper frame slinging Rem./Inst. 1 pc. 0.3
134 -Cleaning Cleaning 1 pc. 0.2
Other necessary works Rem./Inst. 1 pc. Canopy 0.2
Rem./Inst. 1 pc. Guard (Cover, support) 1.5
Rem./Inst. 1 pc. Counterweight 0.4
Drain / Feed 1 pc. Hydraulic oil 0.2
Rem./Inst. 1 set Swivel joint hose 0.5
Rem./Inst. 1 set Boom 1.0
12-10
[12. STANDARD MAINTENANCE TIME TABLE]
04 Undercarriage
WORK TO UNIT :
No. EQUIPMENT PORTION UNIT REMARKS
BE DONE HOUR
00 Travel portion Refer to 34.1.2
01 Rubber crawler Rem./Inst. One side 0.6
02 -Rubber shoe removing / inst.position. Preparation One side 0.1
03 -Tension adjusting Adjusting One side 0.2
04 -Crawler shoe Rem./Inst. One side 0.2
10 Upper roller portion Refer to 34.1.3
11 Upper roller ASSY Rem./Inst. 1 pc. After removing crawler shoe 0.2
12 Upper roller O / H 1 pc. 1.0
20 Lower roller portion Refer to 34.1.6
21 Lower roller ASSY Rem./Inst. 1 pc. 0.2
22 Lower roller O / H 1 pc. 1.0
30 Front idler & Idler adjuster portion Refer to 34.1.7 & 34.1.8
31 Idler & Idler adjuster ASSY Rem./Inst. One side After removing crawler shoe 0.5
32 Idler & Idler adjuster ASSY O / H One side 0.1
33 Idler ASSY O / H One side 1.0
34 Idler adjuster ASSY Rem./Inst. One side 0.5
40 Sprocket portion Refer to 34.1.9 12
41 Sprocket Replace One side After removing crawler shoe 0.5
50 Travel motor portion Refer to 34.1.10
51 Travel motor ASSY Rem./Inst. One side After removing crawler shoe 1.0
52 -Motor cover Rem./Inst. One side 0.1
53 -Hydraulic connector, hose Rem./Inst. One side Include attaching hose's tag 0.6
and plug
54 -Motor fixing bolt Rem./Inst. One side 0.3
55 -Motor slinging Rem./Inst. One side 0.1
56 Travel motor O / H One side 3.0
57 Travel reduction unit Rem./Inst. One side 3.0
Other necessary works Feed One side Hyd. oil in motor 0.1
60 Slewing bearing portion Refer to 34.1.11
61 Slewing bearing ASSY Rem./Inst. 1 pc. After removing upper frame 0.6
62 -Slewing bearing fixing bolt Rem./Inst. 1 pc. 0.3
63 -Slewing bearing Cleaning 1 pc. Decreasing / Replenishment 0.1
64 -Slewing bearing slinging Rem./Inst. 1 pc. 0.2
12-11
[12. STANDARD MAINTENANCE TIME TABLE]
12-12
[13. MAINTENANCE STANDARD AND TEST PROCEDURE]
13-1
[13. MAINTENANCE STANDARD AND TEST PROCEDURE]
13-2
[13. MAINTENANCE STANDARD AND TEST PROCEDURE]
(2) Terminology
1. Standard Values :
These are of the standard values to assemble and regulate a new machine. Where special notes
are not given, these values are based on the machine with standard structure (the machine with
standard attachments and shoes).
2. Standard Values for Repair :
These are of the values at which the reconditioning is required.
In order to ensure the performance and safety, it is strictly prohibited to use the machine with the 13
parts and components being over the standard values.
3. Serviceability Limit :
This is of the service limit for each part and component at which the reconditioning is impossible
and they must be replaced to new ones.
All the parts and components which are estimated to exceed the serviceability limit up to the next
periodical inspection and maintenance, should be also replaced to new ones.
The machine operation with the parts and components which have exceeded the serviceability limit,
causes increase of troubles and down time of the machine, and also causes safety problems.
13-3
[13. MAINTENANCE STANDARD AND TEST PROCEDURE]
13-4
[13. MAINTENANCE STANDARD AND TEST PROCEDURE]
13
*1. The pressure for slew is controlled by the relief valve attached to the slew motor.
Set pressure of this relief valve is 20.1 MPa (2915 PSi)
*2. Measure the both pressures of main relief valve and overload relief valve at pressure measuring
port on main control valve.
13-5
[13. MAINTENANCE STANDARD AND TEST PROCEDURE]
13-6
[13. MAINTENANCE STANDARD AND TEST PROCEDURE]
13-7
[13. MAINTENANCE STANDARD AND TEST PROCEDURE]
However, if the proper high idling speed is not obtainable, consult it with the engine manufacturer.
13-8
[13. MAINTENANCE STANDARD AND TEST PROCEDURE]
After releasing air in the hydraulic oil tank, open the cover and sample oil in the hydraulic tank, and
measure with the instrument for analysis. If the measured value is over the standard value, replace the
return filter and/or change the hydraulic oil. 13
13-9
[13. MAINTENANCE STANDARD AND TEST PROCEDURE]
13-10
[13. MAINTENANCE STANDARD AND TEST PROCEDURE]
13
Relief valve
13-11
[13. MAINTENANCE STANDARD AND TEST PROCEDURE]
Relief valve
13-12
[13. MAINTENANCE STANDARD AND TEST PROCEDURE]
TEST PROCEDURES
Measure 3-time each.
Apply average data of the above for judgement.
13.5.1 TRAVEL
(1) Travel Speed (5 Revolutions)
・ Engine : High Idle
・ Hydraulic Oil Temp. : 50 to 60C degrees
(122 to 140F degrees)
・ Measurement Posture : Machine Body is
raised using both hoe attachment and
dozer blade.
・ Set crawler shoes in motion. Starting after
one full revolution, measure the time
required for 5 revolutions. (To measure
speed after it has stabilized.)
13-13
[13. MAINTENANCE STANDARD AND TEST PROCEDURE]
Measuring Conditions :
・ Engine : Stopped
・ Hydraulic Oil Temp. : 50 to 60C degrees
(122 to 140F degrees)
・ Gradient : 15° (Approx. 1/3.73)
・ Machine posture : Fully extending the
boom, arm and bucket cylinders, and fully
retracting the dozer cylinder.
Make sure of the rotating direction of travel motor referring to the figure. Otherwise, the rib "A" may be
broken by the stopper pin.
13-14
[13. MAINTENANCE STANDARD AND TEST PROCEDURE]
(2) Measurement :
・ Engine : At rated speed
・ Hydraulic oil temp. : 50 to 60C
degrees(122 to 140F degrees)
・ Machine posture : Locking the traveling,
and allowing relief on the travel motor
・ Measure the drained volume of oil for 30
seconds of relief.
13
13-15
[13. MAINTENANCE STANDARD AND TEST PROCEDURE]
TEST PROCEDURES
Measure 3-time each.
Apply average data of the above for judgement.
・ Prior to measuring, draw matching marks on the outer race of the slew bearing and lower frame
at exactly 180 degrees slew from the starting point. Then with the hoe attachment in a no-load,
slew 180 degrees from starting point. At which point return the operating lever to neutral.
Measure the distance between the position marks and the point the hoe attachment stops.
13-16
[13. MAINTENANCE STANDARD AND TEST PROCEDURE]
(2) Measurement :
・ Engine : At rated speed
・ Hydraulic oil temp. : 50 to 60C degrees
(122 to 140F degrees)
・ Machine posture :
Pushing a fixture with the side of bucket,
operating the engine.
・ Measure the drained volume of oil for 30
seconds relieving at full stroke of the
slewing operation.
13
13-17
[13. MAINTENANCE STANDARD AND TEST PROCEDURE]
TEST PROCEDURES
Measure 3-time each.
Apply average data of the above for judgement.
13-18
[13. MAINTENANCE STANDARD AND TEST PROCEDURE]
13-19
[13. MAINTENANCE STANDARD AND TEST PROCEDURE]
TEST PROCEDURES
Measure 3-time each.
Apply average data of the above for judgement.
13-20
[13. MAINTENANCE STANDARD AND TEST PROCEDURE]
In the case of rubber crawlers, measurements should be taken with setting the joint ("M" or "∞"
mark) in the top center position
13
13-21
[13. MAINTENANCE STANDARD AND TEST PROCEDURE]
13-22
[22. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM]
22-1
[22. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM]
22-2
[22. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM]
22.1 SUMMARY
22
22-3
[22. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM]
This is for reference only, because the model number might be changed due to improvement.
22-4
[22. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM]
22
22-5
[22. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM]
22-6
[22. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM]
22
Neutral circuit
22-7
[22. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM]
22.3.3 TRAVEL OPERATING CIRCUIT down to lower pressure, and the counter balance
Pilot oil hydraulic system with operating lever valve [brake valve] (408) spool moves to the
neutral position with the spring force.
22.3.3.1 2nd Speed Operating Circuit As the results, the passage in return oil side is
(Independent-forward travel) throttled, and the motor speed is suppressed by a
(1) Pilot Circuit back-pressure, then the motor is controlled to the
1. Shifting signal for 2nd speed travel speed corresponding to the supplied oil volume
When the "Rabbit and Turtle" mark (at the power of the pump.
cut-off, it automatically takes back for 1st speed) c. The counterbalance valve spool is so designed
on the nob of travel right lever is pushed down, it that it is gradually shifted by a throttle effect to
actuates the 1st and 2nd speed travel shifting stop or start the motor absorbing shock at the
valve of solenoid valve (13). start and stop of the machine.
The pressurized oil signal for 2nd speed is d. When load increases during high speed travel, the
generated from the A port of solenoid valve (13), speed automatically shifts to the 1st speed,
and led to the P port on travel motor (4) through resulting in low speed and high torque.
swivel joint (10), and shifts the 2-speed shifting
valve (404).
2. Changing travel valve spool
The pilot secondary pressure is generated from
pilot valve (12) by the operation for travel forward.
The pressurized oil is led to the Pb3 and Pb4
ports on control valve (2) to shift the travel valve
spool.
2. Travel Motor
22-8
[22. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM]
22
22-9
[22. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM]
22-10
[22. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM]
22
22-11
[22. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM]
22-12
[22. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM]
22
22-13
[22. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM]
22.3.6 BOOM OPERATING CIRCUIT the boom from lowering due to its own weight
Pilot oil hydraulic system with operating lever while the boom valve is being at neutral position.
22-14
[22. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM]
22
22-15
[22. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM]
22-16
[22. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM]
22
22-17
[22. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM]
22-18
[22. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM]
22
22-19
[22. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM]
22-20
[22. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM]
22
22-21
[22. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM]
22-22
[22. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM]
22
Combined operation circuit : Travel (forward) 1st speed / Dozer down operation
22-23
[22. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM]
22-24
[22. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM]
22
22-25
[22. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM]
22-26
[23. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM]
23
23-1
[23. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM]
23-2
[23. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM]
3. On the side face of connector, the connector name and serial number of the connector No. are
indicated.
4. At the place indicated as "DOUBLE SPLICE", two wires are connected to one place.
(2) The connector is to be connected with engaging the male (M) and female (F) connectors of the
same number.
Example : CN-101M and CN-101F
Where : M means for Male, and F for Female.
(4) The AVSS wires are to be used for the size between 0.75 sq and 2 sq. AVS wires between 3 sq
and 5 sq and others are AV wires, unless otherwise specified.
(5) The wire size is 0.75 sq, unless otherwise specified.
(6) The treatment for the harness end is to be as follows :
(7) The length for the above (6)-3) is to be 30±10 mm. (1.2±0.4 in), and the length includes in the
total length of wire shown in the diagram.
23-3
[23. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM]
23-4
[23. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM]
-The part number may be changed owing to modification, use them only for reference.
-NA : North America, AUST : Australia.
23-5
[23. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM]
The part number may be changed owing to modification, use them only for reference.
23-6
[23. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM]
23
23-7
[23. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM]
23-8
[23. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM]
23
23-9
[23. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM]
23-10
[23. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM]
23
23-11
[23. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM]
23-12
[23. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM]
23
23-13
[23. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM]
23-14
[23. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM]
23
23-15
[23. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM]
23-16
[23. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM]
23
23-17
[23. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM]
23-18
[23. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM]
23
23-19
[23. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM]
23-20
[23. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM]
23
23-21
[23. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM]
23-22
[23. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM]
23
23-23
[23. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM]
23-24
[23. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM]
23
23-25
[23. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM]
23-26
[23. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM]
23
23-27
[23. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM]
23-28
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24
24-1
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24-2
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
(2) SPECIFICATIONS
24
24-3
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24-4
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
(2) Operation
1. Pump operation
a. The cylinder block is fitted on the spline and rotates with the drive shaft.
b. The piston fitted on the cylinder block follows the sliding surface of the hanger and moves to and
fro.
c. The piston moves to increase the capacity from the bottom dead point to the top dead point, the
pressure oil flows from the inlet port into cylinder block through the control plate. (Suction stroke)
d. But as the piston moves to decrease the capacity from the top dead point to the bottom dead
point, the pressure oil is sent out to the delivery port. (Delivery stroke)
e. By changing the tilting angle of the hanger (sliding surface), the displacement varies.
f. The oil sucked from the inside port of the cylinder block is delivered from the delivery port inside
of the control valve.
g. The oil sucked from the outside port of the cylinder block is delivered from the delivery port
outside of the control plate.
24
24-5
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
2. Control
a. The delivery pressure P1 and P2 are directed to the piston which slides on the hanger and acts
on the hanger.
b. The spring is provided to act against the delivery pressure.
c. When the oil pressure via piston acting on the hanger is less than the installation load of the
spring, the hanger is fixed to the maximum tilting position.
d. When the oil pressure via piston acting on the hanger exceeds the installation load of the spring,
the hanger is tilted and kept tilted at a position where the oil pressure is balanced with the
spring forces. (Region A in above figure)
e. When the oil pressure acting on the piston rises further to reduce the tilting angle, the spring B
which has been inactive up to now becomes active.
f. To overcome the spring force of two springs, the oil pressure must be higher and the shifting line
becomes more steep. (Regions A + B in the middle of the figure above)
g. When the P3 oil pressure acts on the shift piston, the control shifting line is shifted.
h. When outside oil pressure (Pz=3.4MPa) acts on Z port, air-conditioner mode is available. When Z
port is not in use, the piping is connected to the drain line.
24-6
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
a. Adjusting procedure
1. Loosen the hexagon nut.
2. Set the power line by tightening or loosening the adjusting screw.
24
24-7
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24-8
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24-9
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
(5) Cover
24-10
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24
24-11
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
(7) Housing
24-12
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24
24-13
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24-14
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24
24-15
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24.1.2.2 CONSTRUCTION
24-16
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24.1.2.3 OPERATION
(1) Lever in neutral position
In this case, the force of the secondary
pressure setting spring (241) that
determines the output pressure of the pilot
valve is not transmitted to the spool (201).
Accordingly, the spool (201) is pushed up
by the return spring (221) and spring seat
(216) permitting the output port 2, 4 to
connect with the tank port T. This makes
the output pressure equal to the tank
pressure.
24-17
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24-18
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
(2) Specifications
ITEM SPECIFICATIONS
Model (Type) PVD6P4044
Max. primary pressure 6.9MPa (1000 psi)
Rated flow 10 L/min (2.6 gal/min)
Weight 3.9 kg (8.6 lb)
24
24-19
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24.1.3.2 CONSTRUCTION
Torque Torque
No. NAME Q'TY No. NAME Q'TY
N-m (lbf-ft) N-m (lbf-ft)
101 Casing 1 6.9 (5.1) 252 Plug 2
102 Casing (Damper) 1 261 O-ring 3
201 Cover 2 8.8 (6.5) 271 Capscrew 4
202 Plug 4 301 Spool 4
203 Grease cup 4 311 Spring seat 4
210 Packing 4 313 Washer 4
211 O-ring 4 324 Spring 4
212 O-ring 4 335 Spring 4
213 O-ring 2 336 Spring 4
214 Push rod 4 413 Cam shaft 2
217 Shim 4 414 Bushing 4
218 Spring seat 4 420 Cam 2
224 Piston 4 471 Steel ball 4
225 Steel ball 12 6.9 (5.1) 472 Set screw 2
29.4 (21.7) 251 RO Plug 3 501 Boots (Bellows) 2
24-20
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24.1.3.3 OPERATION
1. Reducing valve
(1) When the lever is at neutral position
The spool is pushed up by the return
spring (335) through spring seat (311), and
is positioned at the neutral position in the
right figure. Therefore, the pressure at
delivery ports 1 and 2 is equivalent to that
of port T because the delivery port is
connected to only port T following the
switched spool condition.
24
24-21
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
2. Damping mechanism
(1) In case of neutral position,
Push rod (214) is pushed up by damping spring (336) through piston (224), and holds at the
position shown in Fig. "Pilot valve-Sectional view".
(2) Where the control section is inclined from the neutral position,
By rotating the cam clockwise, the push rod on the port 1 side is pushed down, and the piston
also moves down.
Then, the oil in the damping piston chamber is discharged through the orifice, and the
simultaneously generated pressure produces damping force.
On the other hand, the push rod on the port 2 side moves up by the damping spring through the
piston.
Then, oil is sucked from the tank into the damping piston chamber through three ball check
valves. The oil outside of the piston chamber flows out through the passage leading to port T on
the casing top end.
24-22
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
(3) Where the control section is inclined in the opposite direction from the full tilting
After tilting the cam clockwise fully, if it is rotated counterclockwise, the push rod on the port 2
side is pushed down and the piston moves down.
Then, the same as above, the oil in the damping piston chamber is discharged through restriction
of piston, and the simultaneously generated pressure produces damping force.
On the other hand, the push rod on the port 1 side is moved up by the force of the return
spring and damping spring.
Similarly oil is sucked from the tank into the damping piston chamber through three ball check
valves.
And the oil in the piston chamber flows out through the passage leading from the casing top end
to the tank port.
That is, either tilting operation from the neutral position to the full tilting position or the full tilting
position to the neutral position is designed to produce the damping force.
24
24-23
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24.1.4.2 SPECIFICATIONS
24-24
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24.1.4.3 CONSTRUCTION
(1) Control Valve: Overall composition
24
24-25
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24-26
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
5. Anti-void valve
24
24-27
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24-28
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24
24-29
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24-30
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24.1.5.3 SPECIFICATIONS
Items Specifications
Part No. PY15V00014F1
Slewing motor unit PCR-3B-12A-FP-9093A
Model (Type)
Slewing motor PM-1B-20B-FS2-9093A
3
cm /rev
Displacement 20.0 (1.22)
Hydraulic motor (cu-in/rev)
Rated flow L/min (gal/min) 33.8 (8.93)
Static friction torque N-m (lbf-ft) 68.4 (50.5)
Parking brake
Release pressure MPa (psi) Min 2.5 (363), Max 4.9 (710) 24
Set pressure MPa (psi) 21.0 (3050) at 34l/min (9.0 gal/min)
Relief valve
Cracking pressure MPa (psi) 16.2 (2350) at 1l/min (0.26 gal/min)
Reduction unit Reducting ratio 21.5
Weight (with Reduction unit) kg (lb) Approx. 37 (82)
24-31
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24.1.5.4 CONSTRUCTION
24-32
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24
24-33
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24-34
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24
24-35
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
2. Check Valve
When the swing motor is decelerated by
operating the control valve, it continues to
be moved by the inertia of the machine.
Then, it works as pump, and the pressure
of C chamber tends to become nagative.
However, when B port pressure is below
cracking pressure of the relief valve, all
flow in A port goes out from B port through
the motor.
Therefore, if C chamber can get flow only
from the control valve, the flow will not be
enough to prevent the negative pressure;
as a result, cavitation could occur. The
check valve works to supply the flow from
T port to C chamber, and prevents
cavitation.
24-36
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24
24-37
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
The gear ratio of the two-stage planetary gear can generally expressed by :
24-38
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24
24-39
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
(2) Specifications
Model (Type) GM06VA
Rated output revolution (1st / 2nd) min-1(rpm) 30.9 / 52.2
Reduction unit Output torque (1st / 2nd) N-m (lbf-ft) 5710 / 3280 (4211 / 1033)
Reduction ratio 1 / 68.6
Displacement (1st / 2nd) cm3/rev (cu-in/rev) 26.4 / 15.3 (1.61 / 0.93)
Rated operating pressure MPa (psi) 23.0 (3340)
-1
Rated output revolution (1st / 2nd) min (rpm) 2119 / 3583
Hydraulic motor
Rated flow L/min (gal/min) 57.1 (15.1)
2-Speed shifting pressure MPa (psi) 3.5 (507)
Automatic 2-speed shifting pressure MPa (psi) 18.5 (2680)
Static friction torque N-m (lbf-ft) 64.7 (47.7)
Parking brake
Releasing pressure MPa (psi) 0.89 (129)
Weight kg (lb) 65 (143)
24-40
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24.1.6.2 CONSTRUCTION
(1) Construction (Outline)
24
24-41
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24-42
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24-43
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24-44
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24.1.6.3 FUNCTION
24.1.6.3.1 Reduction Unit
(1) Function
This reduction gear unit is composed of two stage planetary gear mechanism.
The reduction gear reduces the high speed of hydraulic motor and converts it low-speed, high-torque
rotation.
24.1.6.3.2 Hydraulic Motor Section (Brake valve, parking brake, high and low speed change
mechanism)
(1) Function
1. Hydraulic motor: Hydraulic motor is referred to as a swash plate type axial piston motor which
converts the pressure oil power fed by pump into rotary motion.
2. Brake valve
a.
Travel motor controls the force of rotational inertia of the body to brake and stop the rotation
smoothly.
b.
Check valve function to prevent hydraulic motor from cavitation.
c. 24
Open the port to release the parking brake force at travel motor operation, and close the port at a
standstill.
3. Parking brake:
The parking brake is used to the prevent machine from running away or slipping while parking on
a slope using the friction plate type brake mechanism, and is installed on the hydraulic motor.
4. High / Low 2-speed shifting mechanism: By means of changing the tilt angle of the swash plate to
change the stroke volume of piston with help of the function on the shifting valve and control
piston, the speed is shifted to high speed with low torque or low speed with high torque.
24-45
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
(2) Operation
1. Hydraulic motor
Hydraulic oil fed by pump enters rear flange
(201) of travel motor, and is led from timing
plate (109) to cylinder block (104) through brake
valve mechanism. This pressure oil is led to
only the one side of Y1-Y2 tied between top
dead point and bottom dead point of piston
(105) stroke. And the pressure led to one side
of cylinder block pushes 4 or 5 pistons (105),
generating the power {F (N) = 100 X P (MPa)
X A (cm2)}. This power enters on swash plate
(103), but swash plate (103) is fixed having an
angle (α) against axis of drive shaft (102), and
divided into component of force (F2, F3). And
the radial component of force (F3) generated
various torque (T = F3 X ri) against line Y1-Y2.
The total torque [T = (F3 X ri)] is connected
to turning effort, and rotates cylinder block (104)
through piston (105).
This cylinder block (104) is connected with drive
shaft (102) with spline, and rotates drive shaft
(102) to transmit torque.
2. Brake valve
a. Operation (Brake released)
The pressure oil is led to through port (A),
opens valve (227), and led to port (C) on the
section side of hydraulic motor to rotate
hydraulic motor. At the same time, the
pressure oil enters chamber (b) through
passage (a) from the small hole of spool
(223), and exerts on the end of spool to
generate the force.
Then the force of spring (228) slides the spool
placed on the neutral position leftward.
The sliding of spool forms the space (passage)
between spool and rear flange with spool
groove. This passage is connected to port (D)
and port (B) of the return circuit of the
hydraulic motor, and the return oil returns to
tank side, enabling hydraulic motor to rotate.
Then, the sliding of spool (223) leads pressure
oil to port (P). The pressure oil led to port (P)
moves piston (112) of parking brake, and
releases parking braking force. (For details,
refer to item "Parking brake".) If pressurized oil
is supplied from port (B) the movements of
spool (223) and valve (227) are reversed so
that the hydraulic motor is rotated reversely.
24-46
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24-47
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
c. Self-traveling
While machine is being operated, as the travel
speed is increased due to steep slope, the oil
flow rate of the hydraulic motor is higher than
the supply flow rate of the hydraulic oil pump.
The rotation of the hydraulic motor in this case
is called a self-traveling (Overrun).
While self-traveling, the oil pressure is lowered
similar to the stopping condition. Then brake
valve is moved similar to the stopping condition,
throttles passage in the return side of hydraulic
motor, and generate backing pressure.
In addition, the force of inertia decreases the
revolution of hydraulic motor to revolution having
a balance with the supply flow rate of pump.
3. Parking brake
a. Traveling
The pressure oil led trough brake valve
actuates on spool (223) of brake valve on the
hydraulic motor section, opens passage to
parking brake, and is led to cylinder chamber
(a) compressed of spindle (2) and piston (112)
on the reduction gear section.
If the pressure of oil which is 0.89MPa(129
psi) or higher it exceeds the force of spring
moving piston (112) toward rear flange (201)
side. This movement of piston (112) reduces
the push power to separator plate (116) and
friction plate (115), and makes the movement of
friction plate (115) which is installed to cylinder
block (104) on hydraulic motor section free
releasing the brake power to cylinder block
(104).
24-48
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
b. Stopping
If pressure oil from brake valve is cut, and the
pressure in cylinder chamber (a) lowers
0.89MPa(129 psi) or less, the piston (112) goes
to rightward by the force of spring (113).
Also, the force of the spring pushes mating
plate (116) and friction plate (115), which is in
a free state because piston (112) is pushed,
against spindle (2) on the reduction gear
section. The frictional force produced by the
push power stops the rotation of cylinder block
(104), and transmits braking torque 64.7N-m
(47.7 lbf-ft) to hydraulic motor shaft. And since
oil is controlled through the proper oil passage,
it results in smooth operation.
24
24-49
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
b. High speed
When 3.5MPa (507 psi) of the pilot pressure is supplied through the port (D), it defeats the spring
(263) force and pressurized oil through the port (A) or (B) to push down the valve (263) to lower
position, the pressurized oil at the port (C) is led to the chamber (P) through the valve (263), and the
piston (161) pushes the swash plate (103) up to the plane X and maintain it at its position. At that
time, the tilt angle of the swash plate becomes the minimum θ 2 resulting the minimum stroke
volume and high speed rotation of the hydraulic motor.
24-50
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
General view
24.1.7.2 SPECIFICATIONS
Part No. 24100J12703F1
Port No. A, B, C, D E, F P G (Drain)
Max. working pressure MPa (psi) 22.6 (3280) <-- 3.4 (500) 0.5 (73)
Pressure test MPa (psi) 30.9 (4480) <-- 30.9 (4480) 1.0 (145)
Flow L/min (gal/min) 70 (18.5) 40 (10.6) 10 (2.6) 5 (1.3)
Port size PF1/2 PF3/8 PF1/4 PF3/8
Revolution rpm Less than 15
Weight kg (lb) Approx 22 (49)
24
24-51
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24.1.7.3 CONSTRUCTION
Construction
24.1.7.4 OPERATION
The swivel joint is installed on the slewing center of the machine, and plays a role to continuously
connect the oil circuit regardless of the slewing angle of the upper frame.
24-52
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24.1.8 CYLINDER
24.1.8.1 SPECIFICATIONS
(1) General View
General view
24
24-53
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
Construction
24-54
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
Construction
24
24-55
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
Construction
24-56
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
Construction
24
24-57
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
Construction
24-58
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
a. Bushing (4)
The bushing (4) is press-filted in the bore of the cyiinder head (3) and is In contact with the
piston rod. And it shares the lateral load to the cylinder with the slide ring around the piston,
moves linearly in high bearing stress to the piston rod, and reduces eccentricity which has a bad
effect on the sealing capacity holding an end of the piston rod.
b. Wiper ring (6)
The wiper ring is fitted on the mouth where the rod cylinder telescopes from cylinder. The rod 24
seal of U-rlng (5) in the cyiinder prevents the entry of dust and water and removes mud adhered
on the piston rod by the movement of the piston rod.
24-59
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
Piston assy
2. Piston assembly
The piston assembly is prevented from the pressure oil leakage to other sections from the right
or left piston chamber by inserting seal ring (16) in the center of piston (15), and plays the
function as a bearing for the lateral load to the cylinder.
The high pressure is produced in the cushion room at the position where the rod is almost
retracted to reduce the shock of the cylinder piston.
And also, slide ring (17) is used to remove the contamination.
24-60
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24-61
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
-The part number may be changed owing to modification, use them only for reference.
-NA : North America, AUST : Australia.
24-62
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24
24-63
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24-64
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24
24-65
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24-66
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24
24-67
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24-68
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24
24-69
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24-70
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24
24-71
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24-72
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24
24-73
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24-74
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24
24-75
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24-76
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24
24-77
[24. COMPONENTS SYSTEM]
24-78
[31. GENERAL DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY]
31
31-1
[31. GENERAL DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY]
CX50B : PJ06-09807~
(CASE-NA)
E50B : PJ06-09807~
(NH-NA)
SK30SR-5 : PW14-46519~
SK35SR-5 : PX15-21105~ (KCM S.E.ASIA&OCE)
CX31B : PW14-46519~
CX36B : PX15-21105~ (CASE-AUS)
E30B : PW14-46519~
E35B : PX15-21105~ (NH-AUS)
SK20SR-5 : PM10-10001~
SK27SR-5 : PV13-33001~ (KCM S.E.ASIA&OCE)
CX27B : PV13-33001~
(CASE-Australia)
E27B : PV13-33001~
(NH-AUS)
SK40SR-5 : PH07-06609~
May, 2010
SK50SR-5 : PJ06-09807~ (KCM S.E.ASIA&OCE)
E50B : PJ06-09807~
(NH-AUS)
CX50B : PJ06-09807~
(CASE-AUS)
SK27SR-5 : PV13-33453~
(NA)
CX27B : PV13-33453~
(CASE-NA)
E27B : PV13-33453~
(NH-NA)
SK20SR-5 : PM10-10609~
SK27SR-5 : PV13-33453~ (KCM S.E.ASIA&OCE)
CX27B : PV13-33453~
(CASE-Australia)
E27B : PV13-33453~
(NH-AUS)
CX55BMSR : PS02-00101~
(CASE-NA)
E55BX : PS02-00101~
(NH-NA)
31-2
[31. GENERAL DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY]
31
31-3
[31. GENERAL DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY]
31-4
[32. ATTACHMENTS]
32. ATTACHMENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
32
32-1
[32. ATTACHMENTS]
32-2
[32. ATTACHMENTS]
32-3
[32. ATTACHMENTS]
32.1.2 BUCKET
32.1.2.1 REMOVAL OF BUCKET
(1) Operate the operating lever and place the
bucket on the ground, so the bucket and
arm connecting pins are not loaded.
(2) Move the O-rings (3) toward the bucket
bosses using a spatula.
(3) In order to remove pin (K) which links arm
and bucket, remove the ring (2) and the
pin (3) by means of straight driver, and
draw out pin (K).
・ If the pin does not come off easily, the pin is loaded. Take off the load by manipulating the
operating lever.
・ Take care so the dust seal between the arm and the bucket bosses is not damaged.
32-4
[32. ATTACHMENTS]
When aligning the pin position, do not put your finger in the pin holes in any circumstances, but align
them visually.
Installation of bucket
32
32-5
[32. ATTACHMENTS]
32.1.3 ARM
32.1.3.1 REMOVAL OF ARM
(1) Making the arm cylinder and bucket
cylinder to the most retracting conditions,
lower the arm tip to the ground.
(2) Shut off the engine and operate the arm
control lever several times, and the
pressure in circuit is released.
(Accumulator is equipped to relieve
pressure in pilot line; therefore, pressure is
released easily from pilot line.) Arm removing posture
Then put the safety lock lever in the
"Locked" position, and depress the air
breather on the hydraulic oil tank, release
the pressure in the tank.
(3) Disconnect the 2 hoses connected to the
bucket cylinder. Then apply plugs to the
openings.
Tools : Spanner : 27mm
32-6
[32. ATTACHMENTS]
32
32-7
[32. ATTACHMENTS]
-At the alignment of pin positions, do not insert your finger into the pin holes.
-Make sure to align them with visual confirmation.
32-8
[32. ATTACHMENTS]
32
32-9
[32. ATTACHMENTS]
32.1.4 BOOM
32.1.4.1 REMOVAL OF BOOM
(1) Get down the boom from which the arm
was removed, and support the boom end
with a stable stand.
(2) Disconnect all hoses from the bucket
cylinder, arm cylinder and boom cylinder,
and apply plugs to all the openings.
Tools : Spanner : 27 mm
(3) Disconnect the wiring for working light at
the connector.
32-10
[32. ATTACHMENTS]
32
32-11
[32. ATTACHMENTS]
-At the alignment of pin positions, do not insert your finger into the bores.
-Make sure to align them with visual check.
32-12
[32. ATTACHMENTS]
32
32-13
[32. ATTACHMENTS]
32.1.5 SWING
32.1.5.1 PREPARATION FOR REMOVAL
(1) To make the removing work easy, swing by around 30 degrees leftward.
(2) Disconnect the hoses of bucket cylinder, arm cylinder and boom cylinder, and apply plugs to all
the openings.
Tools : Spanner : 27mm
Swing portion
32-14
[32. ATTACHMENTS]
(1) Check the dust seal for damages, and replace the faulty dust seal with new one.
(2) Referring to the Section "ATTACHMENT DIMENSIONS" of Specifications, replace the worn-out pin
and bushing with new ones.
(3) Before inserting the pin, apply grease to the shaft area.
(4) Refer to Fig. "Sectional view of Pin Installing" for the shim adjustment at pin installing portion.
32
32-15
[32. ATTACHMENTS]
32.1.6 DOZER
32.1.6.1 REMOVAL
(1) Put a support of appropriate height under
the mounting side of dozer body, and make
the dozer at a stable condition not to
exert any load on the pin (P).
(2) Disconnect the hydraulic hoses and apply a
plug to the connecting portions.
Tools : Spanner : 22mm
(3) Apply a nylon sling to the dozer cylinder
(C1), and lift it up slightly not to exert any
load on the pin (Q) of rod side. Removing/Installing Dozer
(4) Remove the capscrew (C3) and nuts (C4)
that are preventing the pin (Q) from coming
off, of rod side. Remove the pin (Q), and
support the cylinder (C1) with a wood
block, etc.
Tools : Spanner : 19mm
(5) Remove the capscrew (B2) and nuts (B3)
that are preventing the dozer body fixing
pin (P) from coming off, and remove the
two pins (P).
(6) Gradually move the machine to backward
to remove the dozer.
Weight of dozer assembly :
212kg (467 lbs) - SK50P
(7) If necessary, remove the dozer cylinder by
means of removing the pin (R) of head
side.
Weight of dozer cylinder :
32kg (71 lbs)
32.1.6.2 INSTALLATION
The installation is carried out with the reverse order of the removal paying attention for the following.
32-16
[32. ATTACHMENTS]
32.2.1 CYLINDER
32.2.1.1 NECESSARY TOOLS
Though the required tools and jigs differ in types of cylinder, as a guide line, tools and jigs to be
prepared are shown in Table "Tools and Jigs".
32
32-17
[32. ATTACHMENTS]
Construction
32.2.1.4 DISASSEMBLY
・ The numbers in ( ) following to each part name are the Items corresponding to those in Fig.
"Construction of boom cylinder" unless otherwise noted.
32-18
[32. ATTACHMENTS]
32-19
[32. ATTACHMENTS]
32-20
[32. ATTACHMENTS]
Disassembling holder
3. Removal of U-ring.
Removing bushing
32-21
[32. ATTACHMENTS]
32.2.1.5 ASSEMBLY
(1) Assembling Clevis Portion
1. With the installing jig (B) shown Item
32.2.1.7, press the bushings (2) into the
piston rod (3) and tube (1).
-Prior to the work, apply hydraulic oil on
the surface of parts.
32-22
[32. ATTACHMENTS]
2. Installing U-Ring
Installing U-ring
Installing holder
32
32-23
[32. ATTACHMENTS]
32-24
[32. ATTACHMENTS]
32
32-25
[32. ATTACHMENTS]
32-26
[32. ATTACHMENTS]
32
32-27
[32. ATTACHMENTS]
・ Even if the bend is within the allowable limit, the cylinder may not operate smoothly because of
localized bend. Beware of it during function test after installation.
Replace the rod if the cylinder makes a squeaking noise or dose not operate smoothly.
Measuring method
32-28
[32. ATTACHMENTS]
Unloaded test
2. Leakage test
-External leakage
a. Apply test pressure for 3 minutes each to the rod retraction side and to the rod extension side of
the cylinder.
b. Confirm that rod seals, cylinder head tightening part, and each weld are free from abnormalities,
such as external leakage and permanent deformation.
-Internal leakage
a. Disconnect the hose from the rod extension side of the cylinder.
b. Apply test pressure to the rod retraction side of the cylinder for 3 minutes.
c. Measure the leakage from the rod extension side.
-Leakage should be below 1 cc (0.06 cu-in) / 3 min.
Leakage test
32-29
[32. ATTACHMENTS]
32-30
[32. ATTACHMENTS]
32
32-31
[32. ATTACHMENTS]
32-32
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33
33-1
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33-2
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33
33.1.1 CANOPY
33.1.1.1 CANOPY REMOVAL
33.1.1.1.1 Canopy removal preparation
(1) Remove the floor mats (7) and (8).
(2) Removing canopy harness connector
1.
Respectively disconnect 18P connectors of
canopy harness and 6P connectors of
air-con harness.
(See ELECTRICAL SYSTEM)
Outside of canopy
33-3
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33-4
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
Cover removal
33-5
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33-6
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33.1.2.2 Installation
Install the above assemblies in reverse order of the removal.
Tighten the capscrews to the specified torque as follows:
M8: T=23 N-m (17 lbf-ft)
M10: T=46.5 N-m (34.3 lbf-ft)
(M10* : T=19.6~24.5 N-m(14.5~18.1 lbf-ft))
M12: T=80 N-m (59 lbf-ft)
33-7
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
In advance, disconnect the minus terminal of the battery to prevent danger of short circuit, etc.
33-8
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
(5) Removing travel pilot piping (prior to this work, release the pressure in the piping)
Disconnect hoses of the travel pilot valve (A1) at the valve side position marked with * and then
plug their openings.
33
-Attach a tag recording the valve connecting port to each of the disconnected hoses. For
installation, tighten the hose fittings at the following torque :
Take care of the tightening torque as the pilot valve is made of aluminum.
Take care of the tightening torque as the pilot valve is made of aluminum.
33-9
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33-10
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33.1.4 BATTERY
33.1.4.1 REMOVAL PREPARATION 33
(1) Unlock and open the side cover assembly (2).
(See Section 33.1.2.1-(3)).
33.1.4.2 REMOVAL
(1) Disconnect the negative side terminal of the
cable.
(2) Then, disconnect the positive side terminal
of the cable
Tools: Spanner: 12mm
Follow the removal procedure of battery cable. Firstly disconnect the grounding side cable. Connect the
grounding side finally. Failure to do so may result in dangerous situation due to spark.
(3) Loosen the M8 nut (3) to remove the plate (2) and the rod (1).
Tools: Socket: 13mm
(4) Take out the rubber cover (5) and the battery (1) holding the strap attached to it.
33.1.4.3 INSTALLATION
Install the battery in reverse order of the removal.
Nut (3) M8:
Tools: Spanner: 13mm
Tightening torque: 3.5 N-m (2.6 lbf-ft)
33-11
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33.1.5 COUNTERWEIGHT
33.1.5.1 REMOVAL PREPARATION
(1) Remove the cover assemblies (2), (3), (4),
(6) as well as the bonnet assembly (1)
(See Section 33.1.2).
(2) Lifting tools preparation
- Lifting jigs for counterweight (see Tool list)
- 2 M20X35 screws (A)
- Wire rope (Nylon sling)
33.1.5.2 REMOVAL
(1) Remove 2 plates (B3) and attach the
lifting jigs for counterweight.
(2) Put a rope through the lifting lugs and
temporarily lift up the counterweight so
that the rope is not slack.
Counterweight weight :
380 kg (838 lbs)
(3) Loosen three M20X80 capscrews (B1).
Tools: Socket: 30mm
(4) Remove the shims (B4), (B5) and (B6).
(5) Remove counterweight (A1).
Counterweight removal
33.1.5.3 INSTALLATION
(1) Install the counterweight in reverse order
of the removal.
(2) Reinstall the shims (B4), (B5), and (B6).
(3) Lifting counterweight
Make sure that all the three fixing bolts can
be manually screwed.
(4) Apply Loctite #262 on the capscrews (B1)
and tighten them together with the washer
(B2).
Tools: Socket: 30mm
Tightening torque : 373 N-m (275 lbf-ft)
(5) Remove lifting jigs. Counterweight installation
33-12
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33.1.6 PUMP
33.1.6.1 REMOVAL PREPARATION 33
(1) Remove the cover assembly (1) and (4)
(See Section 33.1.2).
(2) Remove the counterweight
(See Section 33.1.5).
(3) Depressurize the hydraulic oil tank and
drain the hydraulic oil (See Section 33.1.10).
- Spread a vinyl sheet under the pump to
prevent contamination due to oil leakage.
(4) Remove the filler neck (B1) of the fuel
supply port to improve workability.
2 sems-bolts M8X20 (B20)
Tools: Socket: 13mm
Tightening torque : 23.5 N-m (2.4 lbf-ft)
33.1.6.2 REMOVAL
(1) Disconnecting hoses and fittings connected
to the pump
- Attach a tag to each hose for
identification.
1.
Loosen 4 M12X35 capscrews (21) to
remove the tube (7).
Tools: Allen wrench: 10mm
2.
Remove the pilot delivery hose (B13).
Tools: Spanner: 22mm
3.
Remove the main pump delivery hoses
(1), (2) and (3).
Tools: Spanner: 27 mm
(2) Loosen 2 M12X30 capscrews (C4) to
remove the pump.
(See Fig. "Pump installation")
Tools: Allen wrench: Ball joint type 10 mm
Pump weight: 35 kg (78 lbs)
Pump removal
33-13
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33.1.6.3 INSTALLATION
Install the pump in reverse order of the removal according to the tightening torque and sealant
instructions.
(1) Apply grease to the spline part of the pump input shaft.
Grease : Shell Retinax AM Grease or equivalent (Molybdenum disulfide extreme pressure
multipurpose grease)
(2) Insert the pump spline part to the coupling.
(3) Fix the pump by the capscrew (C4).
Tools: Allen wrench: Ball joint type 10 mm
(4) Install the main pump delivery hoses (6), (7), and (8), and the pilot delivery hose (B25) (See Fig.
"Pump removal").
Pump installation
(5) Tighten the capscrew (21) to install the suction tube (7).
Tools: Allen wrench: 10mm
(6) When the suction hose (5) is removed, apply sealant (Permatex #98D equivalent) on the inserted
portion of the hose and fix the tube with the clip (18).
Tools: Minus screwdriver
T=5.39 N-m (4.0 lbf-ft)
(7) Supply the tank with hydraulic oil (approx. 52 liters (14 gal)).
(8) Loosen the air bleed valve of the pump to release air from the casing, and fill it with hydraulic
oil (See Fig. "Pump installation").
(9) Reinstall each component removed in the above removal preparation.
(10) After starting the engine, release air (See Section 33.1.10.3).
33-14
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33.1.7.2 REMOVAL
(1) Disconnecting hoses
Disconnect all the hoses connecting to the control valve as shown below, and attach blind plugs
and tags recording the installation place.
33-15
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
Cable disconnection
33-16
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33.1.7.3 INSTALLATION
(1) Install the control valve in reverse order of the removal.
(2) Attach the capscrews (6). (See Section 33.1.7.2.3)
33
Clean the mounting surface and take care to prevent deformation of the valve.
(3) Attach the capscrew (5) and 2 capscrews (4). (See Section 33.1.7.2.3)
Tools: Socket: 17mm, 19mm
Tightening torque : M10- 65.7 N-m (48 lbf-ft)
M12- 115 N-m (84.4 lbf-ft)
(4) Tighten the hose fittings to the following torque :
33-17
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33.1.8.2 REMOVAL
(1) Disconnecting hoses
Disconnect all the hoses connected to the
solenoid valve (4). Then attach a plug and
a tag recording the connecting port to
each of their openings.
-Item (18) is a drain hose for the hydraulic
oil tank. When disconnecting this hose, take
care of oil leakage.
(2) Disconnecting connector
Disconnect 2 connectors connected to the
main harness.
(3) Removing solenoid valve
Loosen 2 M10X20 sems-bolts (39) to
remove the solenoid valve (4).
Tools: Spanner: 17mm
33.1.8.3 INSTALLATION
(1) Install the solenoid valve in reverse order of the removal.
Tighten the fittings at the following torque:
33-18
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33-19
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33.1.9.3 DISASSEMBLY
(1) Open the fuel filler cap (B2) and loosen the
drain cock (B7) to drain fuel.
Tank capacity : 75 liters (19.8 gal)
(2) Disconnect the hoses (8) and (6) for the
fuel inlet and outlet, the hose (B4) for the
fuel supply port.
(3) Loosen the M10X20 sems-bolt (B6) to
remove the boss (B8) together with the
drain hose (B9).
Tools: Socket: 17mm
(4) Disconnect connector (A5) for the level
sensor. Fuel hose disconnection
(5) Remove 2 M8X20 capscrews (B20).
Tools: Spanner: 13mm
(6) Remove 8 M8 nuts (B18).
Tools: Spanner: 13mm
(7) Remove 2 plates (B15), 2 rubbers (B16)
and 4 rods (B17).
(8) Remove the fuel tank (A1) together with the
bracket (A10).
33.1.9.4 INSTALLATION
Assemble the fuel tank in reverse order of the
removal and tighten the screws to the
specified torque shown in the following table :
33-20
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33-21
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33.1.10.2 DISASSEMBLY
(1) Disconnecting suction hose
33-22
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33.1.10.3 ASSEMBLY
(1) Clean hydraulic oil tank, hose, and components.
(2) Install the tank in reverse order of the removal.
The specified tightening torque is shown in the following table :
-Apply Loctite #262 to B1.
-Apply "PERMATEX #95D" to inserted inner face of suction hose (4).
(3) After assembling, fill the tank with the specified hydraulic oil and check the oil level with the level
gauge (D8) (See Fig. "Hydraulic oil tank removal").
Oil quantity : about 51.4 liters (13.6 gal)
33-23
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33.1.11.2 DISASSEMBLY
(1) Pull out 2 connectors of the harness from
the indicator (A3) on the air-cleaner (1).
-If the indicator is not equipped with a
switch, this work is not required.
(2) Loosen the clips (B8), (B9) and (B10) to
remove the air hoses (B2) and (B1).
Tools: Flat head screwdriver
(3) Loosen a sems-bolt M10X20 (B12) to
remove the clip (B7).
Tools: Spanner: 17mm
(4) Loosen 2 M10X30 sems-bolts (B13), then
remove the air cleaner assembly (1) with
bracket (B4).
Tools: Spanner: 17mm
(5) Loosen 4 M8X20 (B11) sems-bolts to
remove the air cleaner assembly (1).
Tools: Spanner: 13mm
33.1.11.3 ASSEMBLY
Assemble the air cleaner in reverse order of the
disassembly.
-Tightening torque
Sems-bolts (B11) : 17.7 N-m (13.1 lbf-ft)
Sems-bolts (B12) : 46.1 N-m (34.0 lbf-ft)
Sems-bolts (B13) : 46.1 N-m (34.0 lbf-ft)
Clip (B8), (B9), (B10) : 5.9 N-m (4.35 lbf-ft)
33-24
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33.1.12 GENERATOR
33.1.12.1 DISASSEMBLY PREPARATION 33
(1) Remove the cover at the lower right of the seat (See Section 33.1.10.1-(5)).
(2) Disconnect the negative side terminal of the battery.
(3) Remove the cover assembly (B2) (See Section 33.1.2.1-(6)).
33.1.12.2 DISASSEMBLY
(1) Disconnect the connector and remove the
nut (M6) for the terminal B.
(2) Remove the capscrews (1), (2), and (3).
Tools: Spanner: 13mm
(3) Remove the V-belt and the generator.
Generator removal
33.1.12.3 ASSEMBLY
(1) Assemble the generator in reverse order of
the disassembly.
(2) V-belt tension
Press the middle of the V-belt with a
thumb to adjust the deflection within the
following range :
Deflection : 10 to 15 mm (0.39 to 0.59
inch)
Generator terminal
33-25
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33.1.13 MUFFLER
33.1.13.1 DISASSEMBLY PREPARATION
(1) Remove the bonnet assembly (3) (See Section 33.1.2.1-(1)).
(2) Remove the cover assembly (4) (See Section 33.1.2.1-(2)).
33.1.13.2 DISASSEMBLY
(1) Loosen 3 M8X20 sems-bolts (10) to remove the cover (5).
Tools: Spanner: 13mm
(2) Loosen 2 sems-bolts M10X20 (13) to remove the cover (6).
Tools: Spanner: 17mm
(3) Remove M10 nut (18) to loosen the clamp (3), and loosen 4 M8 nuts (17-1) to remove U bolt
(9) then disconnect the exhaust tube (2).
Tools: Spanner: 13mm and 17mm
(4) Loosen 4 M8 nuts (17-2) fastening the exhaust manifold for the engine to remove the muffler.
Tools: Spanner: 13mm
(5) Loosen 4 M8X20 sems-bolts (11) to remove the muffler (1).
Muffler removal
33.1.13.3 ASSEMBLY
Install the muffler in reverse order of the removal and tighten the screws and nuts to the specified
torque shown in the following table :
33-26
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33.1.14.2 DISASSEMBLY
(1) Remove the air cleaner
(See Section 33.1.11).
(2) Removing throttle cable (2)
1.
Pull out the pin (10) and remove the pin
(6).
2.
Loosen the adjusting nut (M8) to remove
the cable.
(3) Removing deceleration motor
1. Control cable removal
Disconnect the connector.
2.
Loosen the adjusting nut (M8) to remove
the cable.
3.
Loosen 3 M8X20 sems-bolts (12) to remove
the deceleration motor (8).
Tools: Socket: 13mm
33-27
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
Seat removal
33-28
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
Cover removal
Cover removal
33-29
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
Disconnecting harness
33-30
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33.1.14.3 INSTALLATION
(1) Install the control stand in reverse order of the removal.
Tighten the capscrews and sems-bolts at the torque specified below:
Take care of the tightening torque as the pilot valve is made of aluminum.
Tightening torque of pilot valve ports. 29.4 N-m {21.7 lbf-ft}
33-31
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33.1.15 STARTER
33.1.15.1 REMOVAL PREPARATION
(1) Open the cover (12).
(2) Remove the cover (2) in stand (1).
Loosen 6 M8X16 sems-bolts (7) to remove
the cover (2).
Tools: Socket: 13mm
Tightening torque: 23 N-m (17 lbf-ft)
(3) Disconnect the negative side terminal of the
battery.
33.1.15.2 REMOVAL
(1) Remove the M8 nut for the terminal B of the starter.
Tools: Socket: 13mm
(2) Disconnect connector on the terminal S of the starter.
(3) Loosen 2 fastening bolts (1) to remove the starter.
Tools: Socket: 19mm
Starter removal
33.1.15.3 INSTALLATION
Install starter in reverse order of the removal.
33-32
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33.1.16 RADIATOR
33.1.16.1 DISASSEMBLY PREPARATION 33
(1) Remove the right side cover assemblies (2), (6), (B2) and (5), and the bonnet assembly (1)
(See Section 33.1.2).
(2) Remove the counterweight (See Section 33.1.5).
(3) Remove the fan guard (3).
2 M8X16 sems-bolts (17).
(4) Remove the support assembly (1)
(See Section 33.1.14.2-(12)).
-In order to facilitate the work, remove the related covers and components if necessary.
33.1.16.2 DISASSEMBLY
(1) Draining water from radiator
1.
Remove the radiator cap.
2.
Loosen the clip (A9), then remove the plug (A10) to drain water.
Volume : Approx. 2.3 litters (0.61 gal)
Radiator disassembly
33-33
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33.1.16.3 ASSEMBLY
(1) Assemble the radiator in reverse order of the disassembly.
(2) Apply PERMATEX #98D to the fittings of radiator hoses (1) and (2) prior to the connection.
(3) Install the fan and shroud, adjusting their positions according to the figure.
Tightening torque for related parts
Radiator installation
33-34
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33.1.17 ENGINE
33.1.17.1 REMOVAL PREPARATION 33
(1) Remove the side cover and the bonnet (See Section 33.1.2).
(2) Remove the canopy (See Section 33.1.1).
(3) Remove the negative side terminal of the battery.
(4) Remove the counterweight (See Section 33.1.5).
(5) Remove the control stand (See Section 33.1.14).
(6) Remove the air cleaner (See Section 33.1.11).
(7) Remove the muffler (See Section 33.1.13).
(8) Remove the radiator (See Section 33.1.16).
(9) Remove the pump or disconnect the hose connected to the pump (See Section 33.1.6).
33.1.17.2 REMOVAL
(1) Disconnecting fuel hose
Disconnect each hose from the position
marked with *.
(2) Disconnecting cable connector
(for details, see ELECTRICAL SYSTEM)
1.
Disconnect the terminal B of the starter
motor (M-1) on the positive cable of the
battery (See Section 33.1.15.2).
2.
Disconnect the grounding cable of the
engine.
(3) Removing engine
Prepare a worktable capable of enduring the weight of the engine and stably receiving the removed
engine.
1. Loosen 4 M12X120 capscrews (9) fixing the engine on the rubber mount (2) and (3) to remove
the engine.
Tools: Socket: 19mm
2. Lifting engine
Pass a wire rope through the 2 lifting eyes at the top of the engine and lift the engine.
Weight : Approx. 170 kg (370 lbs)
3. Place the engine stably on the worktable.
33-35
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33.1.17.3 INSTALLATION
(1) Install the engine in reverse order of the removal.
See the following table for the tightening torque and the sealant :
・ Use the mount rubber (2) with identification color of "blue" (three places).
・ Use the mount rubber (3) with identification color of "black" (one place). : part A
・ Use the mount cover (4) with identification color of "black" (three places).
・ Use the mount cover (5) with identification color of "Plating" (one place). : part A
Engine removal/installation
33-36
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33.1.18.2 REMOVAL
(1) Disconnect each hose at the position
marked with * and attach a plug and tag to
facilitate installation.
(2) Shift the boot and remove 4 capscrews
(A2).
Tools: Socket: 10 mm
(3) Remove the pilot valve (A1).
Hose removal
33-37
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33.1.18.3 INSTALLATION
(1) Install the pilot valve in reverse order of the removal according to the following tightening torque :
Take care of the tightening torque as the pilot valve is made of aluminum. Tightening torque of pilot
valve ports. 29.4 N-m {22 lbf-ft}
33-38
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33.1.19.2 REMOVAL
(1) Disconnect 5 hoses (A4), (A8), (4), (5) and (6) connected to the slewing motor.
Tools: Spanner: 22mm and 27mm
33-39
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33.1.19.3 INSTALLATION
(1) Install the motor in reverse order of the removal according to the tightening torque shown below.
1. Apply Loctite #515 on the entire circumferential surface for mounting the slewing motor (1).
2. Install the capscrews (2) for fixing the motor (1).
Tools: Socket: 24mm
T=279 N-m (206 lbf-ft)
Apply Loctite #262 to the capscrew.
3. Connect the hoses
-Fill the casing with hydraulic oil through the motor drain port prior to connecting drain piping.
(2) Check the hydraulic oil tank for the oil level. Supply oil if necessary.
(3) At the start, run the motor in the low idling condition of the engine for a few minutes to check
for oil leakage and abnormal noise.
33-40
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33.1.20.2 REMOVAL
(1) Remove the upper-side drain hoses (B5),
connector (B1) and elbow (B2).
Tools: Spanner: 19mm
33-41
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
Stopper removal
33.1.20.3 INSTALLATION
(1) Install the swivel joint in reverse order of the removal according to the tightening torque shown
below.
33-42
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33.1.21.2 REMOVAL
(1) Providing match marks to slewing bearing
Provide match marks between the upper
frame and the outer race of slewing
bearing.
(2) Lifting upper frame temporarily
Temporarily lift the upper frame at three
points applying wire ropes on a position of
the swing-bracket mounting hole for the
front side and on 2 places of the rear end
of the upper frame.
(3) Removing bolt for mounting upper frame
Loosen a reamer bolt (6) and twenty 6
capscrews (5) fixing the outer race of the
slew bearing to the upper frame.
Tools: Socket: 19mm
(4) Removing upper frame
Lift the upper frame a little to ensure
safety. Then remove it and place on a
worktable of enduring the weight.
Weight : Approx.
1,470 kg (3,240 lbs)
Lifting upper frame
33-43
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33.1.21.3 INSTALLATION
(1) Install the upper frame in reverse order of
the removal.
(2) Cleaning contact surface
Clean the bottom surface of the upper
frame and the top surface of the slewing
bearing.
-Apply Loctite #515 over the entire
circumference of the outer race inside of
the capscrew.
33-44
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33
33.2.1 HYDRAULIC PUMP
33.2.1.1 CONSTRUCTION
No. NAME
1 Shaft assembly
2 Swash plate assembly (Hanger assembly)
3 Rotary group
4 Cover assembly
5 Spring assembly
6 Piston assembly
7 Gear pump assembly
8 Housing assembly
9 Trochoid pump assembly
Refer to section 33.2.1 HYDRAULIC PUMP in COMPONENTS SYSTEM PH24 for detail.
33-45
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
(2) Jig
1. Working bench
Plate which is used to place the pump
facing downward
If the shaft end does not contact with
work bench, the wood blocks are available
instead of it.
2. Bearing assembling jig
33-46
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33.2.1.2.3 Disassembly
(1) Removing gear pump
1. Remove two capscrews (M10X25).
33
Tools: Allen wrench: 8mm
33-47
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33-48
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33-49
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
7. Remove shaft.
Remove snap ring with plier.
33-50
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
9. Remove O-ring.
33
33-51
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33-52
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33-53
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33-54
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33-55
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33.2.1.2.4 Assembly
Assemble the main pump in reverse order of the disassembly.
2. Install bearing.
33-56
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
a. Place bearing on the pedestal, and press-fit shaft with jig. When there is no press, drive the
shaft with jig and plastic hammer in the same manner as the above.
33-57
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33-58
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33
33-59
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
17. Fit spring seat and three disk springs to cover assy.
33-60
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33
33-61
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33-62
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33
-Insert the key directing the round side to the trochoid pump side.
33-63
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33-64
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33-65
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33-66
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33
33-67
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33-68
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33-69
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33-70
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33-71
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33-72
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33
5. Anti-void valve
33-73
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33-74
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33
Precautions (These precautions must be observed for safety.)
The disassembly and assembly is fundamentally to be carried out at the manufacturer's plant, but
when they are unavoidably necessary, observe the following precautions.
(1) All hydraulic equipment is machined in precision and consequently the clearance of each part is
very small. Therefore when disassembling and assembling, place the machine in the clean area
to prevent it from the entry of dust, earth and sand.
(2) Before disassembly, prepare the valve construction drawing to understand the construction clearly.
(3) When removing the control valve from the machine, never forget to cap every port to prevent dust,
etc. from entering. And before disassembly, recheck that every post is capped and clean the
outer surface of the assembly. The work should be carried out on the appropriate work bench
which is covered by clean paper or rubber mat.
(4) When it is required to leave it in the removed condition, apply rust preventives or seal them to
protect them from rusting.
(5) The control valve should be transported or moved holding the main body. Especially, after
removing the pilot cover, carefully handle it paying attention not to touch the exposed surfaces.
(6) Even when the movement is not smooth, never strike it.
(7) In addition, after assembly of equipment, various tests {relief setting, leak test, flow resistance
(pressure loss) test} are required, but these tests require hydraulic test equipment. Therefore, do
not remove the equipment which is impossible to adjust through respective test, even if the
disassembly is possible technically.
Prepare wash oil, hydraulic oil, grease, Loctite #242, tag and marker (felt-tip pen) beforehand.
33-75
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33.2.2.4 DISASSEMBLY
Be careful to the followings when disassembling.
Release the trapped inner pressure of actuator. The disassembling of pressure trapped actuator may
cause spurt out of pressurized oil and coming off of parts.
1. Release the inner air of the tank to prevent squirt out of oil during disassembling work.
2. Clean around the section to disassemble to protect valve from entry of foreign material.
3. The removed parts should be kept with tag to prevent disassembling.
4. Be sure to replace the removed seals (O-ring, backup ring, and wiper) with new ones.
33-76
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
(2) Disassembling bucket, travel left, travel right, service, swing and dozer section
1. Loosen socket bolt (13) (Opposing flats 5mm) and remove cap (3). And remove spring seat (4),
spring (6), spring seat (5) and O-ring (12). Then remove spool (2) from valve housing (1).
33
2. Remove caps (3) on other side by the same procedure. And the item number of socket bolts for
travel right and left is (10) and O-ring is (9).
Bucket section
Service section
Arm section
33-77
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
Be sure to pull spool straight out to protect it from dent, scratch. The dent, scratch may cause
damaging bore of body in pulling out and resulting in difficult insertion of spool when reassembling.
Even if the spool was inserted in it may cause malfunction. Tag every spool for identification to
prevent wrongly attaching when reassembling. The wrongly attached spool may cause malfunction of
actuator.
Boom section
33-78
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
Inlet section
33-79
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
Wood block
Special attention must be paid to parts like cap screw so as not to be sprung up by the reaction force
in disassembling.
Swing section
33-80
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33-81
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
Do not disassemble filter because the filter is caulked to cap (8). If the cap (8) is disassembled, it
could result in malfunction of moving parts. The filter fragment blocks the passage, because the filter
falls, and flows through the passages.
Bypass-valve section
33-82
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
3. Every disassembled part should be kept for each section to clarify the attaching position for
reassembly.
33.2.2.5 CLEANING
Clean all disassembled parts with mineral oil. Dry them with compressed air and put them on clean
paper or cloth for checking.
33-83
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33.2.2.6 CHECKING
Check that surfaces of every part are free from bur, scratch, dent and other defects.
1. Check that seal groove surface of valve housing is smooth and is free from dust, dent, rust and
etc.
2. Remove dent and flaw found on the seat surface of valve housing by lapping. Do not leave the
lapping powder inside of valve.
3. Every sliding and fitting parts should be moved smoothly. And every groove and passage is free
from contamination.
4. Replace the damaged and deformed spring with new one.
5. When relief valve moves poorly, replace it in the assembly.
6. Replace every seal, wiper and O-ring with new ones.
33.2.2.7 ASSEMBLING
In assembling, the following attentions must be paid to O-ring.
-Travel left (33.2.2.4(2) Fig. "Travel right / left section") : Poppet (12)X1, Spring (13)X1
-Travel right (33.2.2.4(2) Fig. "Travel right / left section") : Poppet (12)X1, Spring (13)X1
2. Install the following O-rings for mating surface to each specified places.
33-84
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
3. Attach valve housing of each section to tie rod (1) in order. And tighten nut (2) (Opposing flats
8mm) to tie rod (1).
Tightening torque: 26.5 to 29.4N-m
33
33-85
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
(2) Assembling bucket, travel left, travel right, service, arm, swing, and dozer section
1. Put spring (6) between spring seats (4) and (5), and place spool in valve housing (1) to the
position as it was and in the same direction before disassembling, and attach cap (3) with O-ring
(12) fitted by using socket bolt (13) (Opposing flats 5mm).
2. Attach cap on other side by the same procedure. Then, the socket bolt of travel is (10) and
O-ring is (9).
Tightening torque: 8.8 to 10.8N-m
Bucket section
Service section
Slewing/Dozer section
Arm section
33-86
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
Boom section
33-87
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
Inlet section
33-88
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
Swing section
33-89
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33-90
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33-91
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
-Bucket (33.2.2.7(2) Fig. "Bucket section") : Plug (10)X2, Spring (9)X2, Poppet (7)X1,
Poppet (8)X1
Plug tightening torque: 30.4 to 32.4N-m
(Opposing flats 14mm)
-Boom (33.2.2.7(3) Fig. "Boom section") : Plug assembly (21)X2
Plug tightening torque: 49 to 53N-m
(Opposing flats 8mm)
Plug (10)X1, Spring (9)X1, Poppet (8)X1
Plug tightening torque: 30.4 to 32.4N-m
(Opposing flats 14mm)
-Travel left (33.2.2.7(2) Fig. "Travel right/left section") : Plug (7)X1
Plug tightening torque: 30.4 to 32.4N-m
(Opposing flats 6mm)
-Inlet (33.2.2.7(4) Fig. "Inlet section") : Plug assembly (7)X1
Plug tightening torque: 14 to 16N-m
(Opposing flats 5 mm)
-Travel right (33.2.2.7(2) Fig. "Travel right/left section") : Plug (7)X1
Plug tightening torque: 30.4 to 32.4N-m
(Opposing flats 6mm)
-Swing (33.2.2.7(5) Fig. "Swing section") : Plug (15)X1, Spring (11), Poppet (10)X1
Plug tightening torque: 30.4 to 32.4N-m
(Opposing flats 14mm)
-Service (33.2.2.7(2) Fig. "Service section") : Plug (10)X2, Spring (9)X2, Poppet (7)X2
Plug tightening torque: 30.4 to 32.4N-m
(Opposing flats 14mm)
-Arm (33.2.2.7(2) Fig. "Arm section") : Plug (10)X2, Spring (9)X2, Poppet (7)X2
Plug tightening torque: 30.4 to 32.4N-m
(Opposing flats 14mm)
-Arm service (33.2.2.7(6) Fig. "Arm service conflux section") : Plug (10)X1, Spring (9)X1, Poppet (7)X1
conflux Plug tightening torque: 30.4 to 32.4N-m
(Opposing flats 14mm)
Plug (8)X1
Plug tightening torque: 30.4 to 32.4N-m
(Opposing flats 6mm)
Plug assembly (16)X2
Plug tightening torque: 67.7 to 73.5N-m
(Opposing flats 10mm)
-Slewing (33.2.2.7(2) Fig. "Slewing/Dozer section") : Plug (10)X1, Spring (9)X1, Poppet (7)X1
Plug tightening torque: 30.4 to 32.4N-m
(Opposing flats 14mm)
-Dozer (33.2.2.7(2) Fig. "Slewing/Dozer section") : Plug (10)X1, Spring (9)X1, Poppet (7)X1
Plug tightening torque: 30.4 to 32.4N-m
(Opposing flats 14mm)
-By-pass valve (33.2.2.7(7) Fig. "Bucket section") : Plug (11)X1
Plug tightening torque: 30.4 to 32.4N-m
(Opposing flats 6mm)
33-92
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
-Insert spool into the bore straight slowly. After insertion of spool, slide spool by hand, and if spool is
inserted with tightness and roughness suspected it could result in malfunction of spool.
-After completion of assembly, check that the disassembled parts are assembled again without missing
and securely tightened. If it is not securely tightened, it may cause oil leak due to looseness of parts.
The tightening torque specified in this Manual is values in wet condition (in hydraulic oil applied
condition).
33-93
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
1. Disassembling
This part should be replaced in assembly. In replacing, loosen cap (1) (Opposing flats 24) with
spanner, and remove O-ring (2). And when oil leakage was detected on the adjuster kit section (3),
loosen adjuster kit and replace O-ring (4) with new one.
2. Assembling
Check that the thread section of cap (1) is free from dust and dirt, and install new O-ring (2). Clean
the relief valve attaching section in valve housing, attach relief valve and tighten cap (1) (Opposing
flats 24) to 50 N-m torque (P1, P2), 70 N-m torque (P3). When adjuster kit is disassembled, clean
the thread section surely, and adjust the pressure.
The said specified tightening torque is values in wet condition (in hydraulic oil applied condition).
1. Disassembling
This part should be replaced in assembly.
In replacing, loosen cap (1) (Opposing flats 24) with spanner, and remove O-ring (2). And when oil
leakage was detected on the adjuster kit section (3), loosen adjuster kit and replace O-ring (4) with
new one.
33-94
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33
In disassembling adjuster kit, be careful of spring up of parts and missing of poppet.
2. Assembling
Check that the thread section of cap (1) is free from dust and dirt, and install new O-ring (2).
Clean the relief valve attaching section in valve housing, attach relief valve and tighten cap (1)
(Opposing flats 24) to 69 to 78 N-m torque. When adjuster kit is disassembled, clean the thread
section surely, and adjust the pressure. See (3) for reference.
The said specified tightening torque is values in wet condition (in hydraulic oil applied condition).
Switch the spool of actuator, which has higher set pressure of overload relief valve than the set
pressure of main relief valve.
d. Rotate the adjuster clockwise until the pressure reaches to the specified value.
The pressure rise per one turn of adjuster is 17.7 MPa.
e. When the pressure reaches to the specified value, press adjuster so as not to be rotated and
tighten lock nut.
Tightening torque: 30N-m
f. Increase the pressure again and check that the pressure is maintained to the specified value.
33-95
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
Switch the spool of actuator, which has higher set pressure of overload relief valve than the set
pressure of main relief valve.
d. Rotate the adjuster clockwise until the pressure reaches to the specified value.
The pressure rise per one turn of adjuster is 28.4 MPa.
e. When the pressure reaches to the specified value, press adjuster so as not to be rotated and
tighten lock nut.
Tightening torque: 70N-m
f. Increase the pressure again and check that the pressure is maintained to the specified value.
When the set value of overload relief valve is higher than that of main relief valve, do not adjust the
overload relief valve but replace the relief valve already set and assembly with new ones.
a. Switch the spool of control valve and read value on pressure gauge at the time of cylinder stroke
end.
b. Rotate the adjuster clockwise until the pressure reaches to the specified value.
The pressure rise per one turn of adjuster is 28.4MPa.
c. When the pressure reaches to the specified value, press adjuster so as not to be rotated and
tighten lock nut.
Tightening torque: 30N-m
d. Increase the pressure again and check that the pressure is maintained to the specified value.
33-96
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33-97
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
(2) Jig
Special jig : for disassembling and assembling
the joint (301)
(See Fig. the right figure).
33-98
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33.2.3.3.2 Disassembly
(1) Remove the handle lever assembly and
boot from the casing (101).
33
(2) Clean the pilot valve with white kerosene.
-Screw a blind plug in each port in
advance.
(3) Hold the pilot valve with a vise by
applying a copper or lead sheet.
When pulling off the joint, be careful that the joint is no sooner loosened than the plate (151), plug
(211) and push rod (212) may pop up if the return spring (221) is too strong.
33-99
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
Be careful that the plug (211) may pop up due to the return spring (221) force when removing the
plug.
33-100
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
(11) Pull out the push rod (212) from the plug
(211).
33-101
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
1. Clean the parts in a rough cleaning container containing white kerosene (rough cleaning).
-Immerse the parts in the kerosene to facilitate the removal of dust and oil. Otherwise the parts
may be damaged due to using excessive force.
-Check the white kerosene for contamination and use clean one. Otherwise the parts may be
damaged, leading to performance deterioration after reassembling.
-Do not dry the parts with compressed air. Otherwise the parts may be damaged by dust or
moisture in air or rust may be produced.
2. Put a part in a finish cleaning container containing white kerosene and turn the part slowly to
sufficiently clean the part including its interior (finish cleaning).
Dry parts by wiping off kerosene with clean rag.
3. Rust prevention of parts
Apply rust preventive agent to the parts.
-Do not leave the parts without applying rust preventive agent. Otherwise rust may be produced,
leading to malfunction after assembly.
33-102
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33.2.3.4.2 Assembly
(1) Insert the washer (217), secondary pressure
spring (241), and spring seat (216) to the
spool (201) in this order.
33-103
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
(4) Insert the O-ring (214) and seal (213) into the plug (221).
-Direct the lip of the seal (213) as shown below :
33-104
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33-105
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
Screw in until the disk contacts with four push rods (212) equally.
Carefully adjust the screwing position of the disk (302) because excessive screwing may result in
secondary pressure generation at the neutral position of the lever, leading to malfunction of the actual
machine.
Applying grease
33-106
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33
Replace seal such as O-ring with new ones after every disassembly.
33-107
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33.2.3.6 TROUBLESHOOTING
Phenomenon Possible Cause Corrective action
Secondary pressure 1. 1.
does not rise. Primary pressure is insufficient. Secure primary pressure.
2. 2.
Springs (241-1, 241-2) are broken or Replace with new ones.
fatigued.
3. 3.
Clearance between spool (201-1, 201-2) Replace assembly.
and valve body (101) is abnormally large.
4. 4.
Play of handle portion is too much. Disassembly and reassembly or replace
handle portion.
Secondary pressure 1. 1.
is unstable. Sliding parts are caught. Correct.
2. 2.
Tank line pressure varies. Return directly to oil tank.
3. 3.
Air has contained into pipeline. Release air.
Secondary pressure 1. 1.
is high. Tank line pressure is high. Return directly to oil tank.
2. 2.
Sliding parts are caught. Correct.
33-108
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
Torque Torque
No. NAME Q'TY No. NAME Q'TY
N-m (lbf-ft) N-m (lbf-ft)
101 CASING 1 6.9 (5.1) 252 PLUG 2
102 CASING (DAMPER) 1 261 O-RING 3
201 COVER 2 8.8 (6.5) 271 SOCKET BOLT 4
202 PLUG 4 301 SPOOL 4
203 GREASE CUP 4 311 SPRING SEAT 4
210 PACKING 4 313 WASHER 4
211 O-RING 4 324 SPRING 4
212 O-RING 4 335 SPRING 4
213 O-RING 2 336 SPRING 4
214 PUSH ROD 4 413 CAM SHAFT 2
217 SHIM 4 414 BUSHING 4
218 SPRING SEAT 4 420 CAM 2
224 PISTON 4 471 STEEL BALL 4
225 STEEL BALL 12 6.9 (5.1) 472 SET SCREW 2
29.4 (22) 251 RO PLUG 3 501 BELLOWS (BOOTS) 2
33-109
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
Special jig 1
1. Disassemble and assemble the pilot valve paying attention to dust, dirt, etc. in order not to allow
them to enter in.
2. Handle parts carefully not to damage.
3. Write down the installing positions of respective part during disassembly, and assemble respective
part to the position as they were before.
(3) Disassembly
1. Stop respective port (P, T, 1, 2, 3, and 4) of the valve with plugs and clean the outer surface.
2. Fix the cleaned valve with vise.
3. Remove bellows (501) from cover (201).
4. Remove set screw (472).
Tools: Allen wrench: 6 mm
5. Contact pry bar (7 dia. or less) to one end of cam shaft (413), and strike it lightly with a hammer.
6. Remove cam (420).
7. Remove socket bolt (271).
Tools: Allen wrench: 6 mm
8. Remove cover (201).
9. Remove the casing upper assembly and fix the assembly with vise, again.
10. Draw push rod (214) out of plug (202).
11. Remove plug (202) with grease cup (203), packing (210) and O-ring (212).
12. Remove piston (224).
13. Remove damping spring (336) from the casing.
14. Take out spring seat (218) from casing (102) with tweezers.
15. Take out steel ball (225) using magnet.
16. Fix the lower casing assembly with vise, and take out O-rings (211 and 213) from casing (101).
17. Remove reduction unit valve assembly and return spring (335) from casing (101).
18. Place cover (201) on the flat bench transverse, apply bushing (414) to special jig 1, strike it lightly
with hammer, and pull the bushing out.
19. For disassembly of the reduction unit valve assembly first push spring seat (311) in and shift the
spring seat crosswise making secondary pressure spring (324), remove it from spool (301)
passing through the large hole.
33-110
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33
20. Separate spool (301), spring (324) for secondary pressure setting, shim (217) and washer.
-Handle the assembled unit as an assembly. And there may be unit on which washer is not
installed.
21. Remove grease cup (203) from plug (202).
22. Remove O-ring (212) from plug (202).
33.2.4.3 ASSEMBLY
(1) Clean all parts before assembly, and dry them by means of compressed air. Don't use rag.
-Repair the parts damaged when being disassembled, clean them, apply oil to the moving
section, and install the same parts on the positions where they are before.
-Replace every O-ring and packing with new ones.
(2) Install washer (313), shim (217), spring (324) for resetting the secondary pressure, and spring
seat on spool (301) in order.
(3) Pass spool (301) through the larger hole of spring seat (311), push the spring seat in, and install
it making the spring for the secondary pressure deflect and shifting the spring seat laterally.
(4) Fix casing (101) with vise, and place spring (335) for return in casing (101).
(5) Place the reduction unit subassembly described above par. 2) and 3) in casing (101).
-Install them on the positions as they were before.
-When placing the reduction unit subassembly in, pay attention to the spool lower end so as not
to bring into contact with the corner of the casing.
33-111
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33-112
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33.2.4.4 TROUBLESHOOTING
Phenomenon Cause Corrective action
Secondary pressure 1. 1. 33
does not rise. Insufficient primary pressure Secure primary pressure.
2. 2.
Permanent set in fatigue of spring (324) for Replace it with new one.
setting of secondary pressure.
3. 3.
The gap between spool and casing is too Replace it with complete remote control
large. valve.
4. 4.
The control section is loosened. Replace parts of control section.
Secondary pressure 1. 1.
is unstable. Sliding part is not smooth. Repair unsmooth section.
2. 2.
Variation of pressure of tank line Return oil to oil tank directly.
3. 3.
Air contamination in piping Bleed air by operating several times.
Secondary pressure 1. 1.
is high. Pressure of tank line is high. Return oil to oil tank directly.
2. 2.
Sliding part is not smooth. Repair unsmooth section.
Damping does not 1. 1.
work. Air is accumulated in piston chamber. Bleed air by operating several times.
2. 2.
Sliding part is not smooth. Repair unsmooth section.
3. 3.
Permanent set in fatigue of damping spring Replace it with new one.
(336)
4. 4.
Gap between damping piston (224) and Replace it with complete remote control
casing (damper) (102) is too large. valve.
5. 5.
Malfunction of check valve Disassemble and check on check valve
section.
6. 6.
Orifice of damping piston (224) is too large. Replace damping piston.
Damping torque is 1. 1.
heavy. Sliding part is not smooth. Repair unsmooth section.
2. 2.
Orifice of damping piston (224) is clogged. Repair or replace damping piston.
33-113
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33-114
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33-115
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
(2) Tools
No. Tools required
1 Torque Wrench (Pre-set type) 45N-m {33.2 lbf-ft} (JIS B4650)
2 90N-m {66.4 lbf-ft} (JIS B4650)
3
4 Hexagon Wrench for Torque Wrench Opposing flat 5
5 Opposing flat 6
6 Opposing flat 8
7 Torque Wrench (For single use) T=147.1±14.7N-m {108±10.8 lbf-ft}
Opposing flat 36
8 Allen Wrench Opposing flat 5
9 Opposing flat 6
10 Opposing flat 8
11 Spanner Opposing flat 36
12 Flat-Blade Screwdriver Width 6 to 10
13 Snap Ring Pliers 28 dia. for hole
22 dia. for shaft
14 Hammer
15 Plastic Hammer
20 Others Grease
Oil (Specified hydraulic oil)
Wire brush
Emery paper
Sealant (Three Bond #1305)
33-116
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
When taking out the hydraulic motor assembly from the reduction gear body, the drain port should be
open.
When it is difficult to take out, insert the minus driver into the binding face to the body and take out
the burr completely.
33-117
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
When it is difficult to taka out the shaft, hit the opposite side slightly by the plastic hammer.
As the ball bearing (216) is pressed into the shaft, do not disassemble unless it is necessary to
change the bearing.
33-118
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33
Filter (214) :1 pcs
Parallel pin (225) :3 pcs
The small parts are easily dispersed. Pay attention not to miss.
The valve plate (205) is sometime attached.
Pay attention not to drop out.
33-119
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
11. Take out the snap ring (221), the retainer (212) and the spring C (215).
12. Take out the brake piston (231) and the O-ring (235), (236).
The brake piston is drawn out by the air blowing gradually from the PP port.
Pay attention not to draw out the brake piston rapidly.
33-120
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33
33-121
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33-122
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33
5. Take out the ring (128) and the pre-load collar (119).
Attach the minus driver to the gap of 2pcs pre-load collar, and take out by hitting with the hammer.
As pre-adjusted the gap with the bearing, do not disassemble unless it is necessary.
33-123
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
To secure the drawing space of the pinion shaft, attach the approximate 130 mm (5.12") pad to the
flange part, and push out the pinion shaft (104) by the press.
As pre-adjusted the gap with the bearing, do not disassemble unless it is necessary.
As the outer ring of the bearing (121), (122) is press-fitting one, do not disassemble unless it is
necessary.
Do not use again the oil seal (123).
33-124
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33
11. Take out the snap ring (120) and the thrust
plate 1 (115) from the carrier 1 kit.
33-125
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
As the inner ring of the bearing (121) is press-fitting one, do not disassemble unless it is necessary.
Do not use again the ring seal (113).
33-126
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
2. Insert the 2 check valves (246) (1pc/side), 2 springs (248) (1pc/side) and 2 plugs (247) (1pc/side)
with O-ring (249) in that order into the body H (201).
Apply grease slightly to the O-ring and assemble to pay attention not biting the seals.
Plug tightening torque :58.8±2.9 N-m (43.4±2.14 lbf-ft)
33-127
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
The steel face of the valve plate should be downside and assemble.
33-128
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
5. Make the brake piston assembly which placed O-rings (235), (236) on brake piston (231), and
place it onto the body H (201).
33
Place the brake piston assembly onto plate S placed 3 pins, then place it onto the body H as
matched pin hole position, After that, press-fit it by tighteing hexagon bolts little by little.
Check no pushed out, scratches and dust on O-ring at this time.
For prevention of brake piston assembly, apply grease on plate S.
Take out the plate S after placed brake piston assembly.
Pay attention to jam seal parts, install them applying grease on O-rings.
6. Place the retainer (212), spring C (215) and retainer (212) in that order into the cylinder barrel
(204), and then secure them with the snap ring (221).
33-129
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
8. Place the 3 pins (213), barrel holder (209) and the shoe holder assembly onto the cylinder barrel
(204) to make up a cylinder barrel assembly.
33-130
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33
Filter (214) :1 pc
Parallel pin (225) :3 pcs
Pay attention height of pins are 8mm (0.315") from surface after installation.
33-131
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
In case the swash plate drops out, apply grease to the plate S side of it.
33-132
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33
Align the serration of the shaft which is assembled to the plate S to the serration of the cylinder barrel
assembly which is assembled to the body H.
33-133
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33-134
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33
Pay attention to the direction of the oil seal, use round steel plate for pressing to prevent misalignment.
Steel plate outer diameter :77.5 dia. (3.05")
2. Place the ring seal (113) onto the pinion shaft (104).
33-135
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
After press fitting, apply grease onto the surface of the rollers, and turn them manually so that the
grease can spread to the whole roller surface.
4. Place the 4 rings 1 (129) (1pc/pin) and the 4 thrust washers 1 (117) (1pc/pin) in that order onto
the 4 pins of the carrier 1 (102).
33-136
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33-137
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33-138
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33
Grease amount : approx. 80% of the space inside the outer ring.
33-139
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
15. Fix the pinion shaft (104) with the 2 pre-load collars (119).
Thickness of the pre-load collar must be adjusted for the above "L" dimension.
Standard's +0 to +0.05mm (+0 to +0.002")
33-140
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33-141
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33-142
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
(7) Troubleshooting
Problem Location Cause Remedy
Not slewing Relief valve Oil pressure is low Replace valve assy 33
(Pressure rises) Malfunction of motion
Hydraulic motor Seizure of sliding surface Replace motor assy
Internal leakage
Reduction unit Damaged gear Replace reduction unit assy
Overload Reduce overload
Insufficient torque Relief valve Pressure setting is low Replace valve assy
(Pressure rises) Malfunction of motion
Hydraulic motor Wear of sliding surface Replace motor assy
Internal leakage
Reduction unit Damaged gear Replace pinion kit or carrier kit
Damaged bearing
Abnormal noise Noise in piping Insufficient flow-rate Correct piping
(Cavitation sound)
Hydraulic motor Damage of sliding surface Replace motor assy
Reduction unit Damaged gear
Damaged bearing Replace pinion kit or carrier kit
Pinion Damaged gear Replace pinion kit
Oil leaks Mating surface Damaged O-ring Replace O-ring
of valve Loose bolt Retighten bolt
Mating surface Damaged O-ring Replace O-ring
of motor Loose bolt Retighten bolt
Mating surface Damaged O-ring Replace O-ring
of reduction unit Loose bolt Retighten bolt
Pinion Damaged oil seal Replace pinion kit
Time-lag of starting Relief valve Malfunction of motion Replace valve assy
and stopping Check valve Internal leakage
Abnormal heat Hydraulic motor Damaged or seized sliding Replace motor assy
surface
Reduction unit Abnormal gear teeth Replace pinion kit or carrier kit
Abnormal bearing
33-143
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
2. Reduction Gear
33-144
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
Construction
No. NAME Q'TY No. NAME Q'TY
1 STEM 1 10 DUST SEAL 1
2 BODY 1 11 DUST SEAL 1
3 FLANGE 1 12 SNAP RING 1
4 SPACER 1 13 BOLT (M10X30) 4
5 PIN 1 14 PLUG (PF1/4) 3
6 SLIPPER SEAL 7 15 SPRING WASHER 4
7 NAME PLATE 1 16 BACK-UP RING 1
8 O-RING 1 17 CLEVIS 2
9 O-RING 1
33-145
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33.2.6.2.2 Disassembly
(1) Fix the body (2) with vise and loosen bolt
and remove flange (3).
Tools: Socket: 17mm
or
Tools: Spanner: 17mm
33-146
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33
33.2.6.2.3 Assembling
(1) Insert seals in the body.
-Check the seal position referring to the
construction drawing.
-Ensure that O-rings are free from twisting.
-Do not deform or bend the slipper seal
extremely.
33-147
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33-148
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33-149
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
(4) O-ring
33-150
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33
(1) Connect a pipe (3) between the hydraulic pump (2) and the stem (1) side port.
(2) Connect a pressure gauge (5) to the body (4) side.
(3) Increase the pressure gradually to 22.6 MPa (3270 psi) adjusting the relief valve (6), then perform
1 minute leak test.
-Open the neighboring ports on both sides and check visually for leakage from the ports.
-Check the body for crack, which may cause oil leakage, by a dye check.
33.2.6.4 TROUBLESHOOTING
Phenomenon Cause Corrective action
External Oil Leakage -O-ring is defective. -Replace all the seal parts.
Internal Oil Leakage -Slipper seal and back-up -Replace all the seal parts.
ring are defective. -Replace the assembly.
-Excessive wear on sliding
surfaces.
Stem Sticks -Stem and body are stuck -Carry out grinding and honing. If excessive looseness
together. cause oil leakage, replace the assembly.
Flange Looseness -Capscrew tightening is -Retighten to the specified torque.
insufficient.
33-151
[33. UPPER SLEWING STRUCTURE]
33-152
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34
34. TRAVEL SYSTEM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
34-1
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
PREFACE
(1) This manual covers all the procedures required for the dis / re-assembling of the machine in
compilation by items.
(2) This manual consists of 34.1 ; REMOVING AND INSTALLING, and 34.2 ; DISASSEMBLING AND
ASSEMBLING.
(3) Though general dis / re-assembling procedures are able to carry out nearly in the order of Table
of Contents, some items may be omitted because of the circumstances at the actual repair work
or the purpose of time saving.
(4) Please understand that it is impossible to accord the descriptions with all cases of the actual
process for the removal / installation of the assembled components, because of difference in the
field conditions or defective section and the convenience in compilation of this manual.
(5) Please be aware the importance to establish the working order.
Prior to carry out the removal / installation and dis / re-assembling works, select the sections
presumably required, fully understand the description, and itemize the working procedures, then
start up the work.
34-2
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34
34.1.2 CRAWLER
34.1.2.1 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION PROCEDURES (RUBBER)
34.1.2.1.1 Removing Rubber Crawler
(1) Lift the one side of machine with
attachment, as shown in Fig. "Crawler
removing posture", and place support
under lower frame to support machine.
34-3
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
Feeding grease
Rubber shoe
Appropriate tension A :
75 to 85mm(2.95 to 3.35 in)
Steel shoe
Appropriate tension A :
130 to 150mm(5.12 to 5.91 in)
Crawler tension
34-4
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34
-When loosening grease nipple for adjustment, do not turn it more than one turn to loosen.
-When grease is remained, move the machine forward and backward slightly.
-Be careful that the grease nipple may be popped out.
34-5
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
-Especially pay attention to the front idler which may spring out due to the force of spring when
drawing out master pin (6) to repair broken parts relating to the front idler.
-Be careful not to be injured by flying debris, when large hammer is used.
Do not approach the machine because the end of the crawler may drop just before extending the
track link assembly to the ground while rotating the sprocket. Put wood block just in case.
Removing crawler
34-6
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
(2) Installation
1. Install the crawler to the position where
the end of the track link engages with the
sprocket placing the track link narrowing
toward the end toward the front idler side
as shown in the figure.
34
Direction of crawler
Installing crawler
34-7
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34.1.2.3 CONSTRUCTION
(1) Construction of rubber crawler
34-8
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34
Unit : mm (in)
SERVICEABILITY
ITEM STANDARD VALUE REPAIRABLE LEVEL REMEDY
LIMIT
Sag of rubber crawler L 75~85 (2.95~3.35) - - Adjustment
Where the depth of Where the depth of
Cracks and notch on them does not them reaches to
None Replace
rubber crawler reach to the steel the steel cords.
cords.
Breakage of steel cords None None Exist Replace
Where 10 percent of Where half of
Contact surface of rubber
None cores are visible cores are visible Replace
crawler and lower roller
from outside. from outside.
Height (H) 83.5 (3.29) - 61 (2.4) Replace
Lug projection (h) 22 (0.87) - 0 (0) Replace
34-9
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34-10
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
Turn the grease nipple slowly paying attention not to turn more than one turn, and be careful for the
spouting out grease.
34-11
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34.1.3.1.2 Installation
Before installing the upper roller, make sure that sufficient oil is filled in and that the upper roller
rotates smoothly by hand. If the oil volume is insufficient, refill oil, or if the upper roller does not rotate
smoothly or oil is leaking, check the bearing and the seals and replace them where necessary.
Oil : Engine oil API CD class#30
Volume : 20cc (1.2cu-in)
34.1.3.2 CONSTRUCTION
34-12
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
Extruding shaft
Collar is press fitted into shaft (2). Therefore do not disassemble it.
34-13
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
Extruding bushing
34.1.3.3.2 Installing
Installing of the upper roller is performed in the reverse order of removing.
Pushing in bushing
If you fail in this operation by pressing the bushing unevenly, the bushing is distorted and gets
unserviceable. In that case, do not reuse the bushing.
34-14
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34
Pressing shaft
34-15
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34.1.5.2 Jig
34-16
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34.1.6.1.1 Removing
(1) Slightly loosen capscrews (M16X35)(2)
fastening lower roller assembly (1) to the
lower frame. 34
Tools : Socket : 24mm
(2) As same as the case for removal of the
crawler, loosen the grease nipple for
crawler adjusting within one turn to
discharge the grease, and release the
tension on the crawler.
Tools : Socket : 17mm
Lower roller assembly
34-17
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34.1.6.1.2 Installing
(1) Installing position of lower roller
Install the lower roller assembly so that
the plug directs outward from the machine.
(2) Coat the mounting capscrews (2) with
Loctite #262 in advance.
Place the roller assembly (1) between the
crawler and lower frame.
Fasten the capscrews (2) temporarily.
Tools : Socket : 24mm
(3) Lower the machine in full contact with the
Installing lower roller
ground and tighten the capscrews (2) as
specified.
Tools : Socket : 24mm,
T=279 N-m (206 lbf-ft)
(4) Tighten the grease nipple of the crawler
adjuster.
Lift the machine, and adjust the crawler
tension by feeding grease.
Tools : Socket : 17mm,
T=73.5 N-m (54.2 lbf-ft)
34.1.6.2 CONSTRUCTION
34-18
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
Prior to extruding the shaft, prepare a drain oil container to receive lubricating oil remaining in the
lower roller. Otherwise the lubricating oil flows out to contaminate the work floor.
34-19
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
In order to avoid damage to the bore of the roller (1), hammer the bushing (5) lightly and change the
jig (n) applying position circumferentially little by little to push out the bushing slowly.
34.1.6.3.2 Assembly
(1) Attach O-ring (7) to one side.
Install O-ring (7) to shaft groove.
-Grease O-ring.
-Replace O-ring with new one without fail
at reassembling. Attach O-ring (7) to one side
34-20
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34-21
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
After assembling the lower roller as a single unit, ensure that it shows no oil leakage and can be
manually rotated.
34-22
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34
Lower roller
34-23
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34.1.7.1.2 Installing
(1) Install idler assembly (a) to the idler
adjuster assembly (b) by means of
capscrews (c) in the reverse order of
removing the idler assembly. Coat the
threaded part of capscrews (c) with Loctite
#262 beforehand.
Tools : Spanner : 17mm,
T=66 N-m (48.7 lbf-ft) Installing idler assembly
(2) The assembly of the idler and idler adjuster
is to be installed to the lower frame so that
the grease feeding plug (1) is positioned
to upside, and the grease nipple (2) is
facing to outside.
(3) Following procedures of section 2, install
the crawler assembly, and adjust the
crawler tension.
-On that occasion, confirm the lubrication
through the grease nipple is proper and
that grease is not leaking from the grease
cylinder.
34-24
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34.1.7.2 CONSTRUCTION
34
Extruding pin
Extruding shaft
34-25
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34.1.7.3.2 Assembly
(1) Align inner hole of idler (1) and bushing (5)
and press fit it vertically with press.
34-26
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34-27
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
Front idler
34-28
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
(2) Jigs
34
34-29
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
The separated idler assembly is easy to fall down. Lay it down so it does not fall down on your feet,
utilizing wooden blocks.
34.1.8.1.2 Installing
(1) Installation is done in the reverse order of removal :
First of all, assemble idler assembly (a) to idler adjuster assembly (b), and tighten them together
with capscrews (c).
In that case, coat the threaded part of capscrews (c) with Loctite #262 beforehand.
Tools: Spanner: 17mm, T=66 N-m (48.7 lbf-ft)
(2) Before installing the idler adjuster to the crawler frame, assemble it with the idler assembly. For
the procedure, refer to 34.1.7.1.2 Installing front idler.
34.1.8.2 CONSTRUCTION
34-30
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34
Large power is needed to set the spring. Prepare a special jig before disassembly and assembly.
34-31
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
Compression of spring
(2) Assembly
Perform assembly in the reverse order of disassembly.
34-32
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34
Attach idler adjuster assembly to the jig
34-33
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34.1.9 SPROCKET
34.1.9.1 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION PROCEDURES
34.1.9.1.1 Removing
(1) Remove the crawler assembly.
(2) Place wooden block under the lower frame
so the sprocket is off the ground.
(3) Loosen capscrew (M14) for the mounting of
the sprocket by means of an Allen wrench
and remove the sprocket.
Tools: Socket: 22mm
Single weight of sprocket : 14 kg (31 lbs)
Making sprocket free
34.1.9.1.2 Installing
(1) Check the fixing parts of the travel motor
and the sprocket, eliminate burrs and dirt
thoroughly, and install the sprocket.
(2) Apply Loctite #262 to the threaded portion
of capscrew to mount the capscrew and
fasten the temporarily.
Removing sprocket
Tightening capscrew
Sprocket
Unit:mm(in)
STANDARD REPAIRABLE SERVICE
Code ITEM REMEDY
VALUE LEVEL LIMIT
A Width of sprocket teeth 32 (1.26) 29 (1.14) 27 (1.06) Replace
B O.D. of sprocket φ415.8 (16.37) φ409 (16.1) φ407 (16.0) Welded repair, or replace
34-34
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34-35
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34.1.10.1.2 Installing
(1) If there are burrs and dirt on fitting part
with which the travel motor are fastened,
eliminate it beforehand. Place a wire sling
in the travel unit with the same way as in
the removing, and install it to the lower
frame.
(2) Coat the threaded part of the mounting
capscrew (B2) with Loctite #262 and tighten
them.
Tools: Socket: 22mm,
T=181 N-m (133 lbf-ft)
Installing travel motor
(3) Reconnect the hydraulic pipings as before, and tighten the joints to the specified torque.
-Fill the casing with hydraulic oil prior to perform drain piping.
34-36
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
1. Stop the machine so that the drain plug of the reduction unit is located in the lowest position.
2. Remove the level plug and check the oil level and contamination. The oil level is proper if it is
close to the plug bore. Replenish oil if necessary.
-When starting operation, operate motor in low idling and at low speed for several minutes, and
check it for possible oil leakage and noise.
34-37
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
Slewing bearing
34.1.11.1.2 Installing
(1) Before installing the slewing bearing, clean
thoroughly the bearing and the mating
surface of the lower frame to be free from
dirt, oil and other foreign materials.
(2) Lift up the bearing and place it on the
lower frame, aligning the "S" mark engraved
on the inner race as shown.
(3) Coat the threads of the capscrews (B)
with Loctite #262 and tighten all capscrews
temporarily.
(4) Tighten the capscrews at 180° intervals
alternately, and tighten them up to the
specified torque.
Tools: Socket: 19mm,
T=115 N-m (84.8 lbf-ft)
(5) Replenish 3.6 kg (7.94 lbs) of "Nisseki New
Molyknock Grease NLGI-2 or equivalent
item" to the grease bath.
(6) After installing the slewing bearing on the
lower frame, install upper slewing structure. Location of "S" mark to install slewing
bearing
34-38
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34.1.11.2 CONSTRUCTION
34.1.11.3.2 Assembling
(1) Degrease thoroughly the groove for seal A (8) located in the inner circumference of outer race
(2) and the groove for seal B (9) located in the outer circumference of inner race (1). Coat the
grooves with adhesive (Cyanoacrylate instant glue), fit seal B (9), and place inner race (1) on a
surface plate.
(2) Lift and lower outer race (2) slowly till the top surface of inner race (1) matches the bottom of the
sealing groove of outer race (2). Place an adjusting washer under outer race (2) in order to
support the outer race so the track surface of ball (3) is aligned.
(3) Insert balls (3) and spacers (4) coating with grease (NLGI No.2 Lithium bace with MoS2)
alternately through the hole for plug (6) on outer race (2).
Installing balls
34-39
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
When inserting balls (3) and spacers (4), the ball tracks must be aligned completely.
To achieve it, outer race (2) should be adjusted. It is very dangerous to put your finger into the plug
bore directly ; always use a push rod or a hooked rod.
34-40
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34
34-41
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34-42
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34-43
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34-44
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
(2) Bolts
No. Name Description Q'TY
Approx. M6 (P1.0)X50 1
Hexagon socket head cap screw
1 Approx. M16 (P2.0)X40 2
(JIS B 1176)
Approx. M16 (P2.0)X150 3
34-45
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
(3) Tools
APPLICATION ITEM
NAME SIZE REMARKS Q'TY
(Item in cross-sectional or exploded view)
34-46
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
(4) Jigs
34
34-47
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34-48
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34.2.1.3 DISASSEMBLY
34.2.1.3.1 PREPARATIONS FOR DISASSEMBLY
Prior to disassembling, carry out the following preparations :
-Internal parts during disassembly are slippery as they are smeared by hydraulic oil. Handle them with
extreme care not to drop them.
Otherwise, you may be injured or they may be damaged.
-Combustible material such as kerosene is used to clean the parts.
Handle it with extreme care not to cause fire or burns, as it catch fire easily.
(1) Prior to disassembly, make a good judgment on the features etc. of the generated abnormalities to
work according to the disassembling procedure.
(2) All parts are manufactured in high precision. Therefore handle them with care not to bump them
each other or drop them.
(3) Work patiently not to forcibly strike or pry the sticking parts during disassembly. Otherwise it may
result in generating burrs, damages, and performance deterioration.
(4) Be careful not to leave the disassembled parts without appropriate protection. Otherwise they may
be rusted by moisture and or contaminated by dust.
(5) Put a match mark on each mating surface of part during disassembly.
(6) Carry out the work putting every removed part in order, and taking care not to cause damage or
loss.
(7) Sealing parts shall be replaced in principle, even though no damage is found on them. Keep them
on hand prior to disassembly.
(8) Photos and figures of typical models are shown. Any partial difference between them and the
product in use does not affect the disassembling procedure.
34-49
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34.2.1.3.3 DISASSEMBLING
(1) Cleaning travel motor
1. Tighten the lifting eyes into the tapped
holes of the spindle (2).
Screw two lifting eyes into the tapped holes of the spindle diagonally located with each other.
Since soil and sand are accumulated in the clearance (where the floating seal is fixed) between the
hub (1) and the spindle (2), clean it with particular care.
34-50
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34
While aligning the threaded holes of the hub (1) and the workbench, place the travel motor in fixing
holes of the workbench slowly.
34-51
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
Draining oil
34-52
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34
34-53
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34-54
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34-55
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34-56
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34
34-57
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34-58
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34
34-59
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34-60
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34-61
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
Release pressing force slowly. Otherwise the spring may fly out to cause injury.
34-62
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34
34-63
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34-64
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34
Installing jig
34-65
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34-66
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34
34-67
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
Finish cleaning
34-68
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34.2.1.4 ASSEMBLY
Perform assembly basically in reverse order of disassembly.
34.2.1.4.1 PREPARATION
Prepare a workbench, tools and jigs as in the case of Section 34.2.1.3; DISASSEMBLY.
After replacing any of the following parts with new ones, adjust the preload of the ball bearing without
fail :
(1) Parts requiring preload adjustment of the ball bearing after their replacement : hub (1), the
spindle (2) and ball bearing (24)
When replacing any of the above parts, use the parts previously adjusted.
Otherwise, the travel motor may malfunction resulting in premature breakage.
34-69
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34-70
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
Fully tighten the socket bolts. Otherwise, the travel motor may fall down to cause injury when it is
turned over.
34-71
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34-72
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34
Carefully carry out the insertion work using leather gloves to prevent possible burns.
Inserting shaft
34-73
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
When mounting the snap ring, if the tip of the pliers slips out of the hole of the snap ring, the snap
ring could jump out.
34-74
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34
34-75
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34-76
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34-77
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34-78
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34-79
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34-80
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34
If the tapped hole of carrier (3) is smeared oil or grease, degrease it by using the tap (M8 P1.25).
After that clean it with solvent, and degrease the solvent of the holes by spraying with compressed air.
Otherwise axial-force dose not produce enough, and it may cause bolt to loosen.
34-81
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34-82
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34
34-83
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34-84
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
(1) Replace any seal (O-ring, oil seal, and floating seal) once used even if no damage is found.
(2) Wear parts maintenance standard
1. Replace any part heavily damaged visually.
2. Replace a part that shows the following abnormalities.
34
Standard value
Item Allowable
Part name Phenomenon (Standard
No. value(Criteria)
dimension)
34-85
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
Standard value
Item Allowable
Part name Phenomenon (Standard
No. value(Criteria)
dimension)
34-86
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34-87
[34. TRAVEL SYSTEM]
34-88
[42. TROUBLESHOOTING (HYDRAULIC SYSTEM)]
42-1
[42. TROUBLESHOOTING (HYDRAULIC SYSTEM)]
CX55BMSR : PS02-00101~
(CASE-NA)
E55BX : PS02-00101~
(NH-NA)
42-2
[42. TROUBLESHOOTING (HYDRAULIC SYSTEM)]
Troubleshooting provides the process to investigate the cause of trouble in order when a trouble
occurred. This manual describes the way how to solve the specific phenomenon systematically as
quick as possible. For the troubleshooting concerning the inside of equipment, refer to the
troubleshooting for each manual of the equipment.
42
42.1.1 CONFIRM ACTUAL TROUBLED CONDITIONS AT SITE
(1) Get to the site as quickly as possible.
Verify the machine model, serial number,
situation of trouble and field, and notify possible
arrival time to the user.
42-3
[42. TROUBLESHOOTING (HYDRAULIC SYSTEM)]
42-4
[42. TROUBLESHOOTING (HYDRAULIC SYSTEM)]
42
Abbreviation
E/G : Engine
SOL : Solenoid
SW : Switch
ATT : Attachment
C/V : Control valve
R/V : Relief valve
V : Valve
42-5
[42. TROUBLESHOOTING (HYDRAULIC SYSTEM)]
42.3 TROUBLESHOOTING
42.3.1 ATTACHMENT
42.3.1.1 ATTACHMENT OPERATIONAL FAILURE (Excluding swing operations)
42-6
[42. TROUBLESHOOTING (HYDRAULIC SYSTEM)]
42
42-7
[42. TROUBLESHOOTING (HYDRAULIC SYSTEM)]
42-8
[42. TROUBLESHOOTING (HYDRAULIC SYSTEM)]
42
42-9
[42. TROUBLESHOOTING (HYDRAULIC SYSTEM)]
42-10
[42. TROUBLESHOOTING (HYDRAULIC SYSTEM)]
42
42.3.4 PUMP
42.3.4.1 ENGINE SPEED IS REDUCED DUE TO PUMP LOAD
42-11
[42. TROUBLESHOOTING (HYDRAULIC SYSTEM)]
42-12
[43. TROUBLESHOOTING (ELECTRICAL SYSTEM)]
43. TROUBLESHOOTING
(ELECTRICAL SYSTEM)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
43
43.1 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS : ELECTRIC SYSTEM ……………………………………………………………43-3
43.2 TROUBLESHOOTING …………………………………………………………………………………………43-4
43.2.1 GENERAL …………………………………………………………………………………………………43-4
43.2.2 ATTACHMENT OPERATION ……………………………………………………………………………43-8
43.2.3 TRAVEL OPERATION ……………………………………………………………………………………43-9
43.2.4 DECELERATION …………………………………………………………………………………………43-10
43-1
[43. TROUBLESHOOTING (ELECTRICAL SYSTEM)]
CX55BMSR : PS02-00101~
(CASE-NA)
E55BX : PS02-00101~
(NH-NA)
43-2
[43. TROUBLESHOOTING (ELECTRICAL SYSTEM)]
43
43-3
[43. TROUBLESHOOTING (ELECTRICAL SYSTEM)]
43.2 TROUBLESHOOTING
43.2.1 GENERAL
43.2.1.1 ENGINE DOES NOT START.
43-4
[43. TROUBLESHOOTING (ELECTRICAL SYSTEM)]
43
43-5
[43. TROUBLESHOOTING (ELECTRICAL SYSTEM)]
43-6
[43. TROUBLESHOOTING (ELECTRICAL SYSTEM)]
43
43-7
[43. TROUBLESHOOTING (ELECTRICAL SYSTEM)]
43-8
[43. TROUBLESHOOTING (ELECTRICAL SYSTEM)]
43
43-9
[43. TROUBLESHOOTING (ELECTRICAL SYSTEM)]
43.2.4 DECELERATION
43.2.4.1 DECEL CHANGE OPERATION CAN NOT BE CARRIED OUT.
43-10
[44. TROUBLESHOOTING (ENGINE)]
44. TROUBLESHOOTING
(ENGINE)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
44-1
[44. TROUBLESHOOTING (ENGINE)]
SK50SR-5 : PJ06-09807~
(KCM North America)
CX50B : PJ06-09807~
(CASE-NA)
E50B : PJ06-09807~
(NH-NA)
SK30SR-5 : PW14-46519~
SK35SR-5 : PX15-21105~ (KCM S.E.ASIA&OCE)
CX31B : PW14-46519~
CX36B : PX15-21105~ (CASE-AUS)
E30B : PW14-46519~
E35B : PX15-21105~ (NH-AUS)
SK40SR-5 : PH07-06609~
SK50SR-5 : PJ06-09807~ (KCM S.E.ASIA&OCE)
E50B : PJ06-09807~
(NH-AUS)
CX50B : PJ06-09807~
(CASE-AUS)
SK27SR-5 : PV13-33453~
(NA)
CX27B : PV13-33453~
(CASE-NA)
E27B : PV13-33453~
(NH-NA)
SK20SR-5 : PM10-10609~
SK27SR-5 : PV13-33453~ (KCM S.E.ASIA&OCE)
CX27B : PV13-33453~
(CASE-Australia)
E27B : PV13-33453~
(NH-AUS)
CX55BMSR : PS02-00101~
(CASE-NA)
E55BX : PS02-00101~
(NH-NA)
44-2
[44. TROUBLESHOOTING (ENGINE)]
44
44-3
[44. TROUBLESHOOTING (ENGINE)]
44-4
[44. TROUBLESHOOTING (ENGINE)]
44
44-5
[44. TROUBLESHOOTING (ENGINE)]
44.2 TROUBLESHOOTING
44-6
[44. TROUBLESHOOTING (ENGINE)]
44
44-7
[44. TROUBLESHOOTING (ENGINE)]
44-8
[44. TROUBLESHOOTING (ENGINE)]
44
44-9
[44. TROUBLESHOOTING (ENGINE)]
A breather mechanism of blow-by gas reduction system is applied to the engine as shown in the
drawing. Remove and plug the suction manifold to check blow-by gas.
44-10
[44. TROUBLESHOOTING (ENGINE)]
44
44-11
[44. TROUBLESHOOTING (ENGINE)]
44-12
[51. ENGINE]
51. ENGINE
PREFACE
51
This manual explains the engine proper and is a faithful of YANMAR DIESEL ENGINE'S service
manuals.
51-1
[51. ENGINE]
E50B : PJ06-
(NH-AUS)
CX50B : PJ06-
(CASE-AUS)
SK30SR-5 : PW14-46519~ S5PW5131E02
Revision June, 2010
SK35SR-5 : PX15-21105~ (KCM North America)
CX31B : PW14-46519~
CX36B : PX15-21105~ (CASE-NA)
E30B : PW14-46519~
E35B : PX15-21105~ (NH-NA)
SK50SR-5 : PJ06-09807~
(KCM North America)
CX50B : PJ06-09807~
(CASE-NA)
E50B : PJ06-09807~
(NH-NA)
SK30SR-5 : PW14-46519~
SK35SR-5 : PX15-21105~ (KCM S.E.ASIA&OCE)
CX31B : PW14-46519~
CX36B : PX15-21105~ (CASE-AUS)
E30B : PW14-46519~
E35B : PX15-21105~ (NH-AUS)
SK40SR-5 : PH07-06609~
SK50SR-5 : PJ06-09807~ (KCM S.E.ASIA&OCE)
E50B : PJ06-09807~
(NH-AUS)
CX50B : PJ06-09807~
(CASE-AUS)
CX55BMSR : PS02-00101~
(CASE-NA)
E55BX : PS02-00101~
(NH-NA)
51-2
TNV DI Service Manual
TNV series
SERVICE MANUAL
3TNV82A(-B) • 3TNV84 • 3TNV84T(-B) •
3TNV88(-B)(-U)
4TNV84 • 4TNV84T(-Z) •
4TNV88(-B)(-U)
4TNV94L
4TNV98(-Z)(-E) • 4TNV98T(-Z)
4TNV106 • 4TNV106T
P/N: 0BTNV-G00101
INDUSTRIAL
ENGINES
This Service Manual has been developed for the exclusive use of service and repair professionals such as
Yanmar authorized Distributors and Yanmar authorized Dealers. It is written with these professionals in
mind and may not contain the necessary detail or safety statements that may be required for a non-
professional to perform the service or repair properly and / or safely. Please contact an authorized Yanmar
repair or service professional before working on your Yanmar product.
Disclaimers:
All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on the latest information available
at the time of publishing. The illustrations used in this manual are intended as representative reference
views only. Moreover, because of our continuous product improvement policy, we may modify information,
illustrations, and / or specifications to explain and / or exemplify a product, service, or maintenance
improvement. We reserve the right to make any change at any time.
Yanmar and are registered trademarks of Yanmar Co., Ltd. in Japan, the United States and /
or other countries.
All Rights Reserved:
No part of this publication may be reproduced or used in any form by any means - graphic, electronic, or
mechanical, including photocopying, recording, taping, or information storage and retrieval systems -
without the written permission of Yanmar Co., Ltd.
© 2005 Yanmar Co. Ltd.
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Page
Table of Contents ................................................................................... iii
Introduction ......................................................................................... 1-1
Yanmar Warranties.............................................................................. 2-1
Safety.................................................................................................... 3-1
General Service Information .............................................................. 4-1
Engine .................................................................................................. 6-1
Periodic Maintenance ......................................................................... 5-1
Fuel System ......................................................................................... 7-1
Cooling System ................................................................................... 8-1
Lubrication System ............................................................................. 9-1
Turbocharger ..................................................................................... 10-1
Starter Motor...................................................................................... 11-1
Alternator ........................................................................................... 12-1
Electric Wiring ................................................................................... 13-1
Troubleshooting ................................................................................ 14-1
INTRODUCTION
This Service Manual describes the service
procedures for the TNV series direct injection
engines. These engines are certified by the U.S.
EPA, California ARB and/or the 97/68/EC Directive
for industrial use.
Please use this manual for accurate, quick and safe
servicing of the engine. Since the directions in this
manual are for a typical engine, some
specifications and components may be different
from your engine. Refer to the documentation
supplied by the optional equipment manufacturer
for specific service instructions.
Yanmar products are continuously undergoing
improvement. This Service Manual might not
address possible field modifications to the
equipment. Contact an authorized Yanmar
industrial engine dealer or distributor for answers to
any questions relating to field modifications.
YANMAR
WARRANTIES
Page
Yanmar Limited Warranty................................................................ 2-3
What is Covered by this Warranty? .......................................... 2-3
How Long is the Warranty Period? ........................................... 2-3
What the Engine Owner Must Do: ............................................ 2-3
To Locate an Authorized Yanmar Industrial Engine
Dealer or Distributor: ................................................................. 2-4
What Yanmar Will Do: ............................................................... 2-4
What is Not Covered by this Warranty? ................................... 2-4
Warranty Limitations: ................................................................ 2-5
Warranty Modifications: ............................................................ 2-5
Questions: ................................................................................. 2-5
Retail Purchaser Registration.................................................... 2-5
Emission System Warranty ............................................................. 2-6
Yanmar Co., Ltd. Limited Emission Control System
Warranty - USA Only....................................................................... 2-6
Your Warranty Rights and Obligations: ..................................... 2-6
Manufacturer’s Warranty Period:............................................... 2-6
Warranty Coverage: .................................................................. 2-7
Warranted Parts: ....................................................................... 2-7
Exclusions: ................................................................................ 2-8
Owner’s Warranty Responsibilities:........................................... 2-8
Warranty Limitations:
The foregoing is Yanmar’s only obligation to you and your exclusive remedy for breach of warranty.
Failure to follow the requirements for submitting a claim under this Warranty may result in a waiver of all
claims for damages and other relief. In no event shall Yanmar or any authorized industrial engine
dealer or distributor be liable for incidental, special or consequential damages. Such consequential
damages may include, but not be limited to, loss of revenue, loan payments, cost of rental of substitute
equipment, insurance coverage, storage, lodging, transportation, fuel, mileage, and telephone costs. The
limitations in this Warranty apply regardless of whether your claims are based on breach of contract, tort
(including negligence and strict liability) or any other theory. Any action arising hereunder must be brought
within one (1) year after the cause of action accrues or it shall be barred. Some states and countries do not
allow certain limitations on warranties or for breach of warranties. This Warranty gives you specific legal
rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state and country to country.
Limitations set forth in this paragraph shall not apply to the extent that they are prohibited by law.
Warranty Modifications:
Except as modified in writing and signed by the parties, this Warranty is and shall remain the complete and
exclusive agreement between the parties with respect to warranties, superseding all prior agreements,
written and oral, and all other communications between the parties relating to warranties. No person or
entity is authorized to give any other warranty or to assume any other obligation on behalf of
Yanmar, either orally or in writing.
Questions:
If you have any questions or concerns regarding this Warranty, please call or write to the nearest
authorized Yanmar industrial engine dealer or distributor or other authorized facility.
It is very important for the original retail purchaser to register the Yanmar product. Registration enables
Yanmar to provide the best support for your Yanmar product.
At the time of purchase, Yanmar highly recommends registering the retail purchaser’s information through
the website http://www.yanmar.co.jp as soon as possible.
If it is not possible to access the website, please contact the nearest authorized Yanmar industrial engine
dealer or distributor.
Warranty Coverage:
This warranty is transferable to each subsequent purchaser for the duration of the warranty period. Repair
or replacement of any warranted part will be performed at an authorized Yanmar industrial engine dealer or
distributor.
Warranted parts not scheduled for replacement as required maintenance in the Operation Manual shall be
warranted for the warranty period. Warranted parts scheduled for replacement as required maintenance in
the operation manual are warranted for the period of time prior to the first scheduled replacement. Any part
repaired or replaced under warranty shall be warranted for the remaining warranty period.
During the warranty period, Yanmar is liable for damages to other engine components caused by the failure
of any warranted part during the warranty period.
Any replacement part which is functionally identical to the original equipment part in all respects may be
used in the maintenance or repair of your engine, and shall not reduce Yanmar’s warranty obligations. Add-
on or modified parts that are not exempted may not be used. The use of any non-exempted add-on or
modified parts shall be grounds for disallowing a warranty.
Warranted Parts:
This warranty covers engine components that are a part of the emission control system of the engine as
delivered by Yanmar to the original retail purchaser. Such components may include the following:
• Fuel Injection System
• Electronic Control System
• Cold Start Enrichment System
• Intake Manifold
• Turbocharger Systems
• Exhaust Manifold
• EGR System
• Positive Crankcase Ventilation System
• Hoses, belts, connectors and assemblies associated with emission control systems
Since emissions-related parts may vary slightly between models, certain models may not contain all of
these parts and other models may contain the functional equivalents.
Exclusions:
Failures other than those arising from defects in material and / or workmanship are not covered by this
warranty. The warranty does not extend to the following: malfunctions caused by abuse, misuse, improper
adjustment, modification, alteration, tampering, disconnection, improper or inadequate maintenance or use
of non-recommended fuels and lubricating oils; accident-caused damage, and replacement of expendable
items made in connection with scheduled maintenance. Yanmar disclaims any responsibility for incidental
or consequential damages such as loss of time, inconvenience, loss of use of equipment / engine or
commercial loss.
SAFETY
Page
Safety Statements ........................................................................... 3-3
Safety Precautions .......................................................................... 3-4
SAFETY STATEMENTS
A CAUTION
Yanmar is concerned for your safety and your Caution (the word “CAUTION” is in black
machine’s condition. Safety statements are one of letters with a yellow rectangle behind it)
the primary ways to call your attention to the – indicates a potentially hazardous
potential hazards associated with Yanmar TNV situation which, if not avoided, may
engine operation. Follow the precautions listed result in minor or moderate injury.
throughout the manual before operation, during
0000001en
operation and during periodic maintenance
procedures for your safety, the safety of others and
to protect the performance of your engine. Keep the CAUTION
labels from becoming dirty or torn and replace Caution without the safety alert symbol
them if they are lost or damaged. Also, if you need indicates a potentially hazardous
to replace a part that has a label attached to it, situation that can cause damage to the
make sure you order the new part and label at the machine, personal property and / or the
same time. environment or cause the machine to
operate improperly.
This safety alert symbol appears 0000001en
A
with most safety statements. It
means attention, become alert,
your safety is involved! Please read
and abide by the message that
follows the safety alert symbol.
A DANGER
Danger (the word “DANGER” is in white
letters with a red rectangle behind
it) - indicates an imminently hazardous
situation which, if not avoided, will
result in death or serious injury. Danger
is limited to the most extreme
situations.
0000001en
A WARNING
Warning (the word “WARNING” is in
black letters with an orange rectangle
behind it) – indicates a potentially
hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, could result in death or serious
injury.
0000001en
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
A DANGER
A DANGER
A DANGER
A DANGER
A DANGER A DANGER
A DANGER A DANGER
A DANGER A DANGER
A DANGER
A WARNING A WARNING
A WARNING A WARNING
BURN HAZARD!
EXPOSURE HAZARD! • If you must drain the engine oil while it
is still hot, stay clear of the hot engine
• Wear personal protective equipment
oil to avoid being burned.
such as gloves, work shoes, eye and
hearing protection as required by the • ALWAYS wear eye protection.
task at hand. • Failure to comply could result in death
• NEVER wear jewelry, unbuttoned or serious injury.
cuffs, ties or loose-fitting clothing 0000011en
A WARNING A WARNING
A WARNING
A WARNING
A WARNING A WARNING
SUDDEN MOVEMENT HAZARD!
• Engaging the transmission or PTO at
an elevated engine speed could result
in unexpected movement of the
equipment.
FUME / BURN HAZARD!
• Failure to comply could result in death • Always read and follow safety related
or serious injury. precautions found on containers of
0000006en
hazardous substances like parts
cleaners, primers, sealants and
A WARNING sealant removers.
• Failure to comply could result in death
or serious injury.
0000014en
A WARNING
A WARNING A WARNING
• Never use the E-ECU for other • Replacing the fuel injection pump
purposes than intended or in other involves rewriting the fuel injection
ways than specified by Yanmar. Doing data in the E-ECU.
so could result in the violation of Be sure to contact your local Yanmar
emission control regulations and will dealer before replacing the fuel
void the product warranty. injection pump.
• Improper use or misuse of the E-ECU Failure to rewrite the fuel injection
may result in death or serious injury data before replacing the fuel injection
due to an abrupt and unexpected pump will void the engine warranty.
increase in engine speed. • Improper use or misuse of the E-ECU
9999999en may result in death or serious injury
due to an abrupt and unexpected
increase in engine speed.
A WARNING 9999997en
• Be sure to use the E-ECU in
conjunction with the engines whose
models or serial numbers are A WARNING
specified by Yanmar. • Replacing the E-ECU involves
Other E-ECU/engine combinations migrating the fuel injection data to the
than specified will void the engine existing E-ECU to the new unit.
warranty. Be sure to contact your local Yanmar
• Improper use or misuse of the E-ECU dealer before replacing the E-ECU.
may result in death or serious injury Failure to migrate the fuel injection
due to an abrupt and unexpected data before replacing the E-ECU will
increase in engine speed. void the engine warranty.
9999998en • Improper use or misuse of the E-ECU
may result in death or serious injury
due to an abrupt and unexpected
increase in engine speed.
9999996en
A CAUTION A CAUTION
CAUTION
• Only use diesel fuels recommended by
Yanmar for the best engine
performance, to prevent engine
damage and to comply with EPA / ARB
FLYING OBJECT HAZARD! warranty requirements.
• ALWAYS wear eye protection when • Only use clean diesel fuel.
servicing the engine and when using
compressed air or high-pressure • NEVER remove the primary strainer (if
water. Dust, flying debris, compressed equipped) from the fuel tank filler port.
air, pressurized water or steam may If removed, dirt and debris could get
injure your eyes. into the fuel system causing it to clog.
0000004en
• Failure to comply may result in minor
or moderate injury.
0000003en
CAUTION
NEVER attempt to adjust the low or high
A CAUTION idle speed limit screw. This may impair
the safety and performance of the
Be sure to secure the engine solidly to machine and shorten its life. If
prevent injury or damage to parts due to adjustment is ever required, contact
the engine falling during work on the your authorized Yanmar industrial
engine. engine dealer or distributor.
0000009en
0000045en
CAUTION CAUTION
If any problem is noted during the visual Observe the following environmental
check, the necessary corrective action operating conditions to maintain engine
should be taken before you operate the performance and avoid premature
engine. engine wear:
0000021en
• Avoid operating in extremely dusty
conditions.
CAUTION • Avoid operating in the presence of
NEVER hold the key in the START chemical gases or fumes.
position for longer than 15 seconds or • Avoid operating in a corrosive
the starter motor will overheat. atmosphere such as salt water spray.
0000007en
• NEVER install the engine in a
floodplain unless proper precautions
CAUTION are taken to avoid being subject to a
Make sure the engine is installed on a flood.
level surface. If a continuously running • NEVER expose the engine to the rain.
engine is installed at an angle greater 0000003en
than (IDI = 25°, DI = 30°) in any direction
or if an engine runs for short periods of
time (less than three minutes) at an CAUTION
angle greater than (IDI = 30°, DI = 35°) in Observe the following environmental
any direction, engine oil may enter the operating conditions to maintain engine
combustion chamber causing excessive performance and avoid premature
engine speed and white exhaust smoke. engine wear:
This may cause serious engine damage.
• The standard range of ambient
0000010enTNV
temperatures for the normal operation
of Yanmar engines is from +5°F (-15°C)
to +113°F (+45°C).
• If the ambient temperature exceeds
+113°F (+45°C) the engine may
overheat and cause the engine oil to
break down.
• If the ambient temperature is below
+5°F (-15°C) the engine will be hard to
start and the engine oil may not flow
easily.
• Contact your authorized Yanmar
industrial engine dealer or distributor
if the engine will be operated outside
of this standard temperature range.
0000065en
CAUTION CAUTION
The illustrations and descriptions of • Only use the engine coolant specified.
optional equipment in this manual, such Other engine coolants may affect
as the operator’s console, are for a warranty coverage, cause an internal
typical engine installation. Refer to the buildup of rust and scale and / or
documentation supplied by the optional shorten engine life.
equipment manufacturer for specific • Prevent dirt and debris from
operation and maintenance instructions. contaminating the engine coolant.
0000018en
Carefully clean the radiator cap and
the surrounding area before you
CAUTION remove the cap.
If any indicator illuminates during • NEVER mix different types of engine
engine operation, stop the engine coolants. This may adversely affect the
immediately. Determine the cause and properties of the engine coolant.
repair the problem before you continue 0000006en
0000005en
CAUTION
NEVER use an engine starting aid such
as ether. Engine damage will result.
0000009en
CAUTION CAUTION
New Engine Break-in:
• On the initial engine start-up, allow the
engine to idle for approximately 15
minutes while you check for proper
engine oil pressure, diesel fuel leaks,
• ALWAYS be environmentally engine oil leaks, coolant leaks, and for
responsible. proper operation of the indicators
• Follow the guidelines of the EPA or and / or gauges.
other governmental agencies for the • During the first hour of operation, vary
proper disposal of hazardous the engine speed and the load on the
materials such as engine oil, diesel engine. Short periods of maximum
fuel and engine coolant. Consult the engine speed and load are desirable.
local authorities or reclamation facility. Avoid prolonged operation at
• NEVER dispose of hazardous minimum or maximum engine speeds
materials irresponsibly by dumping and loads for the next four to five
them into a sewer, on the ground, or hours.
into ground water or waterways. • During the break-in period, carefully
• Failure to follow these procedures may observe the engine oil pressure and
seriously harm the environment. engine temperature.
0000013en • During the break-in period, check the
engine oil and coolant levels
CAUTION frequently.
0000011en
NEVER engage the starter motor while
the engine is running. This may damage
the starter motor pinion and / or ring CAUTION
gear. • NEVER attempt to modify the engine’s
0000012en design or safety features such as
defeating the engine speed limit
control or the fuel injection quantity
control.
• Failure to comply may impair the
engine’s safety and performance
characteristics and shorten the
engine’s life. Any alterations to this
engine may affect the warranty
coverage of your engine. See Yanmar
Limited Warranty in Warranty Section.
0000044enTNVDISM
CAUTION CAUTION
Protect the air cleaner, turbocharger (if If any indicator fails to illuminate when
equipped) and electric components the key switch is in the ON position, see
from damage when you use steam or your authorized Yanmar industrial
high-pressure water to clean the engine. engine dealer or distributor for service
0000014en before operating the engine.
0000028en
CAUTION
NEVER use high-pressure water or CAUTION
compressed air at greater than 28 psi Establish a periodic maintenance plan
(193 kPa; 19 686 mmAq) or a wire brush according to the engine application and
to clean the radiator fins. Radiator fins make sure you perform the required
damage easily. periodic maintenance at the intervals
0000016en indicated. Failure to follow these
guidelines will impair the engine’s safety
and performance characteristics,
CAUTION shorten the engine’s life and may affect
NEVER attempt to adjust the low or high the warranty coverage on your engine.
idle speed limit screw. This may impair
See Yanmar Limited Warranty in
the safety and performance of the
Warranty Section.
machine and shorten its life. If the idle
speed limit screws require adjustment, Consult your authorized Yanmar dealer
see your authorized Yanmar industrial or distributor for assistance when
engine dealer or distributor. checking items marked with a .
0000017en 0000024enTNVDISM
CAUTION CAUTION
The tightening torque in the Standard If the fuel filter / water separator is
Torque Chart (see General Service positioned higher than the fuel level in
Information section) should be applied the fuel tank, water may not drip out
only to the bolts with a “7” head. (JIS when the fuel filter / water separator
strength classification: 7T) drain cock is opened. If this happens,
turn the air vent screw on the top of the
• Apply 60% torque to bolts fuel filter / water separator 2-3 turns
that are not listed. counterclockwise.
• Apply 80% torque when Be sure to tighten the air vent screw
tightened to aluminum alloy. after the water has drained out.
0000023enTNVDISM 0000025en
CAUTION CAUTION
• When the engine is operated in dusty Do not loosen or remove the four bolts
conditions, clean the air cleaner retaining the fuel injection pump drive
element more frequently. gear to the fuel injection pump hub. Do
• NEVER operate the engine with the air not disassemble the fuel injection pump
cleaner element(s) removed. This may drive gear from the hub. Correct fuel
allow foreign material to enter the injection timing will be very difficult or
engine and damage it. impossible to achieve.
0000031en
0000026en
CAUTION CAUTION
The maximum air intake restriction, in The starter motor can be damaged if
terms of differential pressure operated continuously longer than
measurement, must not exceed 0.90 psi 10 seconds while performing the
(6.23 kPa; 635 mmAq). Clean or replace no-load test.
the air cleaner element if the air intake 0000034en
CAUTION CAUTION
If the oil pump must be replaced, replace Do not remove the positive (+) battery
it as an assembly only. Do not replace cable from alternator terminal B while
individual components. the engine is operating. Damage to the
0000030en alternator will result.
0000037en
CAUTION
Do not turn the battery switch OFF while
the engine is operating. Damage to the
alternator will result.
0000038en
CAUTION CAUTION
Do not operate the engine if the Do not use a high-pressure wash
alternator is producing unusual sounds. directly on the alternator. Water will
Damage to the alternator will result. damage the alternator and result in
0000039en inadequate charging.
0000049en
CAUTION
If the engine coolant pump must be CAUTION
replaced, replace the engine coolant Do not reverse the positive (+) and
pump as an assembly only. Do not negative (-) ends of the battery cable.
attempt to repair the engine coolant The alternator diode and stator coil will
pump or replace individual components. be damaged.
0000041en 0000050en
CAUTION CAUTION
Use a new special O-ring between the When the battery indicator goes out, it
engine coolant pump and the joint. Be should not come on again. The battery
sure to use the special O-ring for each indicator only comes on during
engine model. Although the O-ring operation if the alternator fails. However,
dimensions are the same as a if an LED is used in the battery indicator,
commercially available O-ring, the the LED will shine faintly during normal
material is different. operation.
0000042en 0000051en
CAUTION CAUTION
Remove or install the high-pressure fuel Using a non-specified V-belt will cause
injection lines as an assembly whenever inadequate charging and shorten the
possible. Disassembling the belt life. Use the specified belt.
high-pressure fuel injection lines from 0000052en
the retainers or bending any of the fuel
lines will make it difficult to reinstall the
fuel lines.
CAUTION
0000047en
Agricultural or other chemicals,
especially those with a high sulfur
content, can adhere to the IC regulator.
CAUTION This will corrode the conductor and
After marking the position of the pump result in battery over-charging (boiling)
drive gear, do not rotate the engine and charging malfunctions. Consult
crankshaft. Rotating the crankshaft will Yanmar before using the equipment in
cause the fuel injection pump to become such an environment or the warranty is
misaligned. voided.
0000048en 0000053en
CAUTION CAUTION
Make sure that the combined total Removing the battery cables or the
resistance of the battery cable in both battery while the engine is operating
directions between the starter motor may cause damage to the current limiter
and the battery is within the value depending on the electrical equipment
indicated on the wiring diagram. The being used. This situation could cause
starter motor will malfunction or break loss of control of output voltage. The
down if the resistance is higher than the continuous high voltage of 23-24 volts
specified value. (for 5000 rpm dynamo) will damage the
0000054en current limiter and other electrical
equipment.
CAUTION 0000058en
0000057en
CAUTION CAUTION
If the waste valve does not meet Do not rotate the crankshaft with the
specifications, replace the turbocharger injection pump removed.
or have it repaired by a qualified repair 0000083en
facility.
0000078en
CAUTION
Keep the piston pin parts, piston
CAUTION assemblies, and connecting rod
• NEVER attempt to modify the engine’s assemblies together to be returned to
design or safety features such as the same position during the
defeating the engine speed limit reassembly process. Label the parts
control or the diesel fuel injection using an appropriate method.
quantity control. 0000088en
CAUTION CAUTION
Identify all parts and their location using
Any part which is found defective as a
an appropriate method. It is important
result of inspection or any part whose
that all parts are returned to the same
measured value does not satisfy the
position during the reassembly process.
standard or limit must be replaced.
0000080en
0000119en
CAUTION CAUTION
Each pressure adjusting shim removed
Any part determined to not meet the
or added changes the pressure
service standard or limit before the next
threshold by approximately 275 psi
service, as determined from the state of
(1.9 MPa, 19 kgf/cm2). Adding adjusting
current rate of wear, should be replaced
shims increases the threshold pressure.
even though the part currently meets the
Removing adjusting shims reduces the
service standard limit.
pressure threshold.
0000120en
0000081en
CAUTION CAUTION
• NEVER remove or attempt to remove Shut down the engine if the fault
the tamper-proof devices from the indicator comes on.
full-load fuel adjusting screw or the Continuing running the engine with the
high-speed throttle limit screw on the fault indicator being on may result in a
fuel injection pump and governor serious malfunction of or damage to the
assembly. These adjustments have engine, and will void the engine
been made at the factory to meet all warranty.
applicable emissions regulations and
9999999en
then sealed.
• NEVER attempt to make any
adjustments to these sealed
CAUTION
adjustment screws. If adjustments are Do not energize the starter for a period
required, they can be made only by a of longer than 15 seconds.
qualified fuel injection shop that will Take a pause of at least 30 seconds
ensure the injection pump continues between energization of the starter.
to meet all applicable emissions
regulations and then replace the Otherwise the starter could suffer
tamper-proof seals. damage.
9999998en
• Tampering with or removing these
devices may void the “Yanmar Limited
Warranty.” CAUTION
0000146en • High-pressure washing not
recommended.
CAUTION • Avoid using high-pressure washing for
Never use a steel wire brush to clean electronic or electric devices installed
fuel injectors. Damage to the nozzle and in, on or around the engine, including
other components is likely to result. the E-ECU, relays and harness
couplers.
0000172en
Otherwise such devices may suffer
malfunction due to water ingress into
CAUTION them.
Allow the engine to warm-up for at least 9999997en
five minutes and the idle speed of the
engine to return to normal before
engaging the transmission or any PTOs.
Engaging the transmission or PTO at an
elevated engine speed could result in an
unexpected movement of the
equipment.
0000159en
CAUTION
• Do not plug or unplug the E-ECU for a
period of at least 6 seconds after
power to the unit has been turned on
or off.
• Do not touch connector pins of the E-
ECU with bare hands.
Doing so may result in corrosion of the
connector pins and/or damage to the
internal circuits of the E-ECU due to
static electricity.
• Do not force a measuring probe into
the female coupler.
Doing so may cause contact failure of
the connector pins, resulting in
malfunction of the E-ECU.
• Take care to prevent water from
entering the couplers when plugging
or unplugging the connector.
Water inside the couplers may cause
corrosion, resulting in malfunction of
the E-ECU.
• Avoid plugging/unplugging the
connector more than approx. 10 times.
Frequent plugging/unplugging of the
connector may cause contact failure of
the connector pins, resulting in
malfunction of the E-ECU.
• Do not use the E-ECU that has ever
suffered drop impact.
9999996en
CAUTION
Always check the battery for proper
charge.
Otherwise the electronically controlled
engines may fail to start.
9999995en
GENERAL SERVICE
INFORMATION
Page
Component Identification................................................................. 4-3
Location of Labels ........................................................................... 4-5
Engine Nameplate (Typical) ...................................................... 4-6
Emission Control Regulations ......................................................... 4-6
EPA / ARB Regulations - USA Only .......................................... 4-6
Emission Control Labels.................................................................. 4-6
The 97/68/EC Directive Certified Engines....................................... 4-7
Engine Family.................................................................................. 4-7
Function of Major Engine Components ........................................... 4-8
MAIN ELECTRONIC CONTROL COMPONENTS AND
FEATURES ..................................................................................... 4-9
Function of Cooling System Components ..................................... 4-11
Diesel Fuel .................................................................................... 4-12
Diesel Fuel Specifications ....................................................... 4-12
Filling The Fuel Tank ............................................................... 4-13
Priming the Fuel System ......................................................... 4-15
Engine Oil...................................................................................... 4-15
Engine Oil Specifications ........................................................ 4-15
Engine Oil Viscosity................................................................. 4-16
Checking Engine Oil ................................................................ 4-16
Adding Engine Oil.................................................................... 4-17
Engine Oil Capacity (Typical) .................................................. 4-17
Engine Coolant.............................................................................. 4-18
Engine Coolant Specifications................................................. 4-19
Filling Radiator with Engine Coolant........................................ 4-19
Engine Coolant Capacity (Typical) .......................................... 4-20
Specifications ................................................................................ 4-21
COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION
Figure 4-1 shows where the major engine components are located.
3TNV82A(-B),3TNV84,3TNV84T(-B),3TNV88(-B)(-U),4TNV84,4TNV88(-B)(-U),
4TNV94L,4TNV984TNV106,4TNV106T
(17)
(16)
(15)
(5) (21)
(14)
(25)
(6)
(13)
(24)
(22)
(23)
0000015B
(12) (11) (10) (9) (8) (7)
1 – Lifting Eye (Flywheel End) 14 – Governor Lever
2 – Turbocharger* 15 – Intake Manifold
3 – Lifting Eye (Engine Cooling Fan End) 16 – Fuel Filter
4 – Engine Coolant Pump 17 – Fuel Inlet
5 – Engine Cooling Fan 18 – Fuel Return to Fuel Tank
6 – Crankshaft V-Pulley 19 – Top Filler Port (Engine Oil)
7 – V-Belt 20 – Rocker Arm Cover
8 – Side Filler Port (Engine Oil) 21 – Air Intake Port (From Air Cleaner)
9 – Drain Plug (Engine Oil)** 22 – Flywheel
10 – Fuel Injection Pump 23 – Starter Motor
11 – Engine Oil Cooler*** 24 – Exhaust Manifold
12 – Engine Oil Filter 25 – Alternator
13 – Dipstick (Engine Oil)
Figure 4-1
Figure 4-2 shows where the major engine components are located.
4TNV84T-Z, 4TNV98-E, 4TNV98-Z, 4TNV98T-Z
(18)
(17) (28)
(1)
(16) (27)
(15)
(21)
(14)
(25)
(13) (5)
(22)
(6)
(24)
(23)
LOCATION OF LABELS
Figure 4-3 shows the location of regulatory and safety labels on Yanmar TNV series engines.
0000019A-01
Figure 4-3
" "
0003852
ENGINE FAMILY
The EPA / ARB labels and the 97/68/EC label all have an Engine Family field. The following is an
explanation of the Engine Family designation:
5 YDX L 1.33 M 3 N
Method of air aspiration
Number of cylinders
Displacement (liter)
Yanmar Diesel
5*: 2005
6 : 2006
7: 2007
8: 2008
9: 2009
Component/Feature Description
Engine diagnosis tool Allows the operator to troubleshoot the cause of a
problem based on detailed information regarding the
problem occurring in the E-ECU or Eco-governor. This
tool can also be used for data maintenance tasks
including programming and mapping. See
Option for service Troubleshooting Chart on page 7-113.
Engine coolant temperature sensor Allows the CSD and ERG to be controlled in engine cold-
start conditions.
Glow plugs Optional When the key switch is turned to the ON position, the glow
Air heater plugs/air heater are/is energized for up to 15 seconds
(glow plugs) or up to 23 seconds (air heater). The duration
of energization depends on the engine coolant
temperature. The HEAT indicator is on during
energization. When the indicator goes out, turn the key
switch to the START position to start the engine.
After heater Optional In extreme cold start conditions, the after heater is
energized for up to 80 seconds or until the coolant
temperature reaches 10°C after the engine has started, in
order to help ensure the engine continues to run without
stall.This option is not available for glow plug engines.
Droop control Standard with VM series Reduces the engine speed by a certain percentage from
no load to full (rated) load in steady state operation. The
same percentage droop is maintained even when the load
increases at any no-load speed.
Isochronous control Standard with CL series Offers a constant engine speed from no load to full load.
Optional with VM series The engine speed does not decrease even when the load
increases at any no-load speed.
Low-idling speed up Increases the low-idling speed to up to 1000 rpm
depending on the engine coolant temperature. When the
coolant temperature reaches a predetermined value, this
feature returns the engine speed to the normal low idle
setting, thus reducing the warm-up time.
High-idling speed Optional Decreases the high-idling speed depending on the engine
down coolant temperature. When the coolant temperature falls
to a predetermined value, this feature returns the engine
speed to the normal high idle setting, thus minimizing the
emission of white smoke at low temperatures.
Auto deceleration Optional Brings the running engine in low idle mode automatically
when the accelerator pedal is not operated for a
predetermined period of time. When the pedal is
operated, i.e., the accelerator sensor is activated, the low
idle mode is cancelled.
A DANGER A DANGER
Figure 4-5
ENGINE COOLANT
A CAUTION
A DANGER
COOLANT HAZARD!
• Wear eye protection and rubber gloves
SCALD HAZARD!
when you handle long life or extended
• NEVER remove the radiator cap if the life engine coolant. If contact with the
engine is hot. Steam and hot engine eyes or skin should occur, flush eyes
coolant will spurt out and seriously and wash immediately with clean
burn you. Allow the engine to cool water.
down before you attempt to remove
• Failure to comply may result in minor
the radiator cap.
or moderate injury.
• Tighten the radiator cap securely after 0000005en
you check the radiator. Steam can
spurt out during engine operation if
the cap is loose. CAUTION
• ALWAYS check the level of the engine • Only use the engine coolant specified.
coolant by observing the reserve tank. Other engine coolants may affect
warranty coverage, cause an internal
• Failure to comply will result in death or buildup of rust and scale and / or
serious injury. shorten engine life.
0000002en
• Prevent dirt and debris from
contaminating the engine coolant.
A WARNING Carefully clean the radiator cap and
the surrounding area before you
remove the cap.
• NEVER mix different types of engine
coolants. This may adversely affect the
properties of the engine coolant.
BURN HAZARD! 0000006en
• Wait until the engine cools before you
drain the engine coolant. Hot engine
coolant may splash and burn you.
• Failure to comply could result in death
or serious injury.
0000016en
(4)
If an Extended or Long Life Coolant is not available,
alternatively, you may use an ethylene glycol or
propylene glycol based conventional coolant
(green). (1)
0000029A
Notes:
Figure 4-7
• ALWAYS use a mix of coolant and water.
NEVER use water only. 1. Check to be sure the radiator drain plug is
• Mix the coolant and water per the mixing installed and tightened or the drain cock
instructions on the coolant container. (Figure 4-7, (1)) is closed. Also make sure the
coolant drain plug (Figure 4-8, (1)) in the
• Water quality is important to coolant cylinder block is closed or the oil coolant hoses
performance. Yanmar recommends that soft, (Figure 4-9, (1)) are installed at the oil cooler.
distilled, or demineralized water be used to mix
with coolants.
• NEVER mix extended or long life coolants and
conventional (green) coolants.
• NEVER mix different types and / or colors of
extended life coolants.
• Replace the coolant every 1000 engine hours
or once a year.
(1)
0000027B
Figure 4-8
Engine Coolant
Engine Model
(1) 0001579B Capacity
3TNV82A(-B) 1.9 qt (1.8 L)
Figure 4-9
3TNV84,3TNV84T(-B) 2.1 qt (2.0 L)
2. Remove the radiator cap (Figure 4-7, (2)) by 3TNV88(-B)(-U) 2.1 qt (2.0 L)
turning it counter-clockwise about 1/3 of a turn. 4TNV84,4TNV84T(-Z) 2.9 qt (2.7 L)
3. Pour the engine coolant slowly into the radiator 4TNV88(-B)(-U) 2.9 qt (2.7 L)
until it is even with the lip of the engine coolant 4TNV94L 4.4 qt (4.2 L)
filler port. Make sure that air bubbles do not
4TNV98(-Z)(-E),
develop as you fill the radiator. 4TNV98T(-Z)
4.4 qt (4.2 L)
4. Reinstall the radiator cap (Figure 4-7, (2)). 4TNV106, 4TNV106T 6.3 qt (6.0 L)
Align the tabs on the back side of the radiator
cap with the notches on the engine coolant filler
port. Press down and turn the cap clockwise
about 1/3 of a turn.
5. Remove the cap on the reserve tank
(Figure 4-7, (3)), and fill it to the LOW (COLD)
mark (Figure 4-7, (4)) with engine coolant.
Reinstall the cap.
6. Check the hose (Figure 4-7, (5)) that connects
the reserve tank (Figure 4-7, (3)) to the
radiator. Be sure it is securely connected and
there are no cracks or damage. If the hose is
damaged, the engine coolant will leak out
instead of going into the reserve tank.
7. Run the engine until it is at operating
temperature. Check the level of engine coolant
in the reserve tank. When the engine is running
and the engine coolant is at normal
temperature, the coolant level in the tank should
be at the FULL (HOT) mark (Figure 4-7, (6)). If
the engine coolant is not at the FULL (HOT)
mark (Figure 4-7, (6)), add additional engine
coolant to the reserve tank to bring the level to
the FULL (HOT) mark.
SPECIFICATIONS
Description of Model Number
3 TNV 82 A T - Z 0 00
Customer Code
Rated RPM
Governor Type Symbol (Indicating Conformance to EPA Tier 3/Interim Tier
4 Standards)
Governor Type Symbol Governor Type Applicable engine
Z Electronic Governor (Eco-governor)
Non-derated engine
B Mechanical Governor
E Electronic Governor (Eco-governor)
Derated engine
U Mechanical Governor
Engine Series
No. of Cylinders
Notes:
1. The information described in Principal Engine Specifications is for a “standard” engine. To obtain the
information for the engine installed in your driven machine, please refer to the manual provided by the
driven machine manufacturer.
2. Engine rating conditions are as follows (SAE J1349, ISO 3046/1):
• Atmospheric Condition: Room temperature 77°F (25°C), Atmospheric pressure 29.53 in. Hg
(100 kPa, 750 mm Hg), Relative humidity 30%
• Fuel Temperature at Fuel Injector Pump Inlet: 104°F (40°C)
• Fuel Feeding Pressure: 20 ± 10 kPa (net) after engine break-in has been performed with the
cooling fan, air cleaner and muffler installed to the engine.
• With Cooling Fan, Air Cleaner, Muffler: Yanmar Standard
• After the Engine Break-In Period. Output Allowable Deviation: ± 3%
• 1 PS = 0.7355 kW
• 1 hp SAE (Society of Automotive Engineers) = 0.7457 kW
Nominal Thread
Item x Pitch Tightening Torque Remarks
Diameter
7 - 9 ft-lb
(87 -104 in.-lb,
M6 x 1.0 mm
9.8 -11.8 N·m,
1.0 -1.2 kgf·m)
17 - 21 ft-lb
M8 x 1.25 mm (200 - 251 in.-lb,
22.6 - 28.4 N·m,
2.3 - 2.9 kgf·m)
33 - 40 ft-lb Use 80% of the value at left
M10 x 1.5 mm (44.1 - 53.9 N·m, when the tightening part is
Hexagon Bolt (7T) and
Nut 4.5 - 5.5 kgf·m) aluminum.
Use 60% of the value at left for
58 - 72 ft-lb 4T bolts and lock nuts.
M12 x 1.75 mm (78.4 - 98.0 N·m,
8.0 - 10 kgf·m)
94 - 108 ft-lb
M14 x 1.5 mm (127.5 - 147.1 N·m,
13 - 15 kgf·m)
159 - 174 ft-lb
M16 x 1.5 mm (215.7- 235.4 N·m,
22 - 24 kgf·m)
1/8 mm 7 ft-lb
(87 in.-lb, 9.8 N·m, 1.0 kgf·m)
14 ft-lb
1/4 mm
(173 in.-lb, 19.6 N·m, 2.0 kgf·m)
PT PLug -
22 ft-lb
3/8 mm (29.4 N·m, 3.0 kgf·m)
1/2 mm 43 ft-lb
(58.8 N·m, 6.0 kgf·m)
Nominal Thread
Item x Pitch Tightening Torque Remarks
Diameter
9 - 12 ft-lb
(112 - 148 in.-lb,
M8
12.7 - 16.7 N·m,
1.3 - 1.7 kgf·m)
14 - 19 ft-lb
M10 (173 - 225 in.-lb,
19.6 - 18.734 N·m,
2.0 - 3.5 kgf·m)
Pipe Joint Bolt 18 - 25 ft-lb -
M12 (24.5 - 34.3 N·m,
2.5 - 3.5 kgf·m)
29 - 36 ft-lb
M14 (39.2 - 49.0 N·m,
4.0 - 5.0 kgf·m)
36 - 43 ft-lb
M16 (49.0 - 58.8 N·m,
5.0 - 6.0 kgf·m)
Note: Torque values shown in this manual are for clean, non-lubricated fasteners unless otherwise
specified.
PERIODIC
MAINTENANCE
Page
Before You Begin Servicing ............................................................ 5-3
Introduction.................................................................................... 5-16
The Importance of Periodic Maintenance................................ 5-16
Performing Periodic Maintenance ........................................... 5-16
Yanmar Replacement Parts .................................................... 5-16
Required EPA / ARB Maintenance -USA Only........................ 5-16
EPA / ARB Installation Requirements - USA Only .................. 5-16
Periodic Maintenance Schedule.................................................... 5-17
Periodic Maintenance Procedures ................................................ 5-20
After Initial 50 Hours of Operation ........................................... 5-20
Every 50 Hours of Operation ................................................... 5-24
Every 250 Hours of Operation ................................................. 5-27
Every 500 Hours of Operation ................................................. 5-32
Every 1000 Hours of Operation ............................................... 5-36
Every 1500 Hours of Operation ............................................... 5-39
Every 2000 Hours of Operation ............................................... 5-42
SCALD HAZARD!
• NEVER remove the radiator cap if the
EXPLOSION HAZARD! engine is hot. Steam and hot engine
coolant will spurt out and seriously
• NEVER check the remaining battery burn you. Allow the engine to cool
charge by shorting out the terminals. down before you attempt to remove
This will result in a spark and may the radiator cap.
cause an explosion or fire. Use a
hydrometer to check the remaining • Tighten the radiator cap securely after
battery charge. you check the radiator. Steam can
spurt out during engine operation if
• If the electrolyte is frozen, slowly warm the cap is loose.
the battery before you recharge it.
• ALWAYS check the level of the engine
• Failure to comply will result in death or coolant by observing the reserve tank.
serious injury.
• Failure to comply will result in death or
0000007en
serious injury.
0000002en
A DANGER
A DANGER A DANGER
A DANGER A DANGER
A DANGER
A DANGER A DANGER
A WARNING A WARNING
A WARNING A WARNING
SUDDEN MOVEMENT HAZARD!
• Engaging the transmission or PTO at
an elevated engine speed could result
in unexpected movement of the
equipment.
ALCOHOL AND DRUG HAZARD!
• Failure to comply could result in death
or serious injury. • NEVER operate the engine while you
0000006en
are under the influence of alcohol or
drugs.
BURN HAZARD!
• Keep your hands and other body parts
away from hot engine surfaces such
as the muffler, exhaust pipe,
turbocharger (if equipped) and engine
block during operation and shortly
after you shut the engine down. These
surfaces are extremely hot while the
engine is operating and could
seriously burn you.
• Failure to comply could result in death
or serious injury.
0000015en
A WARNING A WARNING
BURN HAZARD!
EXPOSURE HAZARD! • Batteries contain sulfuric acid. NEVER
allow battery fluid to come in contact
• Wear personal protective equipment
with clothing, skin or eyes. Severe
such as gloves, work shoes, eye and
burns could result. ALWAYS wear
hearing protection as required by the
safety goggles and protective clothing
task at hand.
when servicing the battery. If battery
• NEVER wear jewelry, unbuttoned fluid contacts the eyes and / or skin,
cuffs, ties or loose-fitting clothing immediately flush the affected area
when you are working near with a large amount of clean water and
moving / rotating parts such as the obtain prompt medical treatment.
cooling fan, flywheel or PTO shaft.
• Failure to comply could result in death
• ALWAYS tie back long hair when you or serious injury.
are working near moving / rotating 0000007en
parts such as a cooling fan, flywheel,
or PTO shaft.
A WARNING
• NEVER operate the engine while
wearing a headset to listen to music or
radio because it will be difficult to hear
the alert signals.
• Failure to comply could result in death
HIGH-PRESSURE HAZARD!
or serious injury.
0000005en
• Avoid skin contact with the
high-pressure diesel fuel spray caused
by a fuel system leak such as a broken
fuel injection line. High-pressure fuel
can penetrate your skin and result in
serious injury. If you are exposed to
high-pressure fuel spray, obtain
prompt medical treatment.
• NEVER check for a fuel leak with your
hands. ALWAYS use a piece of wood
or cardboard. Have your authorized
Yanmar industrial engine dealer or
distributor repair the damage.
• Failure to comply could result in death
or serious injury.
0000008en
A WARNING A WARNING
BURN HAZARD!
SHOCK HAZARD!
• If you must drain the engine oil while it
• Turn off the battery switch (if
is still hot, stay clear of the hot engine
equipped) or disconnect the negative
oil to avoid being burned.
battery cable before servicing the
electrical system. • ALWAYS wear eye protection.
• Check the electrical harnesses for • Failure to comply could result in death
cracks, abrasions, and damaged or or serious injury.
corroded connectors. ALWAYS keep 0000011en
A WARNING
BURN HAZARD!
• Wait until the engine cools before you
drain the engine coolant. Hot engine
coolant may splash and burn you.
ENTANGLEMENT HAZARD! • Failure to comply could result in death
• Stop the engine before you begin to or serious injury.
service it. 0000016en
A CAUTION CAUTION
• Only use diesel fuels recommended by
Yanmar for the best engine
performance, to prevent engine
damage and to comply with EPA / ARB
warranty requirements.
COOLANT HAZARD! • Only use clean diesel fuel.
• Wear eye protection and rubber gloves • NEVER remove the primary strainer (if
when you handle long life or extended equipped) from the fuel tank filler port.
life engine coolant. If contact with the If removed, dirt and debris could get
eyes or skin should occur, flush eyes into the fuel system causing it to clog.
and wash immediately with clean 0000004en
water.
• Failure to comply may result in minor CAUTION
or moderate injury. • Only use the engine oil specified.
0000005en
Other engine oils may affect warranty
coverage, cause internal engine
A CAUTION components to seize and / or shorten
engine life.
• Prevent dirt and debris from
contaminating the engine oil. Carefully
clean the oil cap / dipstick and the
surrounding area before you remove
the cap.
FLYING OBJECT HAZARD! • NEVER mix different types of engine
• ALWAYS wear eye protection when oil. This may adversely affect the
servicing the engine and when using lubricating properties of the engine oil.
compressed air or high-pressure • NEVER overfill. Overfilling may result
water. Dust, flying debris, compressed in white exhaust smoke, engine
air, pressurized water or steam may overspeed or internal damage.
injure your eyes. 0000005en
CAUTION CAUTION
• Only use the engine coolant specified. Observe the following environmental
Other engine coolants may affect operating conditions to maintain engine
warranty coverage, cause an internal performance and avoid premature
buildup of rust and scale and / or engine wear:
shorten engine life. • Avoid operating in extremely dusty
• Prevent dirt and debris from conditions.
contaminating the engine coolant. • Avoid operating in the presence of
Carefully clean the radiator cap and chemical gases or fumes.
the surrounding area before you
remove the cap. • Avoid operating in a corrosive
atmosphere such as salt water spray.
• NEVER mix different types of engine
coolants. This may adversely affect the • NEVER install the engine in a
properties of the engine coolant. floodplain unless proper precautions
0000006en
are taken to avoid being subject to a
flood.
CAUTION CAUTION
NEVER hold the key in the START New Engine Break-in:
position for longer than 15 seconds or • On the initial engine start-up, allow the
the starter motor will overheat. engine to idle for approximately 15
0000007en
minutes while you check for proper
engine oil pressure, diesel fuel leaks,
CAUTION engine oil leaks, coolant leaks, and for
proper operation of the indicators
For maximum engine life, Yanmar
and / or gauges.
recommends that when shutting the
engine down, you allow the engine to • During the first hour of operation, vary
idle, without load, for five minutes. This the engine speed and the load on the
will allow the engine components that engine. Short periods of maximum
operate at high temperatures, such as engine speed and load are desirable.
the turbocharger (if equipped) and Avoid prolonged operation at
exhaust system, to cool slightly before minimum or maximum engine speeds
the engine itself is shut down. and loads for the next four to five
0000008en hours.
• During the break-in period, carefully
CAUTION observe the engine oil pressure and
engine temperature.
NEVER use an engine starting aid such
as ether. Engine damage will result. • During the break-in period, check the
0000009en
engine oil and coolant levels
frequently.
0000011en
CAUTION
Make sure the engine is installed on a
level surface. If a continuously running
CAUTION
engine is installed at an angle greater NEVER engage the starter motor while
than (IDI = 25°, DI = 30°) in any direction the engine is running. This may damage
or if an engine runs for short periods of the starter motor pinion and / or ring
time (less than three minutes) at an gear.
angle greater than (IDI = 30°, DI = 35°) in 0000012en
CAUTION CAUTION
NEVER use high-pressure water or
compressed air at greater than 28 psi
(193 kPa; 19 686 mmAq) or a wire brush
to clean the radiator fins. Radiator fins
damage easily.
• ALWAYS be environmentally 0000016en
responsible.
• Follow the guidelines of the EPA or CAUTION
other governmental agencies for the NEVER attempt to adjust the low or high
proper disposal of hazardous idle speed limit screw. This may impair
materials such as engine oil, diesel the safety and performance of the
fuel and engine coolant. Consult the machine and shorten its life. If the idle
local authorities or reclamation facility. speed limit screws require adjustment,
• NEVER dispose of hazardous see your authorized Yanmar industrial
materials irresponsibly by dumping engine dealer or distributor.
them into a sewer, on the ground, or 0000017en
CAUTION
If the fuel filter / water separator is
positioned higher than the fuel level in
the fuel tank, water may not drip out
when the fuel filter / water separator
drain cock is opened. If this happens,
turn the air vent screw on the top of the
fuel filter / water separator 2-3 turns
counterclockwise.
Be sure to tighten the air vent screw
after the water has drained out.
0000025en
CAUTION
• When the engine is operated in dusty
conditions, clean the air cleaner
element more frequently.
• NEVER operate the engine with the air
cleaner element(s) removed. This may
allow foreign material to enter the
engine and damage it.
0000026en
CAUTION
The maximum air intake restriction, in
terms of differential pressure
measurement, must not exceed 0.90 psi
(6.23 kPa; 635 mmAq). Clean or replace
the air cleaner element if the air intake
restriction exceeds the above
mentioned value.
0000046en
• NEVER block windows, vents, or other Maximum Exhaust Gas Restriction shall be:
means of ventilation if the engine is
• 3TNV84T(-B): 1.42 psi (9.81 kPa; 1000 mm
operating in an enclosed area. All
Aq) or less
internal combustion engines create
carbon monoxide gas during • 4TNV98T(-Z): 1.71 psi (11.77 kPa; 1200 mm
operation. Accumulation of this gas Aq) or Iess
within an enclosure could cause • 3TNV82A(-B),3TNV84,3TNV88(-B)(-U),
illness or even death. 4TNV94L,4TNV98(-Z)(-E): 2.22 psi (15.3 kPa;
• Make sure that all connections are 1560 mm Aq) or Iess
tightened to specifications after repair Maximum air intake restriction shall be 0.90 psi
is made to the exhaust system. (6.23 kPa; 635 mm Aq) or less. Clean or replace
• Failure to comply could result in death the air cleaner element if the air intake restriction
or serious injury. exceeds the above mentioned value.
0000003en
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
SCHEDULE
Daily and periodic maintenance is important to
keep the engine in good operating condition. The
following is a summary of maintenance items by
periodic maintenance intervals. Periodic
maintenance intervals vary depending on engine
application, loads, diesel fuel and engine oil used
and are hard to establish definitively. The following
should be treated only as a general guideline.
CAUTION
Establish a periodic maintenance plan
according to the engine application and
make sure you perform the required
periodic maintenance at the intervals
indicated. Failure to follow these
guidelines will impair the engine’s safety
and performance characteristics,
shorten the engine’s life and may affect
the warranty coverage on your engine.
See Yanmar Limited Warranty in
Warranty Section.
Consult your authorized Yanmar dealer
or distributor for assistance when
checking items marked with a .
0000024enTNVDISM
: Check : Replace : Contact your authorized Yanmar industrial engine dealer or distributor
Periodic Maintenance Interval
System Check Item Daily Every Every Every Every Every Every
50 250 500 1000 1500 2000
hours hours hours hours hours hours
Check and Adjust Cooling Fan V-belt 1st time 2nd and
after
Cooling
System or
every 1
year
Drain, Flush and Refill Cooling System With New Coolant which-
ever
comes
first
Inspect Turbocharger
(Blower Wash as Necessary)
3TNV84T, 4TNV84T, 4TNV98T, 4TNV106T,
3TNV84T-B, 4TNV84T-Z, 4TNV98T-Z
System Check Item Daily Every Every Every Every Every Every
50 250 500 1000 1500 2000
hours hours hours hours hours hours
Intake and
Clean or Replace Air Cleaner Element
Exhaust
Complete
Engine Overall Visual Check Daily
Note: These procedures are considered normal maintenance and are performed at the owner’s expense.
BURN HAZARD!
• If you must drain the engine oil while it CAUTION
is still hot, stay clear of the hot engine
oil to avoid being burned.
• ALWAYS wear eye protection.
• Failure to comply could result in death
or serious injury.
0000011en
• ALWAYS be environmentally
responsible.
(2)
(1)
(1)
0000062B
Figure 5-2
(1) 0000084 2. Clean the engine oil filter mounting face.
3. Lightly coat the gasket on the new oil filter with
engine oil. Install the new engine oil filter
manually by turning it clockwise
(Figure 5-2, (4)) until it contacts the mounting
surface. Tighten to 14 - 17 ft·lb (19.6 - 23.5
N·m; 2.0 - 2.4 kgf·m) or one additional turn
using the filter wrench.
0000084B
Figure 5-1
6. Remove the oil drain plug (Figure 5-2, (1)) from
the engine oil pan. Allow oil to drain.
(A)
(C)
0000063B
Figure 5-4
2. If necessary, adjust the V-belt tension. Loosen
the adjusting bolt (Figure 5-5, (1)) and move
the alternator (Figure 5-5, (2)) with a pry bar
(Figure 5-5, (3)) to tighten the V-belt to the
desired tension. Then tighten the adjusting bolt.
(3)
(1)
(2) 0000064B
Figure 5-5
3. Tighten the V-belt to the proper tension. There
must be clearance (Figure 5-6, (1)) between
the V-belt and the bottom of the pulley groove. If
there is no clearance (Figure 5-6, (2)) between
the V-belt and the bottom of the pulley groove,
replace the V-belt.
6. After adjusting, run the engine for 5 minutes or Drain Fuel Filter / Water Separator
more. Check the tension again using the
specifications for a used V-belt. A DANGER
Used V-Belt Tension
A B C
3/8 - 1/2 in. 1/4 - 3/8 in. 5/16 - 1/2 in.
(10 - 14 mm) (7 - 10 mm) (9 - 13 mm)
FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD!
• Diesel fuel is flammable and explosive
under certain conditions.
• When you remove any fuel system
component to perform maintenance
(such as changing the fuel filter) place
an approved container under the
opening to catch the fuel.
• NEVER use a shop rag to catch the
fuel. Vapors from the rag are
flammable and explosive.
• Wipe up any spills immediately.
• Wear eye protection. The fuel system
is under pressure and fuel could spray
out when you remove any fuel system
component.
• Failure to comply will result in death or
serious injury.
0000009en
CAUTION (2)
(3)
(1)
• ALWAYS be environmentally
responsible.
• Follow the guidelines of the EPA or (4) 0000012C
other governmental agencies for the
proper disposal of hazardous Figure 5-7
materials such as engine oil, diesel 2. Close (Figure 5-7, (2)) the fuel cock
fuel and engine coolant. Consult the (Figure 5-7, (3)).
local authorities or reclamation facility.
3. Loosen the drain cock (Figure 5-7, (4)) at the
• NEVER dispose of hazardous bottom of the fuel filter / water separator. Drain
materials irresponsibly by dumping any water collected inside.
them into a sewer, on the ground, or
into ground water or waterways. 4. Hand-tighten the drain cock.
Check Battery
BURN HAZARD!
A DANGER • Batteries contain sulfuric acid. NEVER
allow battery fluid to come in contact
with clothing, skin or eyes. Severe
burns could result. ALWAYS wear
safety goggles and protective clothing
when servicing the battery. If battery
fluid contacts the eyes and / or skin,
EXPLOSION HAZARD! immediately flush the affected area
• NEVER check the remaining battery with a large amount of clean water and
charge by shorting out the terminals. obtain prompt medical treatment.
This will result in a spark and may
• Failure to comply could result in death
cause an explosion or fire. Use a
or serious injury.
hydrometer to check the remaining
0000007en
battery charge.
• If the electrolyte is frozen, slowly warm
the battery before you recharge it. CAUTION
• Failure to comply will result in death or
serious injury.
0000007en
• ALWAYS be environmentally
responsible.
• Follow the guidelines of the EPA or
other governmental agencies for the
proper disposal of hazardous
materials such as engine oil, diesel
fuel and engine coolant. Consult the
local authorities or reclamation facility.
• NEVER dispose of hazardous
materials irresponsibly by dumping
them into a sewer, on the ground, or
into ground water or waterways.
• Failure to follow these procedures may
seriously harm the environment.
0000013en
A DANGER
0000067A
Figure 5-8
• If the engine cranking speed is so slow that the
engine does not start, recharge the battery. FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD!
• If the engine still will not start after charging, • Diesel fuel is flammable and explosive
have your authorized Yanmar industrial engine under certain conditions.
dealer or distributor check the battery and the • When you remove any fuel system
engine’s starting system. component to perform maintenance
• If operating the machine where the ambient (such as changing the fuel filter) place
temperature could drop to 5°F (-15°C) or less, an approved container under the
remove the battery from the machine at the end opening to catch the fuel.
of the day. Store the battery in a warm place • NEVER use a shop rag to catch the
until the next use. This will help start the engine fuel. Vapors from the rag are
easily at low ambient temperatures. flammable and explosive.
• Wipe up any spills immediately.
• Wear eye protection. The fuel system
is under pressure and fuel could spray
out when you remove any fuel system
component.
• Failure to comply will result in death or
serious injury.
0000009en
(3)
(1)
(2)
0000065A
Figure 5-9
• ALWAYS be environmentally
responsible.
• Follow the guidelines of the EPA or FLYING OBJECT HAZARD!
other governmental agencies for the
• ALWAYS wear eye protection when
proper disposal of hazardous
servicing the engine and when using
materials such as engine oil, diesel
compressed air or high-pressure
fuel and engine coolant. Consult the
water. Dust, flying debris, compressed
local authorities or reclamation facility.
air, pressurized water or steam may
• NEVER dispose of hazardous injure your eyes.
materials irresponsibly by dumping
• Failure to comply may result in minor
them into a sewer, on the ground, or
or moderate injury.
into ground water or waterways.
0000003en
• Failure to follow these procedures may
seriously harm the environment. Dirt and dust adhering to the radiator fins reduce
0000013en
the cooling performance, causing overheating.
Make it a rule to check the radiator fins daily and
Change the engine oil every 250 hours of operation clean as needed.
after the initial change at 50 hours. Replace the
engine oil filter at the same time. See Replace Note that a typical radiator is shown in Figure 5-10
Engine Oil and Engine Oil Filter on page 5-20. for illustrative purposes only.
• Blow off dirt and dust from fins and radiator with
28 psi (0.19 MPa; 2 kgf/cm2) or less of
compressed air (Figure 5-10, (1)). Be careful
not to damage the fins with the compressed air.
• If there is a large amount of contamination on
the fins, apply detergent, thoroughly clean and
rinse with tap water.
CAUTION
NEVER use high-pressure water or
compressed air at greater than 28 psi
(193 kPa; 19 686 mmAq) or a wire brush
to clean the radiator fins. Radiator fins
damage easily.
0000016en
LOW
engine speed control is in the high idle speed or
low idle speed position.
0000085A
(2) (3)
Figure 5-10
(1)
(1)
0000070A
A DANGER
(5) (9)
• ALWAYS be environmentally
responsible.
(2)
• Follow the guidelines of the EPA or
other governmental agencies for the (10)
proper disposal of hazardous (6)
(3)
materials such as engine oil, diesel
fuel and engine coolant. Consult the
local authorities or reclamation facility.
(8)
• NEVER dispose of hazardous (1)
materials irresponsibly by dumping (4)
them into a sewer, on the ground, or
into ground water or waterways.
• Failure to follow these procedures may
seriously harm the environment.
0000013en
(7)
0000073A
Figure 5-15
2. Close (Figure 5-15, (2)) the fuel cock
(Figure 5-15, (3)).
3. Loosen the drain cock (Figure 5-15, (4)) and
drain the contaminants. See Drain Fuel
Filter / Water Separator on page 5-24.
4. Turn the retaining ring (Figure 5-15, (5)) to the
left (Figure 5-15, (10)) and remove the cup
(Figure 5-15, (6)). If equipped, disconnect the
sensor wire (Figure 5-15, (7)) from the cup
before removing the cup.
5. Carefully hold the cup to prevent fuel from
spilling. If you spill any fuel, clean up the spill
completely.
A WARNING CAUTION
(1)
FULL
LOW
(2) 0000074A
Figure 5-16
4. Drain the coolant from the engine block.
• On models not equipped with an oil cooler,
remove the coolant drain plug
(Figure 5-17, (1)) from the engine block.
(1)
0000027B
Figure 5-17
(4)
(3)
(5)
(1)
(2)
0002135
Figure 5-20
2. Remove the diaphragm cover, spring,
diaphragm plate (Figure 5-20, (5)) and
diaphragm.
3. Inspect the diaphragm for tears. Inspect the
spring for distortion. Replace components if
necessary.
4. Reinstall the diaphragm, diaphragm plate,
spring and diaphragm cover. Tighten the
diaphragm bolts to specified torque.
CAUTION
• ALWAYS be environmentally
responsible.
• Follow the guidelines of the EPA or
other governmental agencies for the
proper disposal of hazardous
materials such as engine oil, diesel
fuel and engine coolant. Consult the
local authorities or reclamation facility.
• NEVER dispose of hazardous
materials irresponsibly by dumping
them into a sewer, on the ground, or
into ground water or waterways.
• Failure to follow these procedures may
seriously harm the environment.
0000013en
ENGINE
Page
Before You Begin Servicing ............................................................ 6-3
Introduction...................................................................................... 6-6
Cylinder Head Specifications .......................................................... 6-6
Adjustment Specifications ......................................................... 6-6
Cylinder Head............................................................................ 6-6
Intake / Exhaust Valve and Guide ............................................. 6-7
Push Rod................................................................................... 6-9
Rocker Arm and Shaft ............................................................... 6-9
Valve Spring ............................................................................ 6-10
Camshaft and Timing Gear Train Specifications........................... 6-11
Camshaft ................................................................................. 6-11
Idler Gear Shaft and Bushing .................................................. 6-13
Timing Gear Backlash ............................................................. 6-13
Crankshaft and Piston Specifications............................................ 6-14
Crankshaft ............................................................................... 6-14
Thrust Bearing ......................................................................... 6-15
Piston....................................................................................... 6-16
Piston Ring .............................................................................. 6-18
Connecting Rod....................................................................... 6-22
Tappet ..................................................................................... 6-23
Cylinder Block Specifications ........................................................ 6-24
Cylinder Block.......................................................................... 6-24
Special Torque Chart .................................................................... 6-25
Torque for Bolts and Nuts........................................................ 6-25
Special Service Tools.................................................................... 6-28
Measuring Instruments.................................................................. 6-32
2-Valve Cylinder Head .................................................................. 6-34
2-Valve Cylinder Head Components ....................................... 6-34
A WARNING
0000014en
A CAUTION
ENTANGLEMENT HAZARD!
• Stop the engine before you begin to
service it.
• NEVER leave the key in the key switch FLYING OBJECT HAZARD!
when you are servicing the engine. • ALWAYS wear eye protection when
Someone may accidentally start the servicing the engine and when using
engine and not realize you are compressed air or high-pressure
servicing it. This could result in a water. Dust, flying debris, compressed
serious injury. air, pressurized water or steam may
• If you must service the engine while it injure your eyes.
is operating, remove all jewelry, tie • Failure to comply may result in minor
back long hair, and keep your hands, or moderate injury.
other body parts and clothing away 0000003en
from moving / rotating parts.
• Failure to comply could result in death A CAUTION
or serious injury.
Be sure to secure the engine solidly to
0000010en
prevent injury or damage to parts due to
the engine falling during work on the
engine.
0000009en
CAUTION CAUTION
• Only use the engine oil specified. Any part which is found defective as a
Other engine oils may affect warranty result of inspection or any part whose
coverage, cause internal engine measured value does not satisfy the
components to seize and / or shorten standard or limit must be replaced.
engine life. 0000119en
CAUTION
Identify all parts and their location using
an appropriate method. It is important
that all parts are returned to the same
position during the reassembly process.
0000080en
CAUTION
Keep the piston pin parts, piston
assemblies, and connecting rod
assemblies together to be returned to
the same position during the
reassembly process. Label the parts
using an appropriate method.
0000088en
CAUTION
Do not allow the honing tool to operate
in one position for any length of time.
Damage to the cylinder wall will occur.
Keep the tool in constant up-and-down
motion.
0000090en
INTRODUCTION
This section of the Service Manual describes servicing of the engine.
Cylinder Head
Reference
Inspection Item Standard Limit
Page
0.0020 in. 0.0059 in.
Combustion Surface Distortion (Flatness)
(0.05 mm) or less (0.15 mm)
0.0138 - 0.0217 in.
Intake 0.0315 in. (0.8 mm)
3TNV82A (0.35 - 0.55 mm)
(2-Valve Head) 0.0118 - 0.0197 in.
Exhaust 0.0315 in. (0.8 mm)
(0.30 - 0.50 mm)
3TNV84, 3TNV84T, 0.0118 - 0.0197 in.
Intake 0.0315 in. (0.8 mm)
3TNV88, 4TNV84, (0.30 - 0.50 mm)
4TNV84T, 4TNV88 See Valve
(2-Valve Head) 0.0118 - 0.0197 in. Recession on
4TNV84T (4-Valve Exhaust 0.0315 in. (0.8 mm)
(0.30 - 0.50 mm) page 6-42
Valve Recession Head) and 6-58.
0.0142 - 0.0220 in.
4TNV94L, 4TNV98, Intake 0.0315 in. (0.8 mm)
(0.36 - 0.56 mm)
4TNV98T
(4-Valve Head) 0.0138 - 0.0217 in.
Exhaust 0.0315 in. (0.8 mm)
(0.35 - 0.55 mm)
0.0197 - 0.0276 in.
Intake 0.0394 in. (1.0 mm)
4TNV106, 4TNV106T (0.50 - 0.70 mm)
(4-Valve Head) 0.0276 - 0.0354 in.
Exhaust 0.0472 in. (1.2 mm)
(0.70 - 0.90 mm)
Intake 120° - See Valve
Seat Angle Face and
Valve Seat Exhaust 90° -
Valve Seat
(2-Valve, 4-Valve)
Seat Correction Angle 40°, 150° - on page 6-43
and 6-59.
Reference
Inspection Item Standard Limit
Page
0.2756 - 0.2762 in. 0.2787 in.
Guide Inside Diameter
(7.000 - 7.015 mm) (7.08 mm)
Valve Stem Outside 0.2734 - 0.2740 in. 0.2717 in.
Intake
Diameter (6.945 - 6.960 mm) (6.90 mm)
0.0016 - 0.0028 in. 0.0067 in. See
4TNV94L Oil Clearance Inspection of
(0.040 - 0.070 mm) (0.17 mm)
4TNV98, 4TNV98T Valve Guides
(4-Valve Head) 0.2756 - 0.2762 in. 0.2787 in. on
Guide Inside Diameter
(7.000 - 7.015 mm) (7.08 mm) page 6-41.
Valve Stem Outside 0.2732 - 0.2738 in. 0.2717 in.
Exhaust
Diameter (6.940 - 6.955 mm) (6.90 mm)
0.0018 - 0.0030 in. 0.0067 in.
Valve Stem Bend
(0.045 - 0.075 mm) (0.17 mm)
0.2759 - 0.2764 in. 0.2787 in.
Guide Inside Diameter
(7.008 - 7.020 mm) (7.08 mm)
Valve Stem Outside 0.2734 - 0.2740 in. 0.2724 in.
Intake
Diameter (6.945 - 6.960 mm) (6.92 mm)
0.0019 - 0.0030 in. 0.0063 in. See
Valve Stem Bend Inspection of
4TNV106T (0.048 - 0.075 mm) (0.16 mm)
Valve Guides
(4-Valve Head) 0.2759 - 0.2764 in. 0.2787 in.
Guide Inside Diameter on
(7.008 - 7.020 mm) (7.08 mm) page 6-41.
Valve Stem Outside 0.2740 - 0.2746 in. 0.2717 in.
Exhaust
Diameter (6.960 - 6.975 mm) (6.90 mm)
0.0013 - 0.0024 in. 0.0071 in.
Valve Stem Bend
(0.033 - 0.060 mm) (0.18 mm)
0.4606 - 0.4724 in.
3TNV82A -
(11.70 - 12.00 mm)
3TNV84, 3TNV84T, 0.5791 -0.5905 in.
-
4TNV84, 4TNV88 (14.71 - 15.00 mm) See
Valve Guide Projection From 0.3228 - 0.3346 in. Reassembly
4TNV84T - of Valve
Cylinder Head (8.20 - 8.50 mm)
Guides on
4TNV94L, 4TNV98, 0.3819 - 0.3937 in. page 6-44
-
4TNV98T (9.70 - 10.00 mm) and 6-61.
0.5276 - 0.5354 in.
4TNV106, 4TNV106T -
(13.40 - 13.60 mm)
Valve Guide Installation Method Cold-fitted -
Push Rod
Reference
Inspection Item Standard Limit
Page
See Push
Less than 0.0012 in. Rod Bend on
Push Rod Bend - All Models
0.0012 in. (0.03 mm) (0.03 mm) page 6-41
and 6-56.
Valve Spring
Reference
Inspection Item Model Standard Limit
Page
1.7480 in. 1.7283 in.
3TNV82A (2-Valve Head)
(44.4 mm) (43.9 mm)
4TNV84, 3TNV84, 3TNV84T, 4TNV88 1.6535 in. 1.6339 in.
(2-Valve Head) (42.0 mm) (41.5 mm)
1.4724 in. 1.4528 in.
Free Length 4TNV84T (4-Valve Head)
(37.4 mm) (36.9 mm)
4TNV94L, 4TNV98, 4TNV98T (4-Valve 1.5630 in. 1.5433 in.
Head) (39.7 mm) (39.2 mm)
See
1.9921 in. 1.9724 in. Inspection of
4TNV106, 4TNV106T (4-Valve Head)
(50.6 mm) (50.1 mm) Valve
0.0551 in. Springs on
3TNV82A (2-Valve Head) - page 6-44
(1.4 mm)
and 6-60.
4TNV84, 3TNV84, 3TNV84T, 0.0551 in.
-
4TNV88 (2-Valve Head) (1.4 mm)
0.0551 in.
Squareness 4TNV84T (4-Valve Head) -
(1.3 mm)
4TNV94L, 4TNV98, 4TNV98T (4-Valve 0.0551 in.
-
Head) (1.4 mm)
0.0551 in.
4TNV106, 4TNV106T (4-Valve Head) -
(1.5 mm)
(Camshaft Cont.)
Reference
Inspection Item Standard Limit
Page
1.9681 - 1.9707 in. 1.9736 in.
Bushing Inside Diameter
(49.990 - 50.055 mm) (50.130 mm)
1.9655 - 1.9665 in. 1.7673 in.
Gear End Camshaft Outside Diameter
(49.925 - 49.950 mm) (49.890 mm)
0.0016 - 0.0051 in. 0.0094 in.
Oil Clearance
(0.040 - 0.130 mm) (0.240 mm)
1.9685 - 1.9695 in. 1.9724 in.
Bushing Inside Diameter
(50.000 - 50.025 mm) (50.100 mm)
4TNV94L,
1.9650 - 1.9659 in. 1.9636 in.
4TNV98, Intermediate Camshaft Outside Diameter
(49.910 - 49.935 mm) (49.875 mm)
4TNV98T
0.0026 - 0.0045 in. 0.0089 in;
Oil Clearance
(0.065 - 0.115 mm) (0.225 mm)
1.9685 - 1.9695 in. 1.9724 in.
Bushing Inside Diameter
(50.000 - 50.025 mm) (50.100 mm)
1.9655 - 1.9665 in. 1.7673 in.
Flywheel End Camshaft Outside Diameter
(49.925 - 49.950 mm) (49.890 mm)
0.0020 - 0.0039 in. 0.0083 in. See
Oil Clearance
(0.050 - 0.100 mm) (0.210 mm) Inspection of
2.2827 - 2.2854 in. 2.2876 in. Camshaft on
Bushing Inside Diameter page 6-87.
(57.980 - 58.050 mm) (58.105 mm)
2.2799 - 2.2811 in. 2.2785 in.
Gear End Camshaft Outside Diameter
(57.910 - 57.940 mm) (57.875 mm)
0.0016 - 0.0055 in. 0.0098 in.
Oil Clearance
(0.040 - 0.140 mm) (0.250 mm)
2.2835 - 2.2846 in. 2.2876 in.
Bushing Inside Diameter
(58.000 - 58.030 mm) (58.105 mm)
4TNV106, 2.2793 - 2.2805 in. 2.2779 in.
Intermediate Camshaft Outside Diameter
4TNV106T (57.895 - 57.925 mm) (57.860 mm)
0.0030 - 0.0053 in. 0.0096 in.
Oil Clearance
(0.075 - 0.135 mm) (0.245 mm)
2.2835 - 2.2846 in. 2.2876 in.
Bushing Inside Diameter
(58.000 - 58.030 mm) (58.105 mm)
2.2799 - 2.2811 in. 2.2785 in.
Flywheel End Camshaft Outside Diameter
(57.910 - 57.940 mm) (57.875 mm)
0.0020 - 0.0047 in. 0.0091 in.
Oil Clearance
(0.050 - 0.120 mm) (0.230 mm)
Reference
Inspection Item Standard Limit
Page
0.0008 in.
Bend (1/2 the dial gauge reading) -
(0.02 mm)
Journal Outside 1.6910 - 1.6914 in. 1.6891 in.
Diameter (42.952 - 42.962 mm) (42.902 mm)
Bearing Inside 1.6929 - 1.6946 in.
-
Diameter (43.000 - 43.042 mm)
3TNV82A
Bearing Insert 0.0585 -.0591 in.
-
Thickness (1.487 - 1.500 mm)
0.0015 - 0.0035 in. 0.0059 in.
Oil Clearance
(0.038 - 0.090 mm) (0.150 mm)
Journal Outside 1.8879 - 1.8883 in. 1.8859 in.
Diameter (47.952 - 47.962 mm) (47.902 mm)
3TNV84,
3TNV84T, Bearing Inside 1.8898 - 1.8909 in.
-
3TNV88, Diameter (48.000 - 48.026 mm)
4TNV84, Bearing Insert 0.0587 - 0.0591 in.
4TNV84T - See
Thickness (1.492 - 1.500 mm)
4TNV88 Inspection of
0.0015 - 0.0029 in. 0.0059 in.
Oil Clearance Crankshaft
Connecting Rod (0.038 - 0.074 mm) (0.150 mm)
on
Journals Journal Outside 2.2816 - 2.2820 in. 2.2796 in. page 6-86.
Diameter (57.952 - 57.962 mm) (57.902 mm)
Bearing Inside 2.2835 - 2.2845 in.
4TNV94L, -
Diameter (58.000 - 58.026 mm)
4TNV98,
4TNV98T Bearing Insert 0.0587 - 0.0591 in.
-
Thickness (1.492 - 1.500 mm)
0.0015 - 0.0029 in. 0.0059 in.
Oil Clearance
(0.038 - 0.074 mm) (0.150 mm)
Journal Outside 2.5178 - 2.5182 in. 2.5158 in.
Diameter (63.952 - 63.962 mm) (63.902 mm)
Bearing Inside 2.5203 - 2.5213 in.
-
4TNV106, Diameter (64.016 - 64.042 mm)
4TNV106T Bearing Insert 0.0781 - 0.0784 in.
-
Thickness (1.984 - 1.992 mm)
0.0021 - 0.0035 in. 0.0059 in.
Oil Clearance
(0.054 - 0.090 mm) (0.150 mm)
Reference
Inspection Item Standard Limit
Page
Journal Outside 1.8485 - 1.8489 in. 1.8465 in.
Diameter (46.952 - 46.962 mm) (46.902 mm)
Bearing Inside 1.8504 - 1.8516 in.
-
Diameter (47.000 - 47.032 mm)
3TNV82A
Bearing Insert 0.0782 - 0.0787 in.
-
Thickness (1.987 - 2.000 mm)
0.0015 - 0.0031 in. 0.0059 in.
Oil Clearance
(0.038 - 0.080 mm) (0.150 mm)
Journal Outside 1.9666-1.9670 in. 1.9646 in.
Diameter (49.952-49.962 mm) (49.902 mm)
3TNV84,
3TNV84T, Bearing Inside 1.9685 - 1.9693 in.
-
3TNV88, Diameter (50.000 - 50.020 mm)
4TNV84, Bearing Insert 0.0785 - 0.0791 in.
4TNV84T -
Thickness (1.995 - 2.010 mm)
4TNV88 See
0.0015 - 0.0027 in. 0.0059 in.
Oil Clearance Inspection of
(0.038 - 0.068 mm) (0.150 mm)
Main Bearing Journal Crankshaft
Journal Outside 2.5572 - 2.5576 in. 2.5552 in. on
Diameter (64.952 - 64.962 mm) (64.902 mm) page 6-86.
Bearing Inside 2.5590 - 2.5598 in.
4TNV94L, -
Diameter (65.000 - 65.020 mm)
4TNV98,
4TNV98T Bearing Insert 0.0785 - 0.0791 in.
-
Thickness (1.995 - 2.010 mm)
0.0015 - 0.0027 in. 0.0059 in.
Oil Clearance
(0.038 - 0.068 mm) (0.150 mm)
Journal Outside 2.9902 - 2.9906 in. 2.9883 in.
Diameter (75.952 - 75.962 mm) (75.902 mm)
Bearing Inside 2.9927 - 2.9935 in.
-
4TNV106, Diameter (76.014 - 76.034 mm)
4TNV106T Bearing Insert 0.0980 - 0.0985 in.
-
Thickness (2.488 - 2.503 mm)
0.0020 - 0.0032 in. 0.0059 in.
Oil Clearance
(0.052 - 0.082 mm) (0.150 mm)
Thrust Bearing
Reference
Inspection Item Standard Limit
Page
See Removal
0.0051 - 0.0091 in. 0.0110 in. of Crankshaft
Crankshaft End Play - All Models
(0.13 - 0.23 mm) (0.28 mm) on
page 6-80.
Piston
Reference
Inspection Item Standard Limit
Page
3.2264 - 3.2275 in. 3.2246 in.
3TNV82A
(81.950 - 81.980 mm) (81.905 mm)
3TNV84, 3TNV84T, 3.3047 - 3.3059 in. 3.3029 in.
4TNV84, 4TNV84T (83.940 - 83.970 mm) (83.895 mm)
3.4622 - 3.4634 in. 3.4604 in.
3TNV88,4TNV88
Piston Outside Diameter (87.940 - 87.970 mm) (87.895 mm)
(Measure at 90° to the Piston Pin.) 3.6982 - 3.6994 in. 3.6968 in.
4TNV94L
(93.935 - 93.965 mm) (93.900 mm)
3.8555 - 3.8567 in. 3.8541 in.
4TNV98, 4TNV98T
(97.930 - 97.960 mm) (97.895 mm) See
4.1705 - 4.1716 in. 4.1685 in. Inspection of
4TNV106, 4TNV106T Pistons,
(105.930 - 105.960 mm) (105.880 mm)
Piston Rings
0.6299 in. and Wrist Pin
3TNV82A -
(16 mm) on
3TNV84, 3TNV84T, 0.9449 in. page 6-83.
-
4TNV84, 4TNV84T (24 mm)
0.9449 in.
Piston Diameter Measure Location 3TNV88,4TNV88 -
(24 mm)
(Upward From the Bottom of the
Piston.) 0.8661 in.
4TNV94L -
(22 mm)
0.8661 in.
4TNV98, 4TNV98T -
(22 mm)
1.1811 in.
4TNV106, 4TNV106T -
(30 mm)
Reference
Inspection Item Standard Limit
Page
0.9055 - 0.9059 in. 0.9070 in.
Hole Inside Diameter
(23.000 - 23.009 mm) (23.039 mm)
0.9053 - 0.9055 in. 0.9041 in.
3TNV82A Pin Outside Diameter
(22.995 - 23.000 mm) (22.965 mm)
0.0000 - 0.0006 in. 0.0029 in.
Oil Clearance
(0.000 - 0.014 mm) (0.074 mm)
Piston Ring
Reference
Model Inspection Item Standard Limit
Page
0.0813 - 0.0819 in.
Ring Groove Width -
(2.065 - 2.080 mm)
0.0776 - 0.0783 in. 0.0768 in.
Ring Width
(1.970 - 1.990 mm) (1.950 mm)
Top Ring
0.0030 - 0.0043 in.
Side Clearance -
(0.075 - 0.110 mm)
0.0079 - 0.0157 in. 0.0193 in.
End Gap
(0.200 - 0.400 mm) (0.490 mm)
0.0801 - 0.0807 in. 0.0846 in.
Ring Groove Width
(2.035 - 2.050 mm) (2.150 mm) See
3TNV82A, 0.0776 - 0.0783 in. 0.0768 in. Inspection of
3TNV84, Ring Width Pistons,
(1.970 - 1.990 mm) (2.150 mm)
3TNV84T, Second Ring Piston Rings
4TNV84, 0.0018 - 0.0031 in. 0.0079 in. and Wrist
Side Gap
4TNV84T (0.045 - 0.080 mm) (0.200 mm) Pin on
0.0079 - 0.0157 in. 0.0193 in. page 6-83.
End Gap
(0.200 - 0.400 mm) (0.490 mm)
0.1581 - 0.1587 in. 0.1626 in.
Ring Groove Width
(4.015 - 4.030 mm) (4.130 mm)
0.1563 - 0.1571 in. 0.01555 in.
Ring Width
(3.970 - 3.990 mm) (3.950 mm)
Oil Ring
0.0010 - 0.0024 in. 0.0071 in.
Side Clearance
(0.025 - 0.060 mm) (0.180 mm)
0.0079 - 0.0157 in. 0.0193 in.
End Gap
(0.200 - 0.400 mm) (0.490 mm)
Reference
Model Inspection Item Standard Limit
Page
0.0811 - 0.0817 in.
Ring Groove Width -
(2.060 - 2.075 mm)
0.0776 - 0.0783 in. 0.0768 in.
Ring Width
(1.970 - 1.990 mm) (1.950 mm)
Top Ring
0.0028 - 0.0041 in.
Side Clearance -
(0.070 - 0.105 mm)
0.0079 - 0.157 in. 0.0193 in.
End Gap
(0.200 -.0400 mm) (0.490 mm)
0.0797 - 0.0803 in. 0.0843 in.
Ring Groove Width
(2.025 - 2.040 mm) (2.140 mm) See
0.0776 -- 0.0783 in. 0.0768 in. Inspection of
Ring Width Pistons,
3TNV88, (1.970 - 1.990 mm) (1.950 mm)
Second Ring Piston Rings
4TNV88 0.0014 - 0.0028 in. 0.0075 in.
Side Clearance and Wrist
(0.035 - 0.070 mm) (0.190 mm) Pin on
0.0079 - 0.0157 in. 0.0193 in. page 6-83.
End Gap
(0.200 - 0.400 mm) (0.490 mm)
0.1581 - 0.1587 in. 0.1626 in.
Ring Groove Width
(4.015 - 4.030 mm) (4.130 mm)
0.1563 -.1571 in. 0.1555 in.
Ring Width
(3.970 - 3.990 mm) (3.950 mm)
Oil Ring
0.0010 - 0.0024 in. 0.0071 in.
Side Clearance
(0.025 - 0.060 mm) (0.180 mm)
0.0079 - 0.0157 in. 0.0193 in.
End Gap
(0.200 - 0.400 mm) (0.490 mm)
Reference
Model Inspection Item Standard Limit
Page
0.0803 - 0.0811 in.
Ring Groove Width -
(2.040 - 2.060 mm)
0.0764 - 0.0772 in. 0.0756 in.
Ring Width
(1.940 - 1.960 mm) (1.920 mm)
Top Ring
0.0031 - 0.0047 in.
Side Clearance -
(0.080 - 0.120 mm)
0.0098 - 0.0177 in. 0.0213 in.
End Gap
(0.250 - 0.450 mm) (0.540 mm)
0.0819 - 0.0825 in. 0.0864 in.
Ring Groove Width
(2.080 - 2.095 mm) (2.195 mm) See
0.0776 - 0.0783 in. 0.0768 in. Inspection of
4TNV94L, Ring Width Pistons,
(1.970 - 1.990 mm) (1.950 mm)
4TNV98, Second Ring Piston Rings
4TNV98T 0.0035 - 0.0049 in. 0.0096 in. and Wrist
Side Clearance
(0.090 - 0.125 mm) (0.245 mm) Pin on
0.0177 - 0.0256 in. 0.0287 in. page 6-83.
End Gap
(0.450 - 0.650 mm) (0.730 mm)
0.1187 - 0.1193 in. 0.1232 in.
Ring Groove Width
(3.015 - 3.030 mm) (3.130 mm)
0.1169 - 0.1177 in. 0.1161 in.
Ring Width
(2.970 - 2.990 mm) (2.950 mm)
Oil Ring
0.0010 - 0.0024 in. 0.0071 in.
Side Clearance
(0.025 - 0.060 mm) (0.180 mm)
0.0098 - 0.0177 in. 0.0217 in.
End Gap
(0.250 - 0.450 mm) (0.550 mm)
Reference
Model Inspection Item Standard Limit
Page
0.0992 - 0.1000 in.
Ring Groove Width -
(2.520 - 2.540 mm)
0.0961 - 0.0969 in. 0.0953 in.
Ring Width
(2.440 - 2.460 mm) (2.420 mm)
Top Ring
0.0024 - 0.0039 in.
Side Clearance -
(0.060 - 0.100 mm)
0.0118 - 0.0177 in. 0.0213 in.
End Gap
(0.300 - 0.450 mm) (0.540 mm)
0.0815 - 0.0821 in. 0.0860 in.
Ring Groove Width
(2.070 - 2.085 mm) (2.185 mm) See
0.0776 - 0.0783 in. 0.0768 in. Inspection of
Ring Width Pistons,
4TNV106, (1.970 - 1.990 mm) (1.950 mm)
Second Ring Piston Rings
4TNV106T 0.0031 - 0.0045 in. 0.0093 in.
Side Clearance and Wrist
(0.080 - 0.115 mm) (0.235 mm) Pin on
0.0177 - 0.0236 in. 0.0268 in. page 6-83.
End Gap
(0.450 - 0.600 mm) (0.680 mm)
0.1187 - 0.1193 in. 0.1232 in.
Ring Groove Width
(3.015 - 3.030 mm) (3.130 mm)
0.1169 - 0.1177 in. 0.1161 in.
Ring Width
(2.970 - 2.990 mm) (2.950 mm)
Oil Ring
0.0010 - 0.0024 in. 0.0071 in.
Side Clearance
(0.025 - 0.060 mm) (0.180 mm)
0.0118 - 0.0197 in. 0.0236 in.
End Gap
(0.300 - 0.500 mm) (0.600 mm)
Connecting Rod
Connecting Rod Small End
Reference
Model Inspection Item Standard Limit
Page
Wrist Pin Bushing 0.9065 - 0.9070 in. 0.9082 in.
Inside Diameter (23.025 - 23.038 mm) (23.068 mm)
Wrist Pin Outside 0.9053 - 0.9055 in. 0.9042 in.
3TNV82A
Diameter (22.995 - 23.000 mm) (22.967 mm)
0.0010 - 0.0017 in. 0.0040 in.
Oil Clearance
(0.025 - 0.043 mm) (0.101 mm)
Wrist Pin Bushing 1.0234 - 1.0251 in. 1.0263 in.
Inside Diameter (26.025 - 26.038 mm) (26.068 mm)
3TNV84, 3TNV84T, 3TNV88, Wrist Pin Outside 1.0234 - 1.0236 in. 1.0223 in.
4TNV84, 4TNV84T, 4TNV88 Diameter (25.995 - 26.000 mm) (25.967 mm)
0.0010 - 0.0017 in. 0.0040 in. See
Oil Clearance Inspection of
(0.025 - 0.043 mm) (0.101 mm)
Connecting
Wrist Pin Bushing 1.1821 - 1.1826 in. 1.1838 in. Rod on
Inside Diameter (30.025 - 30.038 mm) (30.068 mm) page 6-85.
Wrist Pin Outside 1.1806 - 1.1811 in. 1.1795 in.
4TNV94L, 4TNV98, 4TNV98T
Diameter (29.987 - 30.000 mm) (29.959 mm)
0.0010 - 0.0020 in. 0.0043 in.
Oil Clearance
(0.025 - 0.51 mm) (0.109 mm)
Wrist Pin Bushing 1.4577 - 1.4582 in. 1.4594 in.
Inside Diameter (37.025 - 37.038 mm) (37.068 mm)
Wrist Pin Outside 1.4563 - 1.4567 in. 1.4552 in.
4TNV106, 4TNV106T
Diameter (36.989 - 37.000 mm) (36.961 mm)
0.0010 - 0.0019 in. 0.0042 in.
Oil Clearance
(0.025 - 0.049 mm) (0.107 mm)
Lubricating Oil
Thread Diameter Application
Component Model Torque
and Pitch (Thread Portion and
Seat Surface)
56 - 60 ft·lb
3TNV82A M10 x 1.25 mm (76.4 - 80.4 N·m;
7.8 - 8.2 kgf·m)
3TNV84, 3TNV84T, 69 - 72 ft·lb
3TNV88, 4TNV84, M12 x 1.5 mm (93.2 - 98.1 N·m;
Main Bearing Cap 4TNV84T, 4TNV88 9.5 - 10.5 kgf·m)
Applied
Bolt 80 - 87 ft·lb
4TNV94L, 4TNV98,
M11 x 1.25 mm (108.1 - 117.9 N·m;
4TNV98T
11.0 - 12.0 kgf·m)
137 - 152 ft·lb
4TNV106, 4TNV106T M14 x 1.5 mm (186.2 - 205.8 N·m;
19 - 21 kgf·m)
3TNV82A, 3TNV84,
83 - 91 ft·lb
3TNV84T, 3TNV88,
M14 x 1.5 mm (112.7 - 122.7 N·m;
4TNV84, 4TNV84T,
Crankshaft Pulley 11.5 - 12.5 kgf·m)
4TNV88 Applied
Bolt
4TNV94L, 4TNV98, 80 - 94 ft·lb
4TNV98T, 4TNV106, M14 x 1.5 mm (107.9 - 127.5 N·m;
4TNV106T 11.0 - 13.0 kgf·m)
3TNV82A, 3TNV84,
18 - 21 ft·lb
3TNV84T, 3TNV88,
M8 x 1.25 mm (24.4 - 28.4 N·m;
4TNV84, 4TNV84T,
Fuel Injector 2.5 - 2.9 kgf·m)
4TNV88 Not Applied
Bolt
4TNV94L, 4TNV98, 17 - 21 ft·lb
4TNV98T, 4TNV106, M8 x 1.25 mm (22.6 - 28.4 N·m;
4TNV106T 2.3 - 2.9 kgf·m)
3TNV82A, 3TNV84,
58 - 65 ft·lb
3TNV84T, 3TNV88,
M14 x 1.5 mm (78 - 88 N·m;
4TNV84, 4TNV84T,
Fuel Pump Drive 8 - 9 kgf·m)
4TNV88 Not Applied
Gear Nut
4TNV94L, 4TNV98, 83 - 90 ft·lb
4TNV98T, 4TNV106, M18 x 1.5 mm (113 - 123 N·m;
4TNV106T 11.5 - 12.5 kgf·m)
3TNV82A, 3TNV84,
22 - 25 ft·lb
3TNV84T, 3TNV88,
M12 x 1.5 mm (29.4 - 34.3 N·m;
4TNV84, 4TNV84T,
High-Pressure 3.0 - 3.5 kgf·m)
4TNV88 Not Applied
Fuel Lines Bolt
4TNV94L, 4TNV98, 174 - 217 in·lb
4TNV98T, 4TNV106, M12 x 1.5 mm (19.6 - 24.5 N·m;
4TNV106T 2.0 - 2.5 kgf·m)
Lubricating Oil
Thread Diameter Application
Component Model Torque
and Pitch (Thread Portion and
Seat Surface)
4TNV94L, 4TNV98, 70 - 86 in·lb
Fuel Return Line
4TNV98T, 4TNV106, M6 x 1.0 mm (7.8 - 9.8 N·m; Not Applied
Joint Bolt
4TNV106T 0.8 - 1.0 kgf·m)
Rocker Arm 148 - 199 in·lb
Cover 4TNV106, 4TNV106T M8 x 1.25 mm (16.7 - 22.5 N·m; Not Applied
Bolt 1.7 - 2.3 kgf·m)
3TNV82A-B, 133 - 177 in·lb
Glow Plug 3TNV88-B,-U, M10 x 1.25 mm (15 - 20 N·m Not Applied
4TNV88-B,-U 1.53 - 2.04 kgf·m)
3TNV82A-B,
Glow Connector 9 - 13 in·lb
3TNV88-B,-U, M4 x 0.7 mm Not Applied
Nut (1 - 1.5 N·m)
4TNV88-B,-U
See Tightening Torques for Standard Bolts and Nuts on page 4-46 for standard hardware torque values.
Model L1 L2 d1 d2
3TNV82A
4TNV94L,
4TNV98, 0.787 in. 2.953 in. 0.256 in. 0.394 in.
0000827
4TNV98T (20 mm) (75 mm) (6.5 mm) (10 mm)
4TNV106,
Valve Guide Tool 4TNV106T
1 (For Removing
Valve Guide) 4TNV84,
3TNV84,
0.787 in. 2.953 in. 0.295 in. 0.433 in.
3TNV84T,
(20 mm) (75 mm) (7.5 mm) (11 mm)
3TNV88,
4TNV88
0.787 in. 2.953 in. 0.217 in. 0.354 in.
4TNV84T
(20 mm) (75 mm) (5.5 mm) (9 mm)
Locally Manufactured
Model L1 L2 d1 d2
0.472 in. 2.362 in. 0.512 in. 0.748 in.
3TNV82A
(12 mm) (60 mm) (13 mm) (19 mm)
4TNV84,
3TNV84,
0.591 in. 2.559 in. 0.551 in. 0.787 in.
3TNV84T, 0000828
(15 mm) (65 mm) (14 mm) (20 mm)
Valve Guide Tool 4TNV88,
2 (For Installing 4TNV88
Valve Guide) 0.335 in. 2.362 in. 0.433 in. 0.669 in.
4TNV84T
(8.5 mm) (60 mm) (11 mm) (17 mm)
4TNV94L,
0.276 in. 2.362 in. 0.512 in. 0.630 in.
4TNV98,
(7 mm) (60 mm) (13 mm) (16 mm)
4TNV98T
4TNV106, 0.535 in. 2.559 in. 0.512 in. 0.630 in.
4TNV106T (13.6 mm) (65 mm) (13 mm) (16 mm)
Locally Manufactured
Fuel Injector
3 Removal Tool Yanmar Part No. 129470-92305
(2-Valve Head)
Model L1 L2 d1 d2
0.984 in. 3.346 in. 0.906 in. 1.024 in.
3TNV82A
(25 mm) (85 mm) (23 mm) (26 mm)
3TNV84,
Connecting Rod
3TNV84T,
Bushing
3TNV88, 0.787 in. 3.937 in. 1.024 in. 1.142 in.
Replacer 0000829
4TNV84, (20 mm) (100 mm) (26 mm) (29 mm)
4 (For Removal/
4TNV84T,
Installation of
4TNV88,
Connecting Rod
Bushing) 4TNV94L,
0.787 in. 3.937 in. 1.181 in. 1.299 in.
4TNV98,
(20 mm) (100 mm) (30 mm) (33 mm)
4TNV98T
4TNV106, 0.787 in. 3.937 in. 1.457 in. 1.575 in.
4TNV106T (20 mm) (100 mm) (37 mm) (40 mm)
Locally Manufactured
Valve Spring
Compressor
Yanmar Part No.
5 (For Removal/
129100-92630
Installation of 0000830
Valve Spring)
Model d1 d2 d3 L1 L2 L3
0.598 0.827 0.472 0.622 2.559 0.157
in. in. in. in. in. in.
3TNV82A
(15.2 (21 (12 (15.8 (65 (4
mm) mm) mm) mm) mm) mm)
3TNV84,
0.638 0.866 0.531 0.740 2.559 0.157
3TNV84T,
in. in. in. in. in. in.
3TNV88,
(16.2 (22 (13.5 (18.8 (65 (4
4TNV84,
mm) mm) mm) mm) mm) mm)
Stem Seal 4TNV88
Installer 0.508 0.748 0.453 0.394 2.559 0.157
6
(for Installing in. in. in. in. in. in.
Valve Stem Seal) 4TNV84T
(12.9 (19 (11.5 (10 (65 (4
mm) mm) mm) mm) mm) mm)
0.598 0.827 0.472 0.465 2.559 0.157
4TNV94L, 0000820
in. in. in. in. in. in.
4TNV98,
(15.2 (21 (12 (11.8 (65 (4
4TNV98T
mm) mm) mm) mm) mm) mm)
0.598 0.827 0.472 0.610 2.559 0.157
4TNV106, in. in. in. in. in. in.
4TNV106T (15.2 (21 (12 (15.5 (65 (4
mm) mm) mm) mm) mm) mm)
Locally Manufactured
Model L1 L2 d1 d2
3TNV82A,
3TNV84,
3TNV84T,
0.709 in. 2.756 in. 1.772 in. 1.890 in.
3TNV88,
Camshaft (18 mm) (70 mm) (45 mm) (48 mm)
4TNV84,
Bushing Tool 0000822
4TNV84T,
8 (For Extracting 4TNV88
Camshaft
4TNV94L,
Bushing) 0.709 in. 2.756 in. 1.968 in. 2.087 in.
4TNV98,
(18 mm) (70 mm) (50 mm) (553 mm)
4TNV98T
4TNV106, 0.709 in. 2.756 in. 2.283 in. 2.402 in.
4TNV106T (18 mm) (70 mm) (58 mm) (61 mm)
Allowance: d1 d2
Locally Manufactured
Piston Ring
Yanmar Part No. 95550-002476
Compressor
10 The Piston Insertion Tool is Applicable for
(For Installing
2.362 - 4.921 in. (60 - 125 mm) Diameter Pistons
Piston)
0000824
Piston Ring
Expander
11 (For Removal / Available Locally
Installation of
Piston Ring) 0000825
0002134
6.3
0.05 A 0.1 A
(16) 36
20
5 M14 x 1.5
0.
C
0.
16 C
5
1
C
A
3
52
Knurling
MEASURING INSTRUMENTS
No. Instrument Name Application Illustration
1 Dial Indicator Locally Available Measure shaft bend and end play
0000831
0000832
3 Magnetic Stand Locally Available For holding the dial gauge when measuring
0000833
0000834
0000837
0000838
0000839
0000840
0000841
(34)
(8)
(32)
(33)
(9) (10)
(11)
(12)
(29)
(17) (13)
(30) (18) (14)
(28) (31) (15)
(19)
(20) (16)
(27)
(21)
(22)
(23)
(26)
(24)
(25) 0001919
Figure 6-1
CAUTION
0002087A
Identify all parts and their location using
an appropriate method. It is important Figure 6-4
that all parts are returned to the same
position during the reassembly process. 4. Remove the intake manifold bolts
(Figure 6-5, (1)). Remove the intake manifold
0000080en
(Figure 6-5, (2)). Discard the intake manifold
2. Disconnect the electrical wire from the intake air gasket (Figure 6-5, (3)).
heater (Figure 6-3, (1)).
(5)
(4)
(1) (5)
(6)
(7)
(2) (3)
0001682
(1)
Figure 6-5
Figure 6-3
5. Remove the exhaust manifold bolts
3. Disconnect the coolant hoses from the cold (Figure 6-5, (4)) and nuts (Figure 6-5, (5)).
start device (Figure 6-4, (1)) on the fuel Remove the exhaust manifold (Figure 6-5, (6))
injection pump. and the exhaust manifold gasket
(Figure 6-5, (7)).
6. Remove the coolant pump. See Disassembly of
Engine Coolant Pump on page 8-10.
7. Remove the high-pressure lines and fuel
injectors from the cylinder head. See Removal
of Fuel Injectors on page 7-35.
(1) (3)
(4)
0001920
Figure 6-7
3. Remove the valve cover (Figure 6-7, (3)) and
the valve cover gasket (Figure 6-7, (4)).
Figure 6-6
Note: Removing the cylinder head from the
engine requires that the glow plugs be
removed in advance.
Failure to remove the glow plugs in
advance could result in damages to the
glow plugs because their tips are
protruding from the cylinder head
combustion chamber surface.
0001951
Figure 6-9
(1)
3. Remove the valve adjusting screw
(Figure 6-9, (6)) and the lock nut
(Figure 6-9, (7)) from the rocker arms.
(2)
8 14 5
0001950 2 12 9 3
(1)
Figure 6-8 4 10 11 1
6 13 7
2. Slide the rocker arm shaft (Figure 6-9, (3)) out Figure 6-10
of the rocker arm supports (Figure 6-9, (5)),
springs (Figure 6-9, (1)), and rocker arms
(Figure 6-9, (2)).
Note: Mark the rocker arms so they can be
reinstalled with the original matching
valve and pushrod.
0000191
Figure 6-12
4. Remove the valve keepers (Figure 6-13, (2)).
(2) 5. Slowly release the tension on the valve spring.
6. Remove the spring retainer (Figure 6-13, (3))
and valve spring (Figure 6-13, (4)).
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
0001690 (5)
Figure 6-11
(6)
0001684
Figure 6-13
7. Repeat the procedure with all remaining valves.
001689 CAUTION
Figure 6-14 Any part which is found defective as a
result of inspection or any part whose
measured value does not satisfy the
standard or limit must be replaced.
0000119en
(1)
Inspection of Push Rods (1)
0001952
0000204
(1)
0001869 0000197
0000199
Figure 6-21
0000192
Valve Recession
Figure 6-19
Note: The valve guides must be installed to
If distortion exceeds the service limit, resurface or perform this check.
replace the cylinder head. Remove only enough
material to make the cylinder head flat, but do not Insert the valves into their original locations and
remove more than 0.008 in. (0.20 mm). press them down until they are fully seated. Use a
depth micrometer (Figure 6-22) to measure the
Inspection of Intake and Exhaust Valves difference between the cylinder head gasket
surface and the combustion surface of each
Visually inspect the intake and exhaust valves.
exhaust and intake valve (Figure 6-23). See
Replace any valves that are obviously discolored,
Cylinder Head on page 6-6 for the service limit.
heavily pitted or otherwise damaged.
0000193
Figure 6-22
(1)
0001691B
Figure 6-24
Also visually inspect the valve seat for even
0001755 contact.
Figure 6-23
Light cutting can be performed by the use of a
Valve Face and Valve Seat hand-operated cutter (Figure 6-25, (3)).
Always check the clearance between the valve and
valve guide before grinding or lapping the valve (1)
seats. See Intake / Exhaust Valve and Guide on 150° 40°
page 6-7 for the service limit. If the clearance
exceeds the limit, replace the valve and / or valve (3)
guide to bring the clearance within the limit. (2)
Grind the valve face and / or valve seat only Free Length
enough to return them to serviceable condition. Use a caliper to measure the length of the spring
Grinding is needed if the valve and the valve seat (Figure 6-27). See Valve Spring on page 6-10 for
do not contact correctly. Check the recession after the service limit.
grinding.
If the valve or seat require grinding, lap the valve
after grinding. Lap the valve face to the valve seat
using a mixture of valve lapping compound and
engine oil.
2
3
1
4
Be sure to thoroughly wash all parts to remove all
5
9
6
grinding powder or compound.
8
7
Inspection of Valve Springs
Inspect the valve springs. If damage or corrosion is
seen, or if measurements exceed the specified
limits, replace the springs. 0000200
Figure 6-27
Fractures
Check for fractures on the inside and outside Reassembly of Cylinder Head
portions of the springs. If the valve spring is
fractured, replace the valve spring. Use new gaskets, O-rings and seals for the
reassembly of the cylinder head.
Corrosion
IMPORTANT
Check for corrosion of the spring material caused Liberally oil all components during
by oxidation. reassembly to prevent premature wear or
Squareness damage.
Use a flat surface and a square to check each Reassembly of Valve Guides
spring for squareness (Figure 6-26). See Valve
Spring on page 6-10 for the service limit. 1. The valve guides are installed into the cylinder
head with an extremely tight press fit. Before
installing the valve guides, place the valve
guides in a freezer for at least twenty minutes
This will cause the valve guides to contract,
making it easier to install the valve guides into
place.
0000201
Figure 6-26
Marking
Engine Model
Intake Exhaust
3TNV84, 3TNV88, Yellow (Paint
3TNV84T, 4TNV84, None on outside of
001689 4TNV88 seal)
Figure 6-28 Black (Seal
3TNV82A None
Spring)
3. Finish installing the valve guides
(Figure 6-29, (1)) into the cylinder head to the 1. Oil the lip of the valve stem seal
proper height (Figure 6-29, (3)) using the valve (Figure 6-30, (2)). Using the valve stem seal
guide installation tool (Figure 6-29, (2)). See installation tool (Figure 6-30, (1)), install a new
Valve Guide Projection specification starting on valve stem seal on each of the valve guides
page 6-7. (Figure 6-30, (3)).
(2)
(1)
(3)
(4)
(1) (2)
0001756A
(3)
Figure 6-29
0001873B
Figure 6-30
2. Measure the distance (Figure 6-31, (1)) from
the cylinder head to valve stem seal to ensure
proper clearance (Figure 6-31, (2)) between
the guide and the seal. See Valve Stem Seal
Projection specification on page 6-9.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(2)
(6)
0001684
0001690
Figure 6-32
5. Place the cylinder head on the workbench with Figure 6-33
the combustion side down to install the valve
springs. Install the valve spring
(Figure 6-32, (4)) and the spring retainer
(Figure 6-32, (5)).
6. Using the valve spring compressor tool,
compress the valve spring.
(7)
(6)
(2)
(1)
12 3 5 13 (2)
18 10 1 7 15
(1)
16 8 2 9 17
14 6 4 11 (3)
(4)
0001875
1 – Fan End
2 – Camshaft Side
(5)
Figure 6-34
6. Tighten the rocker arm shaft alignment studs. 6. Install each glow plug (Figure 6-38, (1)), and
7. Adjust the valve clearance. See Measuring and tighten it with the specified torque. Install each
Adjusting Valve Clearance on page 6-66. electrical harness (Figure 6-38, (1)), and
tighten it with the specified torque.
Reassembly of the Valve Cover
1. Lightly grease a new valve cover gasket (2)
(Figure 6-37, (4)). Place the gasket in the
groove of the valve cover (Figure 6-37, (3)).
2. Place the valve cover on the cylinder head. (1)
3. Be sure new O-rings (Figure 6-37, (2)) are
installed on the valve cover nuts. Reinstall and
tighten the valve cover nuts (Figure 6-37, (1)).
4. Reinstall the exhaust manifold using a new
gasket. Tighten the bolts to the specified
torque.
(1)
(2)
Figure 6-38
7. Reinstall the fuel injectors. See Installation of
the Fuel Injectors on page 7-42.
(3) 8. Reinstall the high pressure and the return fuel
injection lines. See Installation of the Fuel
Injectors on page 7-42
9. Reinstall the engine coolant pump. See
(4)
Reassembly of Engine Coolant Pump on
0001920 page 8-11.
Figure 6-37 10. Reinstall the coolant hoses on the cold start
5. Reinstall the intake manifold using a new device on the fuel injection pump.
gasket. Tighten the bolts to the specified 11. Reinstall the alternator. See Installation of
torque. Alternator on page 12-16.
(35)
(8)
(34)
(9)
(11) (12)
(10)
(33)
(14) (15)
(31) (13)
(30) (32)
(29)
(28)
(27) (16)
(26)
(24)
(25)
(23) (17)
(18)
(22)
(19)
(21)
(20) 0001861
Figure 6-39
(2)
0001876
Figure 6-40
CAUTION (2)
Remove or install the high-pressure fuel
injection lines as an assembly whenever
possible. Disassembling the (3) (6)
(1)
high-pressure fuel injection lines from (7)
the retainers or bending any of the fuel (5)
lines will make it difficult to reinstall the
(4)
fuel lines.
0000047en
Figure 6-42
3. Remove the valve cover nuts (Figure 6-43, (4)). 0001877
(1)
(8)
(7)
(6)
0001866
(4)
(3) Figure 6-45
(2)
Note: Figure 6-45 shows components for one
cylinder. Components for all remaining
cylinders are assembled in the same
order.
3. Remove the valve adjusting screw
(Figure 6-45, (2)) and the lock nut
000187
(Figure 6-45, (3)) from the rocker arms.
Figure 6-44
(2)
8 14 5
2 12 9 3
(1)
4 10 11 1
6 13 7
(2)
7 16 14 6
1 9 18 12 4
(1)
3 11 17 10 2
5 13 15 8 (2)
0001864
0000191
Figure 6-48
(5)
0001867
0001868
Figure 6-49
Figure 6-50
6. Repeat the procedure with all the remaining
valves. Cleaning of Cylinder Head
Note: If the valves are to be reused, identify Components
them so they can be installed in their
original location.
A WARNING
7. Remove the injector nozzle protectors
(Figure 6-49, (6)) and the seats
(Figure 6-49, (7)).
8. Turn the cylinder head so the exhaust port side
faces down. Remove the intake and exhaust
valves (Figure 6-49, (5)) from the cylinder FUME / BURN HAZARD!
head. • Always read and follow safety related
9. Remove the valve stem seals precautions found on containers of
(Figure 6-49, (4)). hazardous substances like parts
cleaners, primers, sealants and
sealant removers.
• Failure to comply could result in death
or serious injury.
0000014en
CAUTION
Any part which is found defective as a
result of inspection or any part whose
measured value does not satisfy the
standard or limit must be replaced.
0000119en
CAUTION
Any part determined to not meet the 0000204
service standard or limit before the next
service, as determined from the state of Figure 6-51
current rate of wear, should be replaced
Inspection of Rocker Arm Assembly
even though the part currently meets the
service standard limit. Rocker Arm Shaft Hole Diameter
0000120en
1. Use a telescoping gauge and micrometer to
determine if the inside diameter of all the rocker
arm support brackets and the rocker arms
(Figure 6-52) are within the specified limits.
See Rocker Arm and Shaft on page 6-9 for the
service limit.
2. Inspect the contact areas (Figure 6-52, (1)) for
excessive wear or damage.
Figure 6-54
0001952
Figure 6-53
0000192
Figure 6-55
(1) 0000199
Figure 6-57
0000197 Valve Recession
Note: The valve guides must be installed to
Figure 6-56 perform this check.
Insert the valves into their original locations and
press them down until they are fully seated. Use a
depth micrometer (Figure 6-58) to measure the
difference between the cylinder head gasket
surface and the combustion surface of each
exhaust and intake valve (Figure 6-59). See
Cylinder Head on page 6-6 for the service limit.
0000193
Figure 6-58
Note: 2-Valve cylinder head is shown. 4-Valve
cylinder head is similar.
0001755
Figure 6-59
0001862
Figure 6-61
Valve seat diameter can be adjusted by top-
grinding with a 150° stone to make the seat
diameter smaller, and bottom-grinding using a 40°
stone to make the seat diameter larger. Once the
seat location has been corrected, grind and lap the
seat angle (Figure 6-61, (1)) to specification. See
Cylinder Head on page 6-6 for specifications.
Grind the valve face and/or valve seat as necessary Free Length
to return them to serviceable condition. Grinding is Use a caliper to measure the length of the spring
needed if the valve and valve seat do not contact (Figure 6-63). See Valve Spring on page 6-10 for
correctly. Check the valve margin and valve the service limit.
recession after grinding.
If the valve or seat require grinding, lap the valve
after grinding. Lap the valve face to the valve seat
using a mixture of valve lapping compound and
engine oil.
2
3
1
4
Be sure to thoroughly wash all parts to remove all
5
9
6
grinding powder or compound.
8
7
Inspection of Valve Springs
Inspect the valve springs. If damage or corrosion is
seen, or if measurements exceed the specified
limits, replace the springs. 0000200
Figure 6-63
Fractures
Check for fractures on the inside and outside Inspection of Valve Bridges
portions of the springs. If the valve spring is
Visually inspect the contact surface at both ends of
fractured, replace the valve spring.
the valve bridge (Figure 6-64, (2)) for excessive
Corrosion wear or mushrooming.
Check for corrosion of spring material caused by Remove and inspect the seat (Figure 6-64, (1)).
oxidation.
Measure the diameter of the valve bridge guide pin
Squareness bore in the valve bridge and guide pin
Use a flat surface and a square to check each (Figure 6-64, (3)). See Rocker Arm and Shaft on
spring for squareness (Figure 6-62). See Valve page 6-9 for the service limit.
Spring on page 6-10 for the service limit.
(1)
(2)
(3)
0000201
Figure 6-64
Figure 6-62
Marking
Engine Model
Intake Exhaust
0001868 White (Seal Black (Seal
4TNV84
Spring) Spring)
Figure 6-65
4TNV94L,4TNV98,
Black (Seal
4TNV98T,4TNV106, None
Spring)
4TNV106T
(1)
(7) (2)
(6)
(1) (3)
(4)
(2)
(3)
(5)
0001873
(2)
(1) 7 1 10
13 3 6 12
(1)
11 5 4 14
9 2 8
(2)
12 3 5 13
18 10 1 7 15
(1)
16 8 2 9 17
14 6 4 11
0001875
1 – Fan End
2 – Camshaft Side
Figure 6-71
(2)
Reassembly of Rocker Arm Assembly
1. Reinstall the valve bridges (Figure 6-72, (3)) in
their original locations and ensure each seat
0001872 (Figure 6-72, (4)) is in place.
Figure 6-70 2. Insert the push rods (Figure 6-72, (2)) in their
original locations.
3. Lightly oil the threads of the cylinder head bolts
(Figure 6-70, (1)). Tighten the bolts to the
specified torque in two steps as shown in the (1)
chart below. Tighten in the sequence shown in
(Figure 6-71). See Special Torque Chart on
page 6-25 for specification.
First Step 1/2 of final torque
Second Step Final torque
(4)
(3)
(2)
0001871
Figure 6-72
(1)
(3)
0001878
(2)
(4) (5)
Figure 6-73
IMPORTANT
Ensure the lubrication holes
(Figure 6-74, (1)) in the rocker arm shaft
are oriented correctly with respect to the
rocker arms (Figure 6-74, (2)). (8)
(7)
(6)
(2) 0001866
Figure 6-75
(1) Note: Figure 6-75 shows components for one
cylinder. Components for all remaining
cylinders are assembled in the same
order.
4. Position the rocker arm assembly on a flat
surface. Reinstall the alignment studs
(1) 0001914 (Figure 6-75, (5)).
Figure 6-74 5. Place the rocker arm shaft assembly onto the
cylinder head.
3. Lubricate the rocker arm shaft. Slide the rocker
6. If removed, reinstall the valve adjusting screws
arm supports (Figure 6-75, (6)), wave washers
(Figure 6-75, (2)) and lock nuts
(Figure 6-75, (7)), rocker arms
(Figure 6-75, (3)).
(Figure 6-75, (8)), and fuel injector retainers
(Figure 6-75, (4)) onto the shaft. 7. Align the push rods with their respective rocker
arms.
8. Reinstall and tighten the rocker arm shaft
retaining bolts to the specified torque.
9. Tighten the rocker arm shaft alignment studs.
10. Adjust the valve clearance.
11. Reinstall the fuel injectors. See Installation of
the Fuel Injectors on page 7-42.
3. Be sure new O-rings (Figure 6-76, (5)) are 11. Reinstall the alternator. See Installation of
installed on the valve cover nuts. Reinstall and Alternator on page 12-16.
tighten the valve cover nuts (Figure 6-76, (4)). 12. Reconnect the turbocharger oil supply and
drain lines.
13. Reconnect the air intake hose.
(3)
(4)
(5)
(2)
(6)
(1)
0001877
Figure 6-76
4. Reinstall the fuel injector grommets
(Figure 6-76, (1)).
5. Reinstall the exhaust manifold using a new
gasket. Tighten the bolts to specification.
6. Reinstall the intake manifold using a new
gasket. Tighten the bolts to specification.
7. Reconnect the fuel injector return hose and fuel
injection pump coolant hoses.
8. Reinstall the high-pressure fuel line grommets
into the valve cover.
• Valve clearance of both the intake and exhaust Example: On a 3-cylinder engine, with the No. 1
valves can be checked with the piston for that piston at TDC on the compression stroke (both
cylinder at top dead center (TDC) of the valves closed), the valves indicated on the top line
compression stroke. When a piston is at TDC of the chart can be adjusted without rotating the
of the compression stroke, both rocker arms crankshaft. To adjust the remaining two valves,
will be loose and the cylinder TDC mark on the rotate the crankshaft until the No. 1 piston is at TDC
flywheel will be visible in the timing port of the on the exhaust stroke (exhaust valve only open).
flywheel housing.
3-Cylinder Engines
Cylinder No. 1 2 3
Valve Intake Exhaust Intake Exhaust Intake Exhaust
No. 1 Cylinder at TDC
• • • •
Compression
No. 1 Cylinder at TDC Exhaust • •
4-Cylinder Engines
Cylinder No. 1 2 3 4
Valve Intake Exhaust Intake Exhaust Intake Exhaust Intake Exhaust
No. 1 Cylinder at TDC
• • • •
Compression
No. 4 Cylinder at TDC
• • • •
Compression
(1)
0001782A
Figure 6-77
4. If adjustment is required, proceed to the next
step.
Figure 6-79
5. Loosen the valve adjusting screw lock nut
(Figure 6-78, (1)) and valve adjusting screw 7. Apply oil to the contact surface between the
(Figure 6-78, (2)) on the rocker arm and check adjusting screw and push rod.
the valve for inclination of the valve cap,
8. Rotate the crankshaft. Measure and adjust the
entrance of dirt, or wear.
valves on the next cylinder. Continue until all
the valves have been measured and adjusted.
(1) (1)
(4)
(3)
(2) (2) (2) 0001917A
Figure 6-81
0001918B
Figure 6-82
(1)
(3)
.006 (1)
(2) 0001917A .152 m
m
Figure 6-83
(1) 0003566
(3)
Figure 6-85
9. If adjustment is required, proceed to the next
step.
(2)
10. Loosen the valve adjusting screw lock nut
(Figure 6-86, (5)) and valve adjusting screw
(Figure 6-86, (4)) on the rocker arm
0001918D (Figure 6-86, (3)) and check the clearance gap
Figure 6-84 (Figure 6-86, (2)) for evidence of dirt or wear.
Note: There is a tendency for the clearance to
Note: There is a tendency for the clearance to decrease slightly when the lock nut is
decrease slightly when the lock nut is tightened. It is suggested that you make
tightened. It is suggested that you make the clearance adjustment is made
the initial clearance adjustment is made slightly on the “loose” side before
slightly on the “loose” side before tightening the lock nut.
tightening the lock nut.
11. Adjust the valve clearance (Figure 6-86, (2)) by
8. To adjust the actual valve clearance between turning the adjusting screw (Figure 6-86, (4))
the rocker arm and the valve bridge, insert a until there is a slight “drag” on the feeler gauge
feeler gauge (Figure 6-85, (1)) of the correct when sliding it between the rocker arm and the
thickness (See Adjustment Specifications on valve bridge.
page 6-6) between the rocker arm
(Figure 6-85, (2)) and valve bridge
(Figure 6-85, (3)). Record the results and use
this value as an indication of wear.
(3)
(4)
(1) (2) (5)
0001918
Figure 6-86
12. Hold the adjusting screw (Figure 6-86, (4))
while tightening the valve adjusting screw lock
nut (Figure 6-86, (5)). Recheck the clearance.
13. Apply oil to the contact surface between the
adjusting screw and push rod.
14. Rotate the crankshaft to measure and adjust
the set of valves. Continue until all valves are
measured and adjusted.
(9)
(39) (10)
(8)
(38)
(37) (11)
(35) (12)
(36) (13)
(34) (14)
(32)
(33) (17)
(29) (16)
(31) (15)
(30) (18)
(19)
(20)
(21)
(22)
(28) (23)
(24)
(25)
(27) (26)
0001963
Figure 6-87
1 – Cylinder Block
2 – Camshaft Bushing CAUTION
3 – Gear Case (3TNV94 - 4TNV106) Identify all parts and their location using
4 – Dowel (2 used) an appropriate method. It is important
5 – O-Ring
that all parts are returned to the same
6 – Front Plate (3TNV82 - 4TNV88)
position during the reassembly process.
7 – Gear Case Cover (3TNV82 - 4TNV88)
0000080en
8 – Front Crankshaft Seal
9 – Gear Case Cover (3TNV94 - 4TNV106)
If the engine will be completely disassembled, the
10 – Tappets
11 – Camshaft
following preliminary steps should be performed:
12 – Camshaft Gear Key 1. Disconnect the battery cables at the battery.
13 – Camshaft End Plate
Always disconnect the negative (-) cable first.
14 – Camshaft Gear
15 – Idler Gear Shaft 2. Remove the throttle cable, electrical
16 – Idler Gear Bushing connections, intake and exhaust system
17 – Idler Gear connections, and fuel supply lines from the
18 – Oil Pickup O-Ring engine.
19 – Oil Pickup
3. Remove the alternator. See Removal of
20 – Crankshaft
21 – Parallel Pin
Alternator on page 12-12.
22 – Crankshaft Gear Key 4. Drain the engine coolant from the radiator and
23 – Crankshaft Gear cylinder block. See Drain, Flush and Refill
24 – Crankshaft Pulley Cooling System With New Coolant on
25 – Main Bearing Inserts page 5-36. Remove the cooling system
26 – Main Bearing Cap components from the engine.
27 – Oil Pan
28 – Thrust Bearings 5. Remove the engine from the machine. Mount
29 – Flywheel the engine to a suitable engine repair stand
30 – Connecting Rod Cap having adequate weight capacity.
31 – Connecting Rod Bearing Inserts
32 – Connecting Rod A CAUTION
33 – Wrist Pin Bushing
34 – Circlip Be sure to secure the engine solidly to
35 – Wrist Pin prevent injury or damage to parts due to
36 – Piston the engine falling during work on the
37 – Oil Ring engine.
38 – Second Compression Ring 0000009en
39 – Top Compression Ring
40 – Crankshaft Rear Seal 6. Clean the engine by washing with solvent, air or
41 – Crankshaft Rear Seal Housing steam cleaning. Carefully operate so as to
prevent any foreign matter or fluids from
Disassembly of Engine entering the engine or any fuel system or
Prepare a clean, flat working surface on a electrical components remaining on the engine.
workbench large enough to accommodate the 7. Drain the engine oil into a suitable container.
engine components. Discard all used gaskets, Remove the oil filter.
O-rings and seals. Use new gaskets, O-rings and 8. Remove the cylinder head. See 2-Valve
seals on reassembly of engine. Cylinder Head on page 6-34 or 4-Valve Cylinder
Head on page 6-49.
Components 0001641A
Discard all gaskets, O-rings and seals. Use new Figure 6-88
gaskets, O-rings and seals on reassembly of the
camshaft and timing components. Checking Timing Gear Backlash
Prior to removing the timing gears, measure the
Removal of Timing Gear Case Cover gear backlash and determine the gear wear.
1. Remove the bolt and washer retaining the Check the backlash between each pair of mating
crankshaft pulley. gears (Figure 6-89). If not within specification,
IMPORTANT replace both mating gears. See Timing Gear
Use care not to damage the threads in the Backlash on page 6-13 for service limits.
end of the crankshaft when removing the Note: Do not allow the gear being checked to
crankshaft pulley. move axially as excess end play could
2. Remove the crankshaft pulley using a gear cause a false reading.
puller.
3. Remove the bolts that retain the gear case
cover to the cylinder block and oil pan.
4. Remove the gear case cover (Figure 6-88, (1)).
(7)
A 2. Install the dial indicator to read the camshaft
A
(3) gear backlash. Rotate the camshaft drive gear
against the idler gear to measure the backlash.
(6) (4)
(5) 0001709A
Record the measurement.
3. Check the idler gear-to-fuel injection pump
1 – Fuel Injection Pump Drive Gear drive gear backlash in the same manner as the
2 – Camshaft Drive Gear camshaft drive gear. Record the measurement.
3 – Auxiliary Drive Gear (Optional)
4 – Crankshaft Drive Gear Removal of Timing Gears
5 – Direction of Rotation 1. Remove the bolts from the idler gear shaft
6 – Oil Pump Drive Gear (4TNV94L - 4TNV106) (Figure 6-91, (1)). Remove the idler gear shaft,
7 – Idler Gear idler gear (Figure 6-91, (2)) and bushing
Figure 6-89 (Figure 6-91, (3)).
0001728A
Figure 6-91
2. Do not remove the crankshaft gear unless it is
damaged and requires replacement. If the gear
must be removed, remove it using a gear puller.
3. Removal of the camshaft gear requires the
0002086
camshaft be removed and placed in a press. Do
not remove the camshaft gear unless it or the
Figure 6-90 camshaft is damaged and requires
2. Rotate the idler gear back and forth to check replacement. See Removal of Camshaft on
the idler gear-to-crankshaft gear backlash. The page 6-76.
total indicator reading is the backlash. Record
the measurement.
CAUTION
Do not loosen or remove the four bolts
retaining the fuel injection pump drive
gear to the fuel injection pump hub. Do
not disassemble the fuel injection pump
drive gear from the hub. Correct fuel
injection timing will be very difficult or
impossible to achieve.
0000031en
0001695A
Figure 6-93
(3)
(1)
(2)
0000162A
Figure 6-92
60
50 70
40 80
30 90
20 0
10
(1)
0002085A
Figure 6-95
• Method B: Use a feeler gauge to measure the
(2)
clearance between the thrust plate
(1) (Figure 6-96, (1)) and front camshaft bearing
(Figure 6-96, (2)). See Thrust Bearing on
page 6-15 for the service limit.
0001696A (1)
Figure 6-94
(2)
Removal of Camshaft
1. Before removing the camshaft, check the
camshaft end play.
• Method A: Install a dial indicator
(Figure 6-95, (1)) on the cylinder block. Move
the camshaft (Figure 6-95, (2)) back and forth
to measure the end play. Record the
measurement. See Camshaft on page 6-11 for 0001710B
the service limit.
Figure 6-96
6. TNV84 - TNV88: Remove the O-ring 1. Using a feeler gauge, measure the connecting
(Figure 6-99, (2)) and dowels rod side clearance as shown (Figure 6-100).
(Figure 6-99, (5)). See Connecting Rod on page 6-22 for the
standard limit. If the measurement is out of
specification, replace the crankshaft,
connecting rod, or both.
(3)
(1)
(2) (4)
(5 )
0002016
Figure 6-99
0000219
CAUTION
Keep the piston pin parts, piston
assemblies, and connecting rod
assemblies together to be returned to
the same position during the
reassembly process. Label the parts
using an appropriate method.
0000088en
IMPORTANT
Engines with high operating hours may
have a ridge near the top of the cylinders
that will catch the piston rings and make it
impossible to remove the pistons. Use a
suitable ridge reamer to remove ridges and
carbon prior to removing the pistons.
Note: Pistons can fall from cylinder block if the
engine is inverted. Rotate the engine so
the connecting rods are horizontal before
removing the connecting rod caps.
Figure 6-103
8. Remove the circlips (Figure 6-103, (5)) from
(1) the wrist pin.
9. Remove the wrist pin (Figure 6-103, (6)) and
connecting rod (Figure 6-103, (8)) from the
piston (Figure 6-103, (9)).
0001899
10. Repeat the steps until all pistons are removed
Figure 6-102 and dissembled.
(2)
(3)
(1)
(1)
(2)
(3) 0001962
Figure 6-106
0001707A
Figure 6-104
3. Before removing the main bearing caps,
measure the crankshaft end play. Use either of
the following two methods.
• Method A: Install a dial gauge
(Figure 6-105, (1)) on the cylinder block. Move
the crankshaft (Figure 6-105, (2)) in and out to
measure the end play. Record the
measurement.
(1)
(2)
0001961
Figure 6-105
Figure 6-108
IMPORTANT
Do not rotate the crankshaft when using
PLASTIGAGE. A false reading may result.
(c) Reinstall bearing caps and tighten to
specification. See Special Torque Chart on
page 6-25.
(d) Remove bearing caps.
(e) Compare the width of the flattened
(2) PLASTIGAGE to the graduation marks on
the package (Figure 6-109, (1)). The mark
that most closely matches the width of the
flattened PLASTIGAGE will indicate the
bearing oil clearance.
(1)
(1)
(3)
0001752A
8. If necessary, remove the crankshaft gear 2. Apply a continuous bead of ThreeBond Liquid
(Figure 6-110, (1)), parallel pin Gasket No. 1212, Yanmar Part No. 977770-
(Figure 6-110, (2)) and key (Figure 6-110, (3)). 01212 to the outside diameter of a new oil seal
If using a gear puller, be careful not to damage (Figure 6-111, (2)), and install in the gear case
the threads in the end of the crankshaft. cover. Apply lithium grease to the lip of the seal.
(2)
(3)
(1)
0001731A
(1)
Figure 6-110
A WARNING 0001735A
Figure 6-111
3. Remove the rear oil seal (Figure 6-112, (3))
from the seal housing (Figure 6-112, (2)).
4. Apply a continuous bead of ThreeBond Liquid
FUME / BURN HAZARD! Gasket No. 1212, Yanmar Part No. 977770-
• Always read and follow safety related 01212 to the outside diameter of a new oil seal
precautions found on containers of (Figure 6-112, (2)), and install in the housing.
hazardous substances like parts Apply lithium grease to the lip of the seal.
cleaners, primers, sealants and
sealant removers.
• Failure to comply could result in death
(2)
or serious injury.
0000014en (3)
Figure 6-112
a 20 mm
(0.75 in.)
d
e
b
(1)
c
20 mm
(0.75 in.) 0000230B
0000235
Inspection of Pistons, Piston Rings and 5. Subtract the piston measurement from the
greatest measurement acquired during cylinder
Wrist Pin
inspection (see Inspection of Cylinder Block on
Notes: page 6-83) to obtain piston-to-cylinder
• On an engine with low hours, the pistons, clearance. Record the measurements. See
piston rings may be reused if they are found to Piston on page 6-16 for specifications.
be within specifications. The pistons and piston 6. Measure the diameter of the wrist pin bore on
rings must be reinstalled in the same cylinders both sides of the piston (Figure 6-115). See
from which they were originally removed. Piston on page 6-16 for specifications. Record
the measurements.
0000237
0001892
Figure 6-115
7. Measure the outside diameter of the wrist pin in Figure 6-117
three places and at 90° (Figure 6-116). See
Piston on page 6-16 for specifications. Record
the measurements.
0001889
Figure 6-116
8. Using a micrometer, measure the thickness of
each piston ring. See Piston on page 6-16 for
specifications. Record the measurements.
Notes:
• On an engine with low hours, the pistons,
piston rings and cylinders may be reused if they
are found to be within specifications.
• On an engine with high hours, the pistons rings
should be replaced and the cylinder honed
(see Honing and Boring on page 6-88) or
replaced. The piston should be replaced as
necessary.
9. Place each compression piston ring in the
groove as shown (Figure 6-117). Use a feeler
gauge to measure the clearance between the
piston ring and the piston ring land. Record the
measurements. See Piston Ring on page 6-18
for specifications. Replace the piston if not
within specification.
Figure 6-119
2. Place the connecting rod bearing inserts into
the connecting rod and connecting rod cap.
Install the rod cap and tighten the bolts to the
(1) specified torque.
(2) 3. Measure the inside diameter. See Crankshaft
on page 6-14 for specifications.
Inspection of Tappets
(3) 1. Inspect the tappet contact surfaces for
0001964 abnormal wear (Figure 6-120, (1)). Normal
Figure 6-118 wear will be even as shown in
(Figure 6-120, (2)). Slight surface defects can
Note: Always check the piston ring end gap
be corrected using an oilstone.
when installing new piston rings. See
Piston Ring on page 6-18 for
specifications. Use a piston ring end gap
filing tool to adjust the piston ring end
gap on new piston rings.
11. Repeat the above steps for each cylinder and
piston assembly.
2. Measure the outside diameter of the tappet 4. Use the color check method or Magnaflux® to
stem (Figure 6-121, (1)). See Tappet on inspect the crankshaft for cracks. Replace the
page 6-23 for the service limit. crankshaft if evidence of fractures are found.
5. Measure the outside diameter of each crankpin
(Figure 6-123, (2)) and main bearing journal
(Figure 6-123, (1)). See Crankshaft on
page 6-14 for specifications. Take
measurements at several places around each
bearing surface. If not within specification, grind
the journals and install undersize bearings, or
replace the crankshaft.
(1)
0001726A
Figure 6-121
3. Measure the tappet bores in the cylinder block.
See Tappet on page 6-23 for the service limit.
Inspection of Crankshaft
1. Place the crankshaft end journals
(Figure 6-122, (4)) on V-blocks.
2. Place a dial indicator (Figure 6-122, (3)) on a
center main bearing surface.
(2) R
(1)
R
(1)
(3) (2) 0001733A
Figure 6-123
Figure 6-122
3. Rotate the crankshaft and observe runout. See
Crankshaft on page 6-14 for specifications.
0001713A
Figure 6-126
0001711
Inspection of Camshaft Bushing and Bores
Figure 6-124 1. Measure the I.D. of the front bushing and the
remaining bores in the cylinder block. See
2. Rotate the camshaft and observe the runout. Camshaft on page 6-11 for specifications.
See Camshaft on page 6-11 for specifications.
2. If the camshaft bushing is not within
3. Measure the height of each lobe specification, replace it using the appropriate
(Figure 6-125, (1)). See Camshaft on service tool. If the remaining bores are not
page 6-11 for specifications. within specification, the cylinder block will
require replacement as there are no bearing
inserts used.
(1)
Inspection of Idler Gear and Shaft
1. Measure the outside diameter
(Figure 6-127, (1)) of the idler gear shaft
(Figure 6-127, (2)). See Idler Gear Shaft and
Bushing on page 6-13 for specifications.
0001712A
2. Measure the inside diameter
Figure 6-125 (Figure 6-127, (3)) of the idler gear bushing
(Figure 6-127, (4)). See Idler Gear Shaft and
4. Measure the diameter of the gear end
Bushing on page 6-13 for specifications.
(Figure 6-126, (1)), intermediate
(Figure 6-126, (2)), and flywheel end
(Figure 6-126, (3)) bearing journals. See (4)
Camshaft on page 6-11 for specifications.
(1) (3)
(2)
0001714A
Figure 6-127
Notes:
(2)
• Proceed slowly. Make no forced assemblies
unless a pressing operation is called for. All (1)
parts must be perfectly clean and lightly
lubricated when assembled.
0001960
• Use new gaskets, seals and O-rings during
assembly. Figure 6-130
• Liberally apply clean engine oil to all internal 3. Reinstall one circlip (Figure 6-130, (5)) into the
parts during assembly. piston. Ensure the circlip is securely seated in
• All fasteners should be tightened to a given the groove.
torque. If a special torque is not provided in the
Special Torque Chart on page 6-25, tighten to IMPORTANT
standard torque specifications. See Tightening The piston and connecting rod must be
Torques for Standard Bolts and Nuts on assembled together in the correct
page 4-46. orientation. The orientation of the piston
and connecting rod are different depending
Reassembly of Pistons on engine model.
1. Select the parts needed to reassemble the
Piston to Connecting Rod Orientation - By Model
piston and connecting rod for one cylinder.
All TNV models - 82,
2. If removed, install a new wrist pin bushing Only TNV models - 106(T)
84(T), 88, 94, and 98(T)
(Figure 6-130, (7)) using a press and the Orient the piston Orient the piston
appropriate service tool. Be sure to align the oil identification mark identification mark
holes. stamped on top of the stamped on top of the
piston on the same side as piston on the opposite
the rod and cap match side as the rod and cap
marks stamped on the match marks stamped on
connecting rod. the connecting rod.
Note: The actual appearance of the match Piston Assembly - All TNV models - 82, 84(T),
marks on the piston and connecting rod 88, 94, and 98(T)
may vary, but they will always be in the When correctly assembled, the piston
same locations. identification mark (Figure 6-132, (2)) stamped
into the top of the piston will be on the same side
of the connecting rod as the match marks
(1) (Figure 6-132, (4)) stamped into the connecting
rod and connecting rod cap.
When installed in the cylinder, the piston
ML↓844V
E106 R
(6) (1)
0002090
(2)
(3)
(5)
80 80 (3)
0002089 (4)
1 – Piston Identification Mark
2 – Embossed Mark on Connecting Rod
0001967
3 – Rod and Cap Match Marks
1 – Fuel Injection Pump Side of Engine
Figure 6-131 2 – Piston Identification Mark
3 – Embossed Mark on Connecting Rod
4 – Rod and Cap Match Marks
5 – Flywheel End of Engine
6 – Camshaft Side of Engine
Figure 6-132
(6) (1)
0001960
Figure 6-134
(2)
(5) Note: If installing new piston rings the end gap
must be checked and adjusted as
necessary. See Inspection of Pistons,
(3) Piston Rings and Wrist Pin on page 6-83
for specifications. Use a piston ring end
gap filing tool to adjust the piston ring
(4)
end gap on new piston rings.
0001967A
Note: Reinstall the top and second piston rings
with the stamped “makers mark”
1 – Fuel Injection Pump Side of Engine (Figure 6-135, (1)) facing the top of the
2 – Piston Identification Mark piston. The “makers mark” may vary in
3 – Embossed Mark on Connecting Rod
appearance but will always be located on
4 – Rod and Cap Match Marks
5 – Flywheel End of Engine
the top surface of the piston ring
6 – Camshaft Side of Engine adjacent to the piston ring gap. The oil
ring and oil ring expander can be
Figure 6-133 installed either side up.
1. Lubricate and reinstall the wrist pin
(1)
(Figure 6-134, (3)) through the piston and
connecting rod.
2. Reinstall the second circlip (Figure 6-134, (4))
and ensure it is securely seated in the groove.
0000225A
Figure 6-135
IMPORTANT (1)
Always use a piston ring installation tool
(expander) when installing piston rings.
Never attempt to install piston rings by
hand. (2)
3. Reinstall the oil ring expander
(3)
(Figure 6-136, (4)). Reinstall the oil ring
(Figure 6-136, (3)) with the end gap at 180°
from the expander end gap.
4. Reinstall the second compression ring
(Figure 6-136, (2)). This ring is identified by its
dark color and tapered face profile.
5. Reinstall the top compression ring
(Figure 6-136, (1)). This ring is identified by its
silver color and barrel-shaped face profile.
0001968
(1)
(3)
0001752A
(2)
Figure 6-138
(3)
6. Rotate the crankshaft to assure it turns freely.
7. Apply ThreeBond Liquid Gasket No. 1212,
Yanmar Part No. 977770-01212 to the mounting
flange of the seal housing (Figure 6-139, (2)). 1 – Top Compression Ring End Gap
2 – Second Compression Ring End Gap
8. Align the seal housing with the two dowel pins.
3 – Oil Ring End Gap
9. Reinstall seal housing and seal assembly.
Figure 6-140
10. Reinstall the flywheel (Figure 6-139, (1)) and
tighten the bolts to the specified torque. See 3. Using a piston ring compressor, compress the
Special Torque Chart on page 6-25 for piston rings.
specifications.
IMPORTANT
The piston and connecting rod must be
installed in the correct orientation. The
(2) orientation of the piston to the cylinder is
different depending on engine model.
(3)
Piston Orientation to Cylinder - By Model
(1)
All TNV models - 82,
Only TNV models - 106(T)
84(T), 88, 94, and 98(T)
Figure 6-139
Orient the piston Orient the piston Piston Installation - Only TNV models 106(T)
identification mark identification mark When correctly assembled, the identification
stamped on top of the stamped on top of the mark (Figure 6-142, (2)) stamped into the top of
piston on the fuel injection piston on the camshaft
pump side of the engine side of the engine
the piston will be on the opposite side of the
connecting rod as the match marks
Piston Installation - All TNV models - 82, 84(T), (Figure 6-142, (4)) stamped into the connecting
88, 94, and 98(T) rod and connecting rod cap.
When correctly assembled, the piston When installed in the cylinder, the piston
identification mark (Figure 6-141, (2)) stamped identification mark (Figure 6-142, (2)) stamped
into the top of the piston will be on the same side on the top of the piston must face the camshaft
of the connecting rod as the match marks side (Figure 6-142, (6)) of the engine and the
(Figure 6-141, (4)) stamped into the connecting embossed mark on the connecting rod
rod and connecting rod cap. (Figure 6-142, (3)) must face the flywheel end
When installed in the cylinder, the piston (Figure 6-142, (5)) of the engine.
identification mark (Figure 6-141, (2)) stamped
(6) (1)
on the top of the piston must face the fuel
injection pump side (Figure 6-141, (1)) of the
engine and the embossed mark on the
connecting rod (Figure 6-141, (3)) must face the (2)
(5)
flywheel end (Figure 6-141, (5)) of the engine.
(6) (1)
(3)
(4)
(2)
(5)
1 – Fuel Injection Pump Side of Engine
2 – Piston Identification Mark
(3) 3 – Embossed Mark on Connecting Rod
4 – Rod and Cap Match Marks
(4) 5 – Flywheel End of Engine
6 – Camshaft Side of Engine
Figure 6-142
1 – Fuel Injection Pump Side of Engine
2 – Piston Identification Mark
3 – Embossed Mark on Connecting Rod
4 – Rod and Cap Match Marks
5 – Flywheel End of Engine
6 – Camshaft Side of Engine
Figure 6-141
(1)
(2) (1)
(3)
(4)
0001965
Figure 6-143
7. Reinstall the remaining pistons in their (2)
respective cylinders. 0001737B
Figure 6-144
4. TNV84 - TNV88: Reinstall the dowels Note: The tappets are “mushroom” shaped and
(Figure 6-145, (5)) and a new O-ring must be installed from inside the engine
(Figure 6-145, (2)). crankcase.
3. Lubricate the tappets with clean oil or assembly
lube. Reinstall the tappets in their respective
(3) locations in the cylinder block. Push the tappets
fully into the tappet bores so they will not
(1) interfere with the installation of the camshaft.
4. Lubricate the camshaft (Figure 6-146, (2)) with
clean engine oil or assembly lube. Slowly insert
the camshaft through the front of the engine.
5. Reinstall and tighten the cap screws
(2) (Figure 6-146, (3)).
(4)
(5 )
Installation of Camshaft
Note: The gear housing or front plate must be 0001966
reinstalled prior to installing the
camshaft. See Installation of Gear Case Figure 6-146
or Front Plate on page 6-95. 6. If removed, reinstall the fuel injection pump.
1. If removed, reinstall the camshaft end plate Adjust the fuel injection timing the engine after
(Figure 6-146, (1)), key, and timing gear installation. See Adjusting Fuel Injection Timing
(Figure 6-146, (4)) onto the camshaft using a on page 7-34.
press.
Note: Heat the gear to 356 - 392°F
(180 - 200°C) and press onto the end of
the camshaft.
2. Rotate the cylinder block so that gravity will
keep the tappets (Figure 6-146, (5)) in place
and out of the way of the camshaft lobes when
the camshaft is being reinstalled.
Note: If the engine is not installed on an engine
repair fixture, stand the engine upright on
the flywheel end mounting flange.
(2)
(3)
(1)
(1)
0001641A
Figure 6-149
0001728A 3. Reinstall the crankshaft pulley.
Figure 6-148
4. Align the timing gears as shown in
(Figure 6-147).
(1)
(2)
(2)
(1)
0001696A
Figure 6-151
(3)
2. Apply a continuous bead of ThreeBond Liquid
Gasket No. 1212, Yanmar Part No.
977770-01212 to the mounting surface of the oil
0002133
pan (Figure 6-152, (1)). Be sure to circle each
bolt hole.
Figure 6-150
3. Reinstall the oil pan and tighten the bolts
4. Reinstall the washer and bolt. Tighten the bolt securely.
to the specified torque. See Special Torque
Chart on page 6-25 for specifications.
(1)
0001695A
Figure 6-152
EGR SYSTEM
EGR system
Applicable engines : 4TNV98-E, 4TNV98-Z
Figure 6-153
(11) (12)
(13)
(1) (8)
(6)
(7)
Figure 6-154
EGR system
A WARNING
A DANGER
BURN HAZARD!
• Keep your hands and other body parts
SCALD HAZARD! away from hot engine surfaces such
• NEVER remove the radiator cap if the as the muffler, exhaust pipe,
engine is hot. Steam and hot engine turbocharger (if equipped) and engine
coolant will spurt out and seriously block during operation and shortly
burn you. Allow the engine to cool after you shut the engine down. These
down before you attempt to remove surfaces are extremely hot while the
the radiator cap. engine is operating and could
seriously burn you.
• Tighten the radiator cap securely after
you check the radiator. Steam can • Failure to comply could result in death
spurt out during engine operation if or serious injury.
the cap is loose. 0000015en
ENTANGLEMENT HAZARD!
• Stop the engine before you begin to
service it.
• NEVER leave the key in the key switch
when you are servicing the engine.
Someone may accidentally start the
engine and not realize you are
servicing it. This could result in a
serious injury.
• If you must service the engine while it
is operating, remove all jewelry, tie
back long hair, and keep your hands,
other body parts and clothing away
from moving / rotating parts.
• Failure to comply could result in death
or serious injury.
0000010en
A WARNING A CAUTION
A CAUTION
CAUTION
When it is necessary to replace an EGR
valve, be sure to replace the entire EGR
valve assembly. Neither attempt to
disassemble and repair the EGR valve,
nor replace its individual components.
FLYING OBJECT HAZARD!
• ALWAYS wear eye protection when CAUTION
servicing the engine and when using
compressed air or high-pressure The EGR system uses steel gaskets at
water. Dust, flying debris, compressed the joints between its
air, pressurized water or steam may components/parts. These steel gaskets
injure your eyes. are specific to the respective joints.
When you remove the system's
• Failure to comply may result in minor components/parts and reinstall them,
or moderate injury. replace the steel gaskets between them
0000003en with new correct ones.
(1)
(2) (3)
(1)
1 – Elbow
1 – EGR pipe 2 – EGR cooler
3 – EGR pipe
Figure 6-155
Figure 6-156
3. Remove the EGR valve.
Figure 6-157
Standard value
Terminal Resistance (Ω)
1-2
2-3 15 ± 2
4-5 at 20 °C
5-6
Cleaning the EGR valves To remove deposited carbon, use compressed air
(0.19MPa(2kg/cm2) or lower). If the valves are
A WARNING heavily fouled, use carbon cleaner, kerosene, or
some other liquid capable of removing carbon as
well as a soft brush to clean the valves, taking care
not to damage their parts.
When cleaning the valves, take extreme care to
prevent water, solvent, cleaner, and other liquid
FUME / BURN HAZARD! from entering into the motor and coupler terminals;
• Always read and follow safety related otherwise, failure may result.
precautions found on containers of
hazardous substances like parts CAUTION
cleaners, primers, sealants and
NEVER use high-pressure water or
sealant removers.
compressed air at greater than 28 psi
• Failure to comply could result in death (193 kPa; 19 686 mmAq) or a wire brush
or serious injury. to clean the radiator fins. Radiator fins
0000014en damage easily.
0000016en
FLYING OBJECT HAZARD! To remove carbon deposited inside the lead valves,
disassemble and clean them.
• ALWAYS wear eye protection when
servicing the engine and when using
compressed air or high-pressure
water. Dust, flying debris, compressed
air, pressurized water or steam may
(1)
injure your eyes.
(2)
• Failure to comply may result in minor
or moderate injury. (3) (4)
0000003en
1 – Case
The EGR valves must be periodically cleaned every 2 – Stopper
1500 hours because, as exhaust gas circulates 3 – Valve
through them for a prolonged time, carbon is 4 – Machine screw
deposited on their inner surfaces, possibly
Figure 6-158
deteriorating the EGR ratio.
• ALWAYS be environmentally The EGR system uses steel gaskets at the joints
responsible. between its components/parts. When you remove
the system's components/parts and reinstall them,
• Follow the guidelines of the EPA or replace the steel gaskets between them with new
other governmental agencies for the correct ones.
proper disposal of hazardous
materials such as engine oil, diesel
fuel and engine coolant. Consult the
local authorities or reclamation facility.
• NEVER dispose of hazardous
materials irresponsibly by dumping
them into a sewer, on the ground, or
into ground water or waterways.
• Failure to follow these procedures may
seriously harm the environment.
0000013en
FUEL SYSTEM
Page
Before You Begin Servicing ............................................................ 7-3
Introduction...................................................................................... 7-8
Fuel Injection Pump................................................................... 7-8
Stop Solenoid ............................................................................ 7-9
Cold Start Device....................................................................... 7-9
Trochoid Fuel Pump ................................................................ 7-10
Electronically controlled governor............................................ 7-10
Fuel System Specifications ........................................................... 7-11
Special Torque Chart............................................................... 7-11
Test and Adjustment Specifications ........................................ 7-12
Special Service Tools.................................................................... 7-13
Measuring Instruments.................................................................. 7-13
Fuel System Diagram.................................................................... 7-14
Fuel System Components ............................................................. 7-15
2-Valve Cylinder Head............................................................. 7-15
4-Valve Cylinder Head............................................................. 7-17
Fuel Injection Pump....................................................................... 7-19
Removal of Fuel Injection Pump.............................................. 7-19
Installation of Fuel Injection Pump........................................... 7-24
Checking and Adjusting Fuel Injection Timing .............................. 7-30
Determining the Fuel Injection Timing Specification................ 7-30
Checking Fuel Injection Timing ............................................... 7-31
Adjusting Fuel Injection Timing................................................ 7-34
A WARNING A WARNING
• Never use the E-ECU for other
SUDDEN MOVEMENT HAZARD! purposes than intended or in other
• Engaging the transmission or PTO at ways than specified by Yanmar. Doing
an elevated engine speed could result so could result in the violation of
in unexpected movement of the emission control regulations and will
equipment. void the product warranty.
• Failure to comply could result in death • Improper use or misuse of the E-ECU
or serious injury. may result in death or serious injury
0000006en due to an abrupt and unexpected
increase in engine speed.
9999999en
A WARNING A WARNING
• Be sure to use the E-ECU in • Replacing the E-ECU involves
conjunction with the engines whose migrating the fuel injection data to the
models or serial numbers are existing E-ECU to the new unit.
specified by Yanmar. Be sure to contact your local Yanmar
Other E-ECU/engine combinations dealer before replacing the E-ECU.
than specified will void the engine Failure to migrate the fuel injection
warranty. data before replacing the E-ECU will
• Improper use or misuse of the E-ECU void the engine warranty.
may result in death or serious injury • Improper use or misuse of the E-ECU
due to an abrupt and unexpected may result in death or serious injury
increase in engine speed. due to an abrupt and unexpected
9999998en increase in engine speed.
9999996en
A WARNING
• Replacing the fuel injection pump
involves rewriting the fuel injection
data in the E-ECU.
Be sure to contact your local Yanmar
dealer before replacing the fuel
injection pump.
Failure to rewrite the fuel injection
data before replacing the fuel injection
pump will void the engine warranty.
• Improper use or misuse of the E-ECU
may result in death or serious injury
due to an abrupt and unexpected
increase in engine speed.
9999997en
A CAUTION CAUTION
• NEVER remove or attempt to remove
the tamper-proof devices from the
full-load fuel adjusting screw or the
high-speed throttle limit screw on the
fuel injection pump and governor
assembly. These adjustments have
FLYING OBJECT HAZARD! been made at the factory to meet all
applicable emissions regulations and
• ALWAYS wear eye protection when then sealed.
servicing the engine and when using
compressed air or high-pressure • NEVER attempt to make any
water. Dust, flying debris, compressed adjustments to these sealed
air, pressurized water or steam may adjustment screws. If adjustments are
injure your eyes. required, they can be made only by a
qualified fuel injection shop that will
• Failure to comply may result in minor ensure the injection pump continues
or moderate injury. to meet all applicable emissions
0000003en regulations and then replace the
tamper-proof seals.
A CAUTION • Tampering with or removing these
devices may void the “Yanmar Limited
Warranty.”
0000146en
CAUTION
PINCH HAZARD! Never use a steel wire brush to clean
Carefully rotate the alternator toward the fuel injectors. Damage to the nozzle and
cylinder block while loosening the other components is likely to result.
V-belt. Failure to comply may result in 0000172en
CAUTION CAUTION
Remove or install the high-pressure fuel Shut down the engine if the fault
injection lines as an assembly whenever indicator comes on.
possible. Disassembling the Continuing running the engine with the
high-pressure fuel injection lines from fault indicator being on may result in a
the retainers or bending any of the fuel serious malfunction of or damage to the
lines will make it difficult to reinstall the engine, and will void the engine
fuel lines. warranty.
0000047en
9999999en
CAUTION CAUTION
After marking the position of the pump Do not energize the starter for a period
drive gear, do not rotate the engine of longer than 15 seconds.
crankshaft. Rotating the crankshaft will
cause the fuel injection pump to become Take a pause of at least 30 seconds
misaligned. between energization of the starter.
0000048en Otherwise the starter could suffer
damage.
CAUTION 9999998en
CAUTION
Each pressure adjusting shim removed
or added changes the pressure
threshold by approximately 275 psi
(1.9 MPa, 19 kgf/cm2). Adding adjusting
shims increases the threshold pressure.
Removing adjusting shims reduces the
pressure threshold.
0000081en
CAUTION
• Do not plug or unplug the E-ECU for a
period of at least 6 seconds after
power to the unit has been turned on
or off.
• Do not touch connector pins of the E-
ECU with bare hands.
Doing so may result in corrosion of the
connector pins and/or damage to the
internal circuits of the E-ECU due to
static electricity.
• Do not force a measuring probe into
the female coupler.
Doing so may cause contact failure of
the connector pins, resulting in
malfunction of the E-ECU.
• Take care to prevent water from
entering the couplers when plugging
or unplugging the connector.
Water inside the couplers may cause
corrosion, resulting in malfunction of
the E-ECU.
• Avoid plugging/unplugging the
connector more than approx. 10 times.
Frequent plugging/unplugging of the
connector may cause contact failure of
the connector pins, resulting in
malfunction of the E-ECU.
• Do not use the E-ECU that has ever
suffered drop impact.
9999996en
CAUTION
Always check the battery for proper
charge.
Otherwise the electronically controlled
engines may fail to start.
9999995en
INTRODUCTION
This section of the Service Manual describes the
procedures necessary to remove, install, and time
the MP fuel injection pump and its associated
system components. This fuel injection pump is
representative of the fuel injection pumps used on
other TNV DI model engines. The descriptions
given in this section basically apply also to fuel
injection pumps used for electronically controlled
engines unless otherwise described herein.
(6)
(5)
Figure 7-2
• When the engine is started with the cooling water
sensor detecting a low water temperature of 10Åé
or lower and the E-ECU receives the
corresponding signal, then the E-ECU causes the
CSD's solenoid valve to increase the injection
rate and advance the injection timing.
• Because of this, the engine speed increases by
approximately 75 min-1 while the CSD is
operating. When the water temperature becomes
10°C or higher, the CSD is turned off and the
engine returns to the normal speed.
Note: Fuel injection pressure of a new fuel injector is reduced approximately 72.5 psi (0.5 MPa; 5.0
kgf/cm2) after about 5 hours of operation due to the initial break in of the engine. When adjusting a
new fuel injector or after it has been disassembled for service, adjust the fuel injector 72.5 psi (0.5
MPa; 5.0 kgf/cm2) higher than the above standard.
Note: All fuel injectors have a three character identification mark (Figure 7-3, (1)). The first character
starts with “V” or “W”.
(1)
0004105
Figure 7-3
** Fuel injector identification is critical as each engine has a unique fuel injection pressure. The fuel
nozzle is specifically matched to the fuel injector by engine model and / or engine speed.
0000840
MEASURING INSTRUMENTS
No. Instrument Name Application Illustration
OFF
E-
ON AG
-G
pressure
Mituotoyo 2050SB -
Dial Indicator* Check and adjust fuel injection timing
Locally Available
2
0000831
Mituotoyo 303613 -
Extension Rod*
Locally Available
(M14) TNV82-88 -
Yanmar Part No.
158090-51831
Fuel Injection Pump
3 Mount dial indicator to fuel injection pump
Plunger Adapter* (M16) TNV94-106 -
Yanmar Part No.
158090-51841
0002690
0002691
* These special service tools may also be available as an “MP Fuel Injection Pump Special Tool Set”, under a
different part number, in territories serviced by Yanmar America and Yanmar Europe. Contact your authorized
Yanmar dealer or distributor for details.
(21)
(4)
(18)
(17)
(19)
(16)
(3) (22)
(15)
(2)
(17)
(13) (14)
(11)
(1) (12)
(10)
(6)
(9)
(8)
(7)
0000034B
(1)
(2)
(3)
(15 )
(14 )
(4)
(13)
(18)
(12) (10)
(17)
(9)
(8)
(11) (5)
(7)
(19) (6)
0002128
Figure 7-5
1 – High-Pressure Fuel Injection Lines 9 – Coolant Lines for Cold Start Device
2 – Fuel Return Line 10 – Fuel Injection Pump Insulator
3 – Fuel Injector 11 – Fuel Injection Pump
4 – Front Plate or Timing Gear Case 12 – Rear Fuel Injection Pump Support
5 – Gear Case Cover 13 – Fuel Filter / Water Separator
6 – Fuel Injection Pump Drive Gear Nut 14 – Electric Fuel Supply Pump
7 – Lock Washer 15 – Fuel Filter
8 – Fuel Injection Pump Drive Gear Assembly 16 – Fuel Filter Housing
(DO NOT remove or loosen the four bolts 17 – Stop Solenoid
that fasten the injection pump drive gear to 18 – Cold Start Device (CSD)
the injection pump drive gear hub!) 19 – Trochoid Fuel Pump
(3)
(5)
(4)
(17)
(16)
(6)
(15)
(12)
(20)
(14)
(19)
(11)
(10) (7)
(13)
(21) (9)
(8)
0002017
Figure 7-6
1 – High-Pressure Fuel Injection Lines 11 – Coolant Lines for Cold Start Device *
2 – Fuel Return Line 12 – Fuel Injection Pump Insulator
3 – Return Line-to-Cylinder Head Bolt 13 – Diesel Fuel Injection Pump
4 – Fuel Injector 14 – Rear Fuel Injection Pump Support
5 – Injection Line Grommet 15 – Fuel Filter / Water Separator
6 – Front Plate or Timing Gear Case 16 – Electric Fuel Supply Pump
7 – Gear Case Cover 17 – Fuel Filter
8 – Fuel Injection Pump Drive Gear Nut 18 – Fuel Filter Housing
9 – Lock Washer 19 – Stop Solenoid *
10 – Fuel Injection Pump Drive Gear Assembly 20 – Cold Start Device (CSD) **
(DO NOT remove or loosen the four bolts 21 – Trochoid Fuel Pump
that fasten the injection pump drive gear to
the injection pump drive gear hub!)
*: Not used for electronically controlled engines.
**: Electronically controlled engines are equipped with a solenoid valve. As shown in the following
figure, electronically controlled engines use an electronically controlled governor combined with a
solenoid valve (CSD), rack actuator, engine speed sensor, and other parts.
(2) (1)
(4)
(3)
(6)
(5)
Figure 7-7
0002094
Figure 7-9
(2) (1)
(4) (1)
(3)
(2)
(6) 0000153A
Figure 7-11
(5)
14. Disconnect the lube oil line (Figure 7-12, (1))
Figure 7-10 and the clamp (Figure 7-12, (2)) from the
11. Remove the throttle cable from the fuel injection pump.
pump. IMPORTANT
12. Separate the stop solenoid wiring connector Take care to not damage or bend the oil
(Figure 7-11, (2)). line. In some applications, it may be
For electronically controlled engines 4TNV84T- preferable to remove the complete oil line
Z, 4TNV98-Z, 4TNV98-E, and 4TNV98T-Z, assembly from the engine before
remove the solenoid valve connector proceeding.
(Figure 7-10, (2)), rack actuator connector
(Figure 7-10, (4)), and engine speed sensor Note: On models 3TNV82-4TNV88, the fuel
connector (Figure 7-10, (6)). injection pump drive gear cover is
retained to the gear case cover by 4
13. Remove the rear fuel injection pump bracket(s) bolts. On models 4TNV94-4TNV106, the
(Figure 7-11, (1)) from the fuel injection pump. cover is larger and retained by 7 bolts.
Note: Configuration of the fuel injection pump
rear brackets may vary depending upon
engine model.
CAUTION
(2) 0000593B
After marking the position of the pump
Figure 7-12 drive gear, do not rotate the engine
crankshaft. Rotating the crankshaft will
15. Remove the fuel injection pump drive gear cause the fuel injection pump to become
cover (Figure 7-13, (1)) from the gear case misaligned.
cover (Figure 7-13, (2)).
0000048en
Note: The fuel injection pump drive gear cover
is secured with an adhesive sealant. Use • On TNV82-88 model engines, the idler gear is
a gasket scraper to separate the fuel not visible. Make a reference mark on the fuel
injection pump cover from the gear case injection pump drive gear (Figure 7-14, (1))
cover. and a matching mark on the bore of the gear
case opening (Figure 7-14, (2)).
(2)
(2)
(1)
0002039 (1)
0000575
0000575A
(3)
(1)
(1) (2)
0000162A
Figure 7-16
Figure 7-15 19. Hold the gear train using a large socket wrench
on the crankshaft pulley nut. Loosen the fuel
CAUTION injection pump drive gear retaining nut
(Figure 7-16, (1)) and turn it out to the end of
Do not loosen or remove the four bolts
the fuel injection pump shaft.
retaining the fuel injection pump drive
gear to the fuel injection pump hub. Do 20. Remove the pump drive gear and hub as an
not disassemble the fuel injection pump assembly using an appropriate two-bolt gear
drive gear from the hub. Correct fuel puller (Figure 7-17).
injection timing will be very difficult or
impossible to achieve.
0000031en
0000574
Figure 7-17
(1)
(1)
0000263A
Figure 7-20
(2)
0000162B
23. If required, remove the intake manifold and fuel
pump insulator to access the fuel injection
Figure 7-18 pump mounting nuts.
22. Locate the mark stamped into the upper outside Note: The MP2 fuel injection pumps
mounting boss of the fuel injection pump. (TNV82 - 88 model engines) are
Highlight this mark and make a corresponding fastened to the gear case with three (3)
mark on the gear case or front plate studs and nuts. The MP4 fuel injection
(Figure 7-19, (1)). pumps (TNV94 - 106 model engines) are
fastened to the gear case with four (4)
studs and nuts.
24. Remove the fuel injection pump
(Figure 7-20, (1)). For purposes of future
injection timing purposes, record the fuel
injection pump timing index number located on
the boss on the engine side (back) of the of the
fuel injection pump (Figure 7-21, (1)).
(1)
0000593
0000593A
Figure 7-19
(1) CAUTION
• NEVER remove or attempt to remove
the tamper-proof devices from the
full-load fuel adjusting screw or the
high-speed throttle limit screw on the
fuel injection pump and governor
assembly. These adjustments have
been made at the factory to meet all
applicable emissions regulations and
then sealed.
• NEVER attempt to make any
adjustments to these sealed
0002047 adjustment screws. If adjustments are
Figure 7-21 required, they can be made only by a
qualified fuel injection shop that will
ensure the injection pump continues
CAUTION to meet all applicable emissions
Do not rotate the crankshaft with the regulations and then replace the
injection pump removed. tamper-proof seals.
0000083en
• Tampering with or removing these
25. If the fuel injection pump requires servicing, it devices may void the “Yanmar Limited
must be sent to an authorized Yanmar FIE Warranty.”
repair facility for repair and calibration, or 0000146en
A WARNING
• Replacing the fuel injection pump
involves rewriting the fuel injection
data in the E-ECU.
Be sure to contact your local Yanmar
dealer before replacing the fuel
injection pump.
Failure to rewrite the fuel injection
data before replacing the fuel injection
pump will void the engine warranty.
• Improper use or misuse of the E-ECU
may result in death or serious injury
due to an abrupt and unexpected
increase in engine speed.
9999997en
(1)
0002096
Figure 7-24
2. If installing the fuel injection pump on an engine
with the front gear case cover removed, the fuel
injection pump drive gear can be aligned with
the idler gear by aligning the stamped marks
Figure 7-22
(A, B, C) on the fuel injection pump drive gear,
1. Align the pump drive gear with the idler gear idler gear, and crankshaft drive gear. Ensure all
using the reference marks made earlier. three timing marks (Figure 7-25, (A, B, C)) are
TNV82 - 88 model engines (Figure 7-23, (1)). aligned.
TNV94 - 106 model engines (Figure 7-24, (1)).
(1)
(2)
B B
C C
A
(7) A
(3)
(6) (4)
(5) 0001709A
3. Install a new O-ring on the pump mounting If reinstalling the original fuel injection pump:
flange. Apply grease to the O-ring to hold it in
• Align the reference marks (Figure 7-27, (1))
place during installation of the injection pump.
previously made on both the fuel injection
Note: Ensure the tapered surface of the fuel pump mounting flange and gear case or front
injection pump shaft is clean and dry. plate.
4. Align the key on the fuel injection pump shaft
with the keyway in the fuel injection pump drive
gear hub. Reinstall the fuel injection pump into
the fuel injection pump drive gear and gear
housing. Reinstall the pump retaining nuts
finger tight.
5. Reinstall the fuel injection pump drive gear lock
washer (Figure 7-26, (2)) and nut
(Figure 7-26, (1)). Do not lubricate the threads
of the nut or shaft. Hold the crankshaft pulley
bolt with a socket wrench and tighten the drive
(1)
gear nut to the specified torque. See Special
Torque Chart on page 7-11.
0000593
0000593A
Figure 7-27
• Tighten the fuel injection pump retaining nuts
to specification. See Special Torque Chart on
page 7-11.
0002047
Figure 7-29
Adjusting the fuel injection timing to
compensate for the difference in pump timing
index numbers:
(2)
Calculation Example
Timing Index Number
(1) Original injection pump= 6.8
Replacement injection pump= 7.3
Difference= +0.5
The above calculated difference indicates that Tighten the fuel injection pump mounting nuts to
the replacement fuel injection pump is to be specification. See Special Torque Chart on
installed at +0.5° (advanced) from the “Standard page 7-11.
Mark” (Figure 7-30, (1)) on the timing sticker.
6. Reinstall the rear bracket(s) (Figure 7-32, (1))
to the fuel injection pump. Tighten the rear
support bolts.
Note: Configuration of the fuel injection pump
rear brackets may vary depending on the
(3) model.
(1)
+0.5°
(1)
+1.0°
(2)
0002124A
(2)
Figure 7-30
0000153A
In this case, rotate the top of the fuel injection
pump away from the cylinder block until the mark Figure 7-32
on the outside upper mounting boss 7. Reconnect the throttle linkage and the stop
(Figure 7-31, (1)) of the fuel injection pump solenoid connector (Figure 7-33, (2)).
aligns with the +0.5° mark on the timing sticker.
8. Reconnect the lube oil line (Figure 7-33, (1))
and clamp (Figure 7-33, (2)).
(1) 0002125A
Figure 7-31
(1)
(2)
(1)
(2) 0000593B
Figure 7-33
0000263A
9. Apply ThreeBond Liquid Gasket No. 1212,
Yanmar Part No. 977770-01212, or equivalent
Figure 7-34
sealant to the sealing surface of the pump
cover. Install the pump cover and tighten the 13. Reinstall the coolant pump V-pulley
cover bolts. (Figure 7-35, (4)), spacer (Figure 7-35, (3)) (if
10. Reconnect the fuel return lines, fuel supply line equipped) and engine coolant fan
and coolant lines to the fuel injection pump. (Figure 7-35, (2)).
11. Reinstall the fuel injection high-pressure lines.
Tighten the nuts to specification. See Special
Torque Chart on page 7-11.
(3) (2)
IMPORTANT
When reinstalling a new or repaired fuel
injection pump, it is important to add engine
oil to the fuel injection pump to provide
lubrication for initial start-up. Add 5-7 oz
(1)
(150-200 cc) of clean engine oil to the fuel
injection pump at the fill plug located in the
upper outside section of the governor
housing.
(4) 0000163A
Figure 7-35
14. Reinstall the cooling fan V-belt
(Figure 7-35, (1)). Adjust it as described in
Check and Adjust Cooling Fan V-Belt on
page 5-22.
15. Reinstall the cooling fan guard (if equipped).
16. Prime the fuel system. See Priming the Fuel 2. Using the FIR number for the engine being
System on page 4-15. serviced use the Fuel Injection Reference (FIR)
17. Operate the engine and check for fuel and Chart under “FIE Specs” on the Yanmar
coolant leaks. Distributor Website
(http://distributor.yanmar.co.jp).
The FIR number is determined by the complete
CHECKING AND ADJUSTING engine model number. The engine model
number is located on the engine nameplate
FUEL INJECTION TIMING (Figure 7-38).
(1)
0003852
Figure 7-38
EXAMPLE: The following example is for an engine
model 3TNV82A-DSA.
0000040B
• Find the engine model number in the FIR chart.
Figure 7-36 Locate and record the FIR number (The FIR
number for this engine is 4).
(1) • Insert the numbers you have recorded into the
following equation:
(Fuel Injection Pump Timing Index Number X 2)
+ FIR Number = FIT° (Fuel injection Timing in
Degrees)
0002047
Figure 7-37
0002068A
Figure 7-40
0002087
5. Install a dial indicator (Figure 7-41, (1)),
Figure 7-39 Mitutoyo No. 2050SB or equivalent, with a
30 mm extension, Yanmar part no.
IMPORTANT 158090-51870 or Mitutoyo No. 303613, into the
Clean the top of the fuel injection pump to adapter. Secure with the Yanmar part no.
prevent any contamination when the fuel 23000-013000 plunger adapter clamp
injection pump plunger plug is removed. (Figure 7-40, (1)) at approximately the mid-
3. Remove the forward fuel injection pump plunger point of its travel.
plug (Figure 7-39, (2)) on the top of the fuel
injection pump.
4. Install a dial indicator adapter and clamp into
the pump plunger opening.
(3)
(2)
(4)
(1)
14
(5)
0002069
Note: The following references to the direction- 1 – 10° BTDC (Before Top Dead Center)
of-rotation are facing the coolant pump 2 – 15° BTDC
end of the engine and are adjusted by 3 – 20° BTDC
turning the crankshaft pulley. 4 – Direction of Rotation
5 – TDC (Top Dead Center)
6. Using a wrench on the crankshaft pulley bolt,
rotate the crankshaft in a clockwise direction Figure 7-43
while looking through the flywheel inspection
port (Figure 7-42, (1)). Rotate the crankshaft Note: The TDC (Top Dead Center) mark can
until the injection timing marks on the flywheel be identified by the cylinder numbers
are visible. stamped near the TDC mark on the
flywheel.
If you are uncertain as to the timing degree
designation of the timing marks on the flywheel
timing grid, you can determine the timing degree
designation by measuring the timing grid.
• First measure the distance between two of the
“longer” marks on the timing grid. (They are 5°
apart.) Then measure the distance from the
TDC mark to the first “longer” mark on the
(1) 00020 timing grid. Divide that measurement by the
distance between the two “longer” marks. The
Figure 7-42 resulting answer will tell you how many
degrees there are between the TDC mark and
7. Typical flywheel markings are as shown in
the first “longer” mark.
(Figure 7-43, (1)).
Note: A typical flywheel will have multiple
timing grids depending on the number of
cylinders. Any grid can be used to check
the fuel injection timing.
Figure 7-45
(1)
(2) 10. Rotate the crankshaft counter-clockwise until
the dial indicator shows that the injection pump
plunger is at the bottom of its stroke. Rock the
1 4
13. If the injection timing is correct, remove the dial 3. Note the reading on the dial indicator
indicator and adapter. Replace the pump (Figure 7-47, (1)). If the reading is less than
plunger plug and its copper gasket and tighten 2.5 mm (0.098 in.), the fuel injection timing is
to specifications. Replace the flywheel “retarded.” If the dial indicator reading is greater
inspection port cover. Open the fuel supply than 2.5 mm (0.098 in.), the fuel injection timing
valve and remove the clamp from the fuel is “advanced.”
supply hose and the fuel return hose.
(1)
14. Prime the fuel system. Operate the engine and
check for leaks.
0000154A
Figure 7-48
(3)
(1)
(4)
(2) 0002092A
Figure 7-49
0000815
6. Remove the fuel injector.
Figure 7-50
Note: The fuel injectors can usually be
removed by manually pulling them out of • Tap the fuel injector out of the cylinder head
the fuel injector wells. If the fuel injectors using the slide hammer.
cannot be manually removed, use the 7. Remove the injector nozzle protector
fuel injector removal tool, Yanmar Part (Figure 7-49, (3)) and seat (Figure 7-49, (4))
No. 129470-92305, and a slide-hammer from the cylinder head.
puller (Figure 7-50).
8. Repeat the steps to remove the remaining fuel
• Attach a slide-hammer puller to the fuel injector injectors.
removal tool using a 3/8-16 puller rod.
4-Valve Cylinder Head
1. Close any fuel valves in the fuel supply line.
2. Remove the valve cover. See Removal of Valve
Cover on page 6-37.
3. Remove the injector return line
(Figure 7-51, (1)). Be careful not to bend the
line.
4. Remove the fuel injector mounting clamp bolts
(Figure 7-51, (2)). Lift the injector mounting
clamps (Figure 7-51, (3)) away from injector.
5. Remove the fuel injector (Figure 7-51, (4)) from
the cylinder head.
(2)
(1)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
Figure 7-51
Note: The fuel injectors can be removed by
manually pulling them out of the fuel
injector wells.
6. Remove the injector nozzle protector
(Figure 7-51, (5)) and seat (Figure 7-51, (6))
from the cylinder head. Discard both items.
7. Repeat steps to remove the remaining fuel
injectors.
1. Thoroughly clean the fuel injector nozzle using FLYING OBJECT HAZARD!
clean diesel fuel and a brass wire brush. • ALWAYS wear eye protection when
2. Visually inspect the fuel injectors and nozzle servicing the engine and when using
protectors for deposits or damage. Clean, repair compressed air or high-pressure
or replace as necessary. water. Dust, flying debris, compressed
Note: Test the fuel injector using an injection air, pressurized water or steam may
nozzle tester. Operate the tester injure your eyes.
following the information provided by the • Failure to comply may result in minor
tester manufacturer. Use clean, filtered or moderate injury.
fuel or FIE calibration fluid for the test. 0000003en
A WARNING ON AG
OFF
E-
OFF
P-
-G
(3)
(4)
0001336A
(5)
Figure 7-53
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
0001337A
Figure 7-54
1 – Fuel Return Passage
If the fuel injector fails any of these tests, it should 2 – Injector ID Location
be serviced or replaced as necessary. If the 3 – Injector Body
pressure is outside specified limits, adjust the 4 – Pressure Adjusting Shims
5 – Spring
pressure. See Adjusting Fuel Injector Pressure
6 – Spring Seat
on page 7-41. 7 – Valve Stop Spacer
8 – Nozzle Valve
9 – Nozzle Body
10 – Nozzle Case Nut
Figure 7-55
(2)
0001333A
Figure 7-56
7. Perform a nozzle valve slide test:
(a) Wash nozzle body and valve in clean diesel
fuel.
(b) While holding the nozzle body vertical, pull
the nozzle valve about 2/3 of the way out
(Figure 7-57).
(c) Release the valve. It should fall smoothly to
its seat by it’s own weight.
(1)
(3)
(1)
(4)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(2) 0002092A
Figure 7-59
7. Prime the fuel system. See Priming the Fuel Figure 7-60
System on page 4-15.
7. Prime the fuel system. See Priming the Fuel
8. Operate the engine and check for fuel and
System on page 4-15.
coolant leaks.
8. Operate the engine and check for fuel and
coolant leaks.
107.8
106.8
Figure 7-61
COOLING SYSTEM
Page
Before You Begin Servicing ............................................................ 8-3
Introduction...................................................................................... 8-6
Cooling System Diagram................................................................. 8-6
Engine Coolant Pump Components ................................................ 8-7
Engine Coolant System Check........................................................ 8-8
Engine Coolant Pump ..................................................................... 8-8
Removal of Engine Coolant Pump ............................................ 8-8
Disassembly of Engine Coolant Pump .................................... 8-10
Cleaning and Inspection .......................................................... 8-10
Reassembly of Engine Coolant Pump..................................... 8-11
Installation of Engine Coolant Pump ....................................... 8-12
ENTANGLEMENT HAZARD!
• Stop the engine before you begin to
service it.
A WARNING
A WARNING A CAUTION
BURN HAZARD!
• If you must drain the engine oil while it
PINCH HAZARD!
is still hot, stay clear of the hot engine Carefully rotate the alternator toward the
oil to avoid being burned. cylinder block while loosening the
V-belt. Failure to comply may result in
• ALWAYS wear eye protection. minor or moderate injury.
• Failure to comply could result in death 0000014en
or serious injury.
0000011en
CAUTION
• Only use the engine coolant specified.
A CAUTION Other engine coolants may affect
warranty coverage, cause an internal
buildup of rust and scale and / or
shorten engine life.
• Prevent dirt and debris from
contaminating the engine coolant.
Carefully clean the radiator cap and
FLYING OBJECT HAZARD! the surrounding area before you
• ALWAYS wear eye protection when remove the cap.
servicing the engine and when using • NEVER mix different types of engine
compressed air or high-pressure coolants. This may adversely affect the
water. Dust, flying debris, compressed properties of the engine coolant.
air, pressurized water or steam may 0000006en
injure your eyes.
• Failure to comply may result in minor CAUTION
or moderate injury.
If the engine coolant pump must be
0000003en
replaced, replace the engine coolant
pump as an assembly only. Do not
attempt to repair the engine coolant
pump or replace individual components.
0000041en
CAUTION
Use a new special O-ring between the
engine coolant pump and the joint. Be
sure to use the special O-ring for each
engine model. Although the O-ring
dimensions are the same as a
commercially available O-ring, the
material is different.
0000042en
INTRODUCTION
This section of the Service Manual describes the procedures necessary to service the 4TNV84 engine
coolant pump. This engine coolant pump is representative of the coolant pumps used on other TNV model
engines. For specific part detail, see the parts catalog for the engine you are working on.
(2)
(3)
(4)
(7)
FULL
LOW
(6)
(5)
0000573A
(1)
(2)
(3)
(5)
(4)
(8) (14)
(7)
(6)
(9)
(12)
(10)
(11)
(13)
0000031A-01
(1)
(1)
0000577A
Figure 8-3
FULL
LOW
(2) 0000074A
CAUTION
If the engine coolant pump must be
replaced, replace the engine coolant
pump as an assembly only. Do not
attempt to repair the engine coolant
pump or replace individual components.
0000041en
IMPORTANT
Make sure the engine and engine coolant (1) 0001579B
(4)
(1)
(3)
0000163B
0000027B
Figure 8-7
Figure 8-6
7. Disconnect the coolant hoses and the
5. Loosen the alternator mounting bolts. Loosen temperature switch lead wire from the engine
and remove the V-belt and rotate the alternator coolant pump.
away from the engine and out of the way.
8. Remove the engine coolant pump
A CAUTION (Figure 8-7, (4)). Discard the gasket.
PINCH HAZARD!
Carefully rotate the alternator toward the
cylinder block while loosening the
V-belt. Failure to comply may result in
minor or moderate injury.
0000014en
(1)
(4) (2)
(3) 0000577A
Figure 8-9
2. Place the temperature switch and an accurate
thermometer (Figure 8-9, (3)) in engine
coolant.
3. Slowly increase temperature of the fluid using
an external heat source.
4. The temperature switch is operating properly if
the continuity light or ohmmeter indicates
continuity when the fluid temperature reaches
225°F - 235°F (107°C - 113°C).
0000267A
Water temperature sensor
Figure 8-8 1. Inspect the water temperature sensor to make
2. Remove the thermostat (Figure 8-8, (2)). sure that it is properly operating. As shown in
Discard the O-ring. Remove the temperature the following figure, connect an electric resistor
switch (Figure 8-8, (3)) and gasket to the coupler of the water temperature sensor
(Figure 8-8, (4)). Discard the gasket. (Figure 8-10, (1)).
Figure 8-10
20 2.45 +0.14
-0.13 Figure 8-12
80 0.318 ± 0.008 2. Apply 10.8 - 14.8 psi (75 - 105 kPa; 0.75 - 1.05
100 (0.1836) kgf/cm²) to the radiator cap. The radiator cap
relief valve must open within the specified
Thermostat range.
1. Check for proper operation of the thermostat.
Place the thermostat (Figure 8-11, (1)) and an Reassembly of Engine Coolant Pump
accurate thermometer (Figure 8-11, (2)) in 1. Reinstall the thermostat (Figure 8-13, (1)) and
warm water. a new O-ring.
(2)
(2)
(5) (1)
(1)
(4)
(3)
0000577A
Figure 8-11
2. Slowly increase the temperature of the water
using an external heat source.
3. The thermostat is operating properly if it starts
to open at the temperature value stamped on
the flange of the thermostat, and fully opens as 0001623A
the temperature of the water is increased.
Figure 8-13
CAUTION (1)
0000163C
Use a new special O-ring between the
engine coolant pump and the joint. Be Figure 8-14
sure to use the special O-ring for each
engine model. Although the O-ring 5. Inspect the condition of the V-belt. There must
dimensions are the same as a be clearance (Figure 8-15, (1)) between the
commercially available O-ring, the V-belt and the bottom of the pulley groove. If
material is different. there is no clearance (Figure 8-15, (2))
between the V-belt and the bottom of the pulley
0000042en
groove, replace the V-belt.
2. Reinstall the engine coolant pump bolts.
Tighten the bolts.
3. Inspect and reinstall the coolant hoses and the
temperature switch lead wire.
4. Reinstall the engine coolant pump V-pulley (2)
(Figure 8-14, (1)), spacer (Figure 8-14, (2))
(1)
engine coolant fan (Figure 8-14, (3)) and
engine coolant fan guard (if equipped).
0000584
Figure 8-15
6. Reinstall the V-belt. Tighten the V-belt to the
proper tension. See Check and Adjust Cooling
Fan V-Belt on page 5-30.
7. Reinstall and tighten the drain plug or close the
drain cock in the radiator. Reinstall and tighten
the engine block drain plug or reconnect the
coolant hose at the oil cooler.
8. Fill the radiator and engine with engine coolant.
See Drain, Flush and Refill Cooling System
With New Coolant on page 5-36.
CAUTION
• Only use the engine coolant specified.
Other engine coolants may affect
warranty coverage, cause an internal
buildup of rust and scale and / or
shorten engine life.
• Prevent dirt and debris from
contaminating the engine coolant.
Carefully clean the radiator cap and
the surrounding area before you
remove the cap.
• NEVER mix different types of engine
coolants. This may adversely affect the
properties of the engine coolant.
0000006en
LUBRICATION
SYSTEM
Page
Before You Begin Servicing ............................................................ 9-3
Introduction...................................................................................... 9-5
Oil Pump Service Information.......................................................... 9-5
Lubrication System Diagram ........................................................... 9-8
Checking Engine Oil Pressure ........................................................ 9-9
Trochoid Oil Pump........................................................................... 9-9
3TNV82A to 4TNV88 Oil Pump Components............................ 9-9
Disassembly of Oil Pump ........................................................ 9-10
Cleaning and Inspection .......................................................... 9-11
Reassembly of Oil Pump ......................................................... 9-12
Trochoid Oil Pump......................................................................... 9-13
3TNV82A-B, 3TNV88-B, 3TNV88-U, 4TNV88-B4TNV88-U,
3TNV84T-Z, 4TNV84T-Z Oil Pump Components.................... 9-13
Disassembly of Oil Pump ........................................................ 9-14
Cleaning and inspection .......................................................... 9-14
Reassembly of Oil Pump ......................................................... 9-16
Trochoid Oil Pump......................................................................... 9-17
4TNV94L/98/106 Oil Pump Components ................................ 9-17
Disassembly of Oil Pump ........................................................ 9-17
Cleaning and Inspection .......................................................... 9-18
Reassembly of Oil Pump ......................................................... 9-19
BURN HAZARD!
• Keep your hands and other body parts
away from hot engine surfaces such
ENTANGLEMENT HAZARD! as the muffler, exhaust pipe,
• Stop the engine before you begin to turbocharger (if equipped) and engine
service it. block during operation and shortly
after you shut the engine down. These
• NEVER leave the key in the key switch
surfaces are extremely hot while the
when you are servicing the engine.
engine is operating and could
Someone may accidentally start the
seriously burn you.
engine and not realize you are
servicing it. This could result in a • Failure to comply could result in death
serious injury. or serious injury.
0000015en
• If you must service the engine while it
is operating, remove all jewelry, tie
back long hair, and keep your hands, A WARNING
other body parts and clothing away
from moving / rotating parts.
• Failure to comply could result in death
or serious injury.
0000010en
A CAUTION CAUTION
• Only use the engine oil specified.
Other engine oils may affect warranty
coverage, cause internal engine
components to seize and / or shorten
engine life.
• Prevent dirt and debris from
FLYING OBJECT HAZARD!
contaminating the engine oil. Carefully
• ALWAYS wear eye protection when clean the oil cap / dipstick and the
servicing the engine and when using surrounding area before you remove
compressed air or high-pressure the cap.
water. Dust, flying debris, compressed
• NEVER mix different types of engine
air, pressurized water or steam may
oil. This may adversely affect the
injure your eyes.
lubricating properties of the engine oil.
• Failure to comply may result in minor
• NEVER overfill. Overfilling may result
or moderate injury.
in white exhaust smoke, engine
0000003en
overspeed or internal damage.
0000005en
A CAUTION
If any oil pump component clearance CAUTION
exceeds its limit, the oil pump must be
If the oil pump must be replaced, replace
replaced as an assembly.
it as an assembly only. Do not replace
0000015en
individual components.
0000030en
INTRODUCTION
This section of the Service Manual describes the procedures necessary to service the 3TNV82A to
4TNV88, and 4TNV94L/98/106 Trochoid oil pumps.
See Replace Engine Oil and Engine Oil Filter on page 5-28 for engine oil and engine oil filter replacement
procedures.
Oil Filter
Turbocharger*
Bypass Valve
Oil Pressure
Switch
Rocker Arm
Tappet
Cam Face
Oil Pan
0000042
Figure 9-1
(1) (3)
(4)
0000028B
0000075A
Figure 9-2
2. Remove the oil pressure switch. 1 – Crankshaft
2 – Oil Pump Cover
3. Install a mechanical oil pressure gauge in the 3 – Oil Pressure Regulator
oil pressure switch port. 4 – Gear Case Cover
4. Start the engine: 5 – Outer Rotor
6 – Inner Rotor
• If the mechanical oil pressure test gauge
indicates good oil pressure, replace the faulty Figure 9-3
oil pressure switch or sending unit, or faulty
machine oil pressure gauge in instrument
panel.
• If the mechanical oil pressure test gauge
indicates low oil pressure, troubleshoot the
lubrication system to locate the cause of the
low oil pressure. See Failure Diagnosis Table
on page 15-191. Repair as necessary.
CAUTION
If the oil pump must be replaced, replace
it as an assembly only. Do not replace
individual components.
0000030en
Figure 9-5
4. Remove the oil pump cover (Figure 9-5, (1))
(2) (3)
from the gear case cover.
5. Remove the outer rotor (Figure 9-6, (2)) and
inner rotor (Figure 9-6, (1)) from the gear case
cover.
(2)
(1)
(1)
0000163C
Figure 9-4
2. Remove the crankshaft pulley and gear case
cover. See Removal of Timing Gear Case
Cover on page 6-73.
3. Remove the seven oil pump cover
(Figure 9-5, (1)) screws (Figure 9-5, (2)). 0001626
(1)
(2)
(2)
(1) 0001151A
Figure 9-8
0001642
Outer Rotor to Inner Rotor Tip Clearance
Figure 9-7
Determine the outer rotor to inner rotor tip
Cleaning and Inspection clearance. Insert a feeler gauge between the top of
an inner rotor tooth (Figure 9-9, (1)) and the top of
Wash the oil pump cover, the oil pressure regulator
an outer rotor tooth (Figure 9-9, (2)) and measure
valve, the oil pump cavity and the inner and outer
the clearance.
rotors. Inspect the parts for wear or damage.
Replace as necessary.
Note: If the oil pump cavity is damaged, the
gear case cover must be replaced.
A CAUTION
(1)
If any oil pump component clearance
exceeds its limit, the oil pump must be
replaced as an assembly.
0000015en
(2) 0001150A
Check Outer Rotor Outside Clearance
Figure 9-9
1. Reinstall the outer and inner rotors. The dots on
the rotor faces must face “up.” Make sure that Record the measurement(s) and see Outer Rotor
the pilot on the back of the inner rotor fits into to Inner Rotor Tip Clearance on page 9-6 for the
the bore of the oil pump cavity and the top service limits.
surface of the inner rotor is flush with the top
surface of the outer rotor.
2. Determine the outside clearance of the outer
rotor. Insert a feeler gauge between the outer
rotor (Figure 9-8, (1)) and the gear case oil
pump cavity (Figure 9-8, (2)).
Check Outer Rotor Side Clearance Record the measurement(s) and see Inner Rotor
Determine the side clearance of the outer rotor and Gear Boss Clearance <Multiple tooth trochoid
across the pump cavity. While pressing down on type 3TNV82A - 4TNV88> on page 9-7 for the
the outer rotor, measure the depression using a service limits.
depth micrometer (Figure 9-10).
Reassembly of Oil Pump
1. Lubricate the outer rotor (Figure 9-12, (1)),
10
25 20 15
(5)
(3)
0001152 (1)
(2)
Figure 9-10
Record the measurement(s) and see Outer Rotor
Outside Clearance on page 9-6 for the service
limits.
Figure 9-11
(1)
0000163C
Figure 9-13
8. Reinstall the V-belt. Tighten the V-belt to the (5) (4)
proper tension as described in Check and
Adjust Cooling Fan V-Belt on page 5-22.
1 – Body
2 – Shaft
3 – Inner rotor
4 – Outer rotor
5 – Cover
6 – Drive gear
7 – Pressure regulator valve
Figure 9-14
CAUTION
If the oil pump must be replaced, replace
it as an assembly only. Do not replace
individual components.
0000030en
(2) (3)
(2)
Figure 9-16
Figure 9-17
Record the measurement(s) and see Outer Rotor
Outside Clearance on page 9-6 for the service
limits.
Figure 9-18
(1)
(2) (3)
(2)
Figure 9-20
Record the measurement(s) and see Rotor Shaft (1)
0000163C
Clearance <Trochoid type 3TNV82A-B - 4TNV88-B,
4TNV94L - 4TNV106T> on page 9-7 for the service Figure 9-21
limits. 8. Install the V-belt. Adjust the belt to uniform
tensile strength in accordance with the
Reassembly of Oil Pump instructions given in Check and Adjust Cooling
1. Apply clean lubricating oil to the lubricating oil Fan V-Belt on page 5-22.
pump body and inner rotor assembly as well as
to the outer rotor.
2. Insert the outer rotor into the lubricating oil
pump body and inner rotor assembly and install
the cover.
3. Replace the packing with new one.
4. Install the lubricating oil pump assembly to the
gear case flange by tightening the bolts with
the specified torque.
5. Install the gear case cover. For more
information, See Installation of Gear Case
Cover on page 6-97.
6. Install the crank shaft pulley.
7. Install the cooling water pump V-pulley
(Figure 9-21, (1)), spacer (Figure 9-21, (2)),
cooling water fan (Figure 9-21, (3)), and fan
guard (if equipped).
(5)
(2) (3)
(3)
(4) 0000043A
(1)
(2)
(2) 0000049D
Figure 9-24
(1)
(2)
0000045A
Figure 9-27
Record the measurement(s) and see Check Outer
Rotor Outside Clearance on page 9-11 for the Record the measurement(s) and see Check Outer
service limits. Rotor Side Clearance on page 9-12 for the service
limits.
(1)
(1)
(2) 0000049D
Figure 9-30
(2) 4. Reinstall the gear case cover and crankshaft
0000047A pulley. See Installation of Gear Case Cover on
Figure 9-28 page 6-97.
5. Reinstall the engine coolant pump V-pulley
Record the measurement(s) and see Rotor Shaft (Figure 9-31, (1)), spacer (Figure 9-31, (2)),
Clearance <Trochoid type 3TNV82A-B - 4TNV88-B, engine cooling fan (Figure 9-31, (3)) and
4TNV94L - 4TNV106T> on page 9-7 for the service engine cooling fan guard (if equipped).
limits.
(1)
0000163C
Figure 9-31
6. Reinstall the V-belt. Tighten the V-belt to the
proper tension as described in Check and
1
0000048A Adjust Cooling Fan V-Belt on page 5-22.
Figure 9-29
TURBOCHARGER
Page
Before You Begin Servicing .......................................................... 10-3
Introduction.................................................................................... 10-5
Specifications ................................................................................ 10-5
Turbocharger Service Information ........................................... 10-5
Troubleshooting............................................................................. 10-6
Excessive Exhaust Smoke ...................................................... 10-6
Generates White Smoke ......................................................... 10-7
Sudden Oil Decrease .............................................................. 10-7
Decrease in Output.................................................................. 10-7
Poor (Slow) Response (Starting) of Turbocharger .................. 10-7
Abnormal Sound or Vibration .................................................. 10-7
Turbocharger Components ........................................................... 10-8
Turbocharger Component Functions........................................... 10-10
Theory of Operation............................................................... 10-11
Compressor Side Sealing Mechanism .................................. 10-11
Waste Gate Modulation ......................................................... 10-11
Washing Procedure..................................................................... 10-12
Periodic Inspection ...................................................................... 10-13
Visual Inspection ................................................................... 10-13
Inspection of Rotor Rotation .................................................. 10-13
Inspection of Rotor Play ........................................................ 10-13
Removal of Turbocharger...................................................... 10-13
Checking Rotor Play.............................................................. 10-14
Waste Gate Valve Test.......................................................... 10-14
Waste Gate Actuator Leak Test ............................................ 10-15
Installation of Turbocharger................................................... 10-15
A CAUTION
ENTANGLEMENT HAZARD!
• Stop the engine before you begin to
service it.
• NEVER leave the key in the key switch
FLYING OBJECT HAZARD!
when you are servicing the engine.
Someone may accidentally start the • ALWAYS wear eye protection when
engine and not realize you are servicing the engine and when using
servicing it. This could result in a compressed air or high-pressure
serious injury. water. Dust, flying debris, compressed
air, pressurized water or steam may
• If you must service the engine while it
injure your eyes.
is operating, remove all jewelry, tie
back long hair, and keep your hands, • Failure to comply may result in minor
other body parts and clothing away or moderate injury.
from moving / rotating parts. 0000003en
CAUTION
Avoid damage to the turbocharger or the
engine. Do not spray blower wash fluid
or water too quickly.
Use short strokes from a spray bottle to
inject blower wash fluid or water into the
turbocharger.
Spraying too much wash fluid or water,
or spraying too quickly will damage the
turbocharger.
0000063en
CAUTION
Do not allow any material to fall into the
oil lines or the oil inlet and outlet ports
of the turbocharger.
0000064en
CAUTION
If the waste valve does not meet
specifications, replace the turbocharger
or have it repaired by a qualified repair
facility.
0000078en
INTRODUCTION
This section of the Service Manual describes the servicing of the RHF5, RHB31 and RHB51 model
turbochargers.
SPECIFICATIONS
Turbocharger Service Information
3TNV84T (CL,
4TNV106T
Applicable Engine Model (application) VM) 3TNV84T (VM) 4TNV98T
(CL, VM)
4TNV84T (CL)
Turbocharger Model RHB31 RHB51 RHF5 RHF5
Turbocharger Specification Standard (w/waste gate)
Turbine Type Radial flow
Blower (Compressor) Type Centrifugal
Lubrication External lubrication
Maximum Continuous Allowable Speed 250,000 180,000
Maximum Continuous Allowable Gas Inlet
750°F (399°C)
Temperature
5.4 lb 9.2 lb 10.3 lb 10.3 lb
Weight (Dry)
(24 N; 2.4 kgf) (41 N; 4.2 kgf) (46 N; 4.7 kgf) (46 N; 4.7 kgf)
TROUBLESHOOTING
The following troubleshooting procedures apply to problems identified as turbocharger related. Consider all
other troubleshooting possibilities before cleaning or removing the turbocharger.
3. Sticking bearing:
3a. Repair turbocharger. Send to qualified repair facility.
3a. Insufficient lubrication or clogged lubrication piping
3b. Inspect the lubricating oil line for problem. Correct the
3b. Excessively high oil temperature
condition and replace lubricating oil.
3c. Repair the turbocharger. Send to a qualified repair
3c. Unbalanced rotating part
facility.
3d. Improper operation of the machine. Refer to the
3d. Insufficient warming up or sudden stop from loaded
Operation Manual.
operation (no-load operation)
4. Contact or breakdown of turbine wheel or blower vane: 4a. Inspection and repair of each engine part
4a. Excessive revolution 4b. Inspection and repair of each engine part
4b. Excessive exhaust temperature rise 4c. Clean the air cleaner and engine compartment. Repair
4c. Foreign matter within turbocharger the turbocharger. Send to a qualified repair facility.
4d. Repair the turbocharger. Send to a qualified repair
4d. Worn bearing facility.
4e. Repair the turbocharger. Send to a qualified repair
4e. Incorrect assembly of turbocharger facility.
Decrease in Output
Cause Corrective action
Gas leak from any part in exhaust piping Correct the condition
Air leak from discharge side of blower Correct the condition
Clogged air cleaner element Clean or replace the air cleaner element
Damaged turbocharger Repair the turbocharger. Send to a qualified repair facility
TURBOCHARGER COMPONENTS
Note: The following illustration is provided for informational purposes only. Yanmar does not offer individual
service parts for turbochargers. If the turbocharger is worn or damaged, it should be replaced or
repaired by a qualified repair facility.
(12)
(15)
(14) (8) (7)
(13) (9)
(4)
(5)
(11) (3) (22)
(2) (23)
(20) (21)
(28)
(10) (29)
(24)
(27)
(6)
(19)
(1) (29)
(14)
(13)
(17)
(18) (26)
(16) (32)
(25) (31) (30)
0000078A
Figure 10-1
B C
(19)
(18)
F
(2)
(11) (1) (20) (3) (5) (16) (6) (4) (7)
A 0000077A
A seal ring and heat insulating plate thermally Waste Gate Control
isolate heat energy, at the turbine side, from the A mechanical pressure sensor in the outlet of the
bearings and the induction air, at the compressor compressor side of the turbocharger opens and
side. closes the waste gate to maintain the specified
intake pressure at the intake manifold.
WASHING PROCEDURE
Note: Inspection, cleaning and repair of the
internal turbocharger components must
be performed by a qualified repair facility.
The washing procedure described in this section is
intended to clean the impeller on the compressor
only if the engine loses rpm, seems sluggish or has
insufficient boost pressure. The process does not
require disassembling any portion of the
turbocharger.
Since washing is quick and easy, perform this
procedure before considering replacement.
1. Start the engine and allow it to reach the
0000860
normal operating temperature.
Figure 10-3
CAUTION
3. Continue to operate the engine under the same
Avoid damage to the turbocharger or the
load for three to four minutes.
engine. Do not spray blower wash fluid
or water too quickly. 4. While the engine is still operating at normal load
(75 - 80% of maximum), slowly and evenly
Use short strokes from a spray bottle to spray 2 - 3 oz (60 - 90 cc) of clean water over a
inject blower wash fluid or water into the period of ten to fifteen seconds into the air inlet.
turbocharger.
5. Continue to operate the engine under the same
Spraying too much wash fluid or water, load for at least ten minutes to completely dry
or spraying too quickly will damage the the air intake system and turbocharger.
turbocharger.
6. Test the engine performance. If engine
0000063en
performance has not improved, repeat steps 2
2. While the engine is operating at normal load through 6. If the engine performance does not
(75 - 80% of maximum), slowly and evenly improve after executing the washing process
spray 2 - 3 oz (60 - 90 cc) of blower wash fluid three times, replace the turbocharger or have it
over a period of ten to fifteen seconds into the repaired by a qualified repair facility.
air inlet (Figure 10-3).
PERIODIC INSPECTION
Inspect the turbocharger at regularly scheduled intervals.
Inspection interval
Application
200 hours 400 hours 500 hours 800 hours 1000 hours 2000 hours
First 6 First 12 Every 24
Construction Equipment months months months
or 500 hrs or 1000 hrs or 2000 hrs
First 6 First 12 Every 24
Farm Equipment months months months
or 200 hrs or 400 hrs or 800 hrs
Engine Oil and Filter Replacement Based on engine operation manual
(1)
(2)
(3)
(3)
0000081A
Figure 10-5
STARTER MOTOR
Page
Before You Begin Servicing .......................................................... 11-3
Introduction.................................................................................... 11-5
Starter Motor Information .............................................................. 11-5
3TNV82A to 4TNV88 - Standard and Optional........................ 11-5
Starter Motor Specifications .......................................................... 11-7
Starter Motor Troubleshooting....................................................... 11-8
Starter Motor Components ............................................................ 11-9
Starter Motor ............................................................................... 11-10
Removal of Starter Motor ...................................................... 11-10
Disassembly of Starter Motor ................................................ 11-10
Cleaning and Inspection ........................................................ 11-12
Reassembly of Starter Motor................................................. 11-17
Check Pinion Projection Length ............................................ 11-18
No-Load Test......................................................................... 11-19
Installation of Starter Motor ................................................... 11-20
SHOCK HAZARD!
• Turn off the battery switch (if
ENTANGLEMENT HAZARD! equipped) or disconnect the negative
battery cable before servicing the
• Stop the engine before you begin to
electrical system.
service it.
• Check the electrical harnesses for
• NEVER leave the key in the key switch
cracks, abrasions, and damaged or
when you are servicing the engine.
corroded connectors. ALWAYS keep
Someone may accidentally start the
the connectors and terminals clean.
engine and not realize you are
servicing it. This could result in a • Failure to comply could result in death
serious injury. or serious injury.
0000009en
• If you must service the engine while it
is operating, remove all jewelry, tie
back long hair, and keep your hands, A WARNING
other body parts and clothing away
from moving / rotating parts.
• Failure to comply could result in death
or serious injury.
0000010en
FUME / BURN HAZARD!
• Always read and follow safety related
precautions found on containers of
hazardous substances like parts
cleaners, primers, sealants and
sealant removers.
• Failure to comply could result in death
or serious injury.
0000014en
A CAUTION CAUTION
The starter motor is water-proofed
according to JIS D 0203, R2 which
protects the motor from rain or general
cleaning. Do not use high-pressure
wash or submerse the starter motor in
water.
FLYING OBJECT HAZARD! 0000055en
CAUTION
The starter motor can be damaged if
operated continuously longer than
10 seconds while performing the
no-load test.
0000034en
CAUTION
Make sure that the combined total
resistance of the battery cable in both
directions between the starter motor
and the battery is within the value
indicated on the wiring diagram. The
starter motor will malfunction or break
down if the resistance is higher than the
specified value.
0000054en
INTRODUCTION
This section of the Service Manual covers the servicing of the starter motor. Yanmar Part No. 129900-
77010 is standard equipment on 4TNV94-98 model engines and is used in this section to show the service
procedures for a representative starter motor. For specific part detail, see the Yanmar Parts Catalog for the
engine you are working on.
YES
Engine does not start? Inspect wiring up to solenoid switch
Is starter motor solenoid and repair if necessary.
NO • Key switch
switch actuating sound
STARTER MOTOR
YES
• Adjust / pinion projection length.
• Inspect shift lever for deformation,
Pinion and ring gear NO return spring for fatigue and pinion
meshing normal? for sliding.
YES • Repair meshing between pinion and
ring gear or replace as needed.
YES
Connect M terminal of starter NO • Inspect brush and replace if worn.
Pinion roller clutch or motor directly to battery. • If brushes are not worn, replace armature
reduction gear damaged. Does starter motor operate? assembly.
Inspect and replace.
YES
Solenoid switch assembly If starter motor becomes wet, replace solenoid switch
contact defective. Repair assembly even if function is normal.
NO or replace.
STARTER MOTOR TROUBLESHOOTING
(slow revolution) NO
Is revolution normal? Is battery fully charged • Charge or replace battery. If a problem occurs:
and terminals clean? • Clean terminals. Immediately disconnect battery negative terminal.
YES YES
Inspect fuel system. Is the engine oil NO Engine does not stop
Replace engine oil.
viscosity correct? even when key switch is
turned OFF.
YES
Slow Revolution
0000102
Starter Motor Troubleshooting
Starter Motor Components STARTER MOTOR
(8)
(7)
(6)
(5)
(4)
(23)
(3)
(2)
(1) (15)
(18)
(22)
(21)
(19)
(20)
(17)
(16) 0000103A
A WARNING
SHOCK HAZARD!
• Turn off the battery switch (if
equipped) or disconnect the negative 0002126
(7) (1)
(4)
(1)
(2) (3)
0000107A
Figure 11-6
(6) (5) (3) (2) 6. Pull the armature assembly (Figure 11-6, (3))
0000105A
out from the field coil assembly
Figure 11-4 (Figure 11-6, (2)).
3. Remove the two M5 through bolts 7. Remove the two M6 bolts (Figure 11-7, (1))
(Figure 11-4, (4)). Separate the rear cover retaining the magnetic switch assembly
(Figure 11-4, (2)), field coil assembly (Figure 11-7, (2)) to the gear housing. Remove
(Figure 11-4, (5)) with the armature assembly the magnetic switch assembly, dust cover(s)
(Figure 11-4, (6)) from the gear housing (Figure 11-7, (3)) and torsion spring
(Figure 11-4, (7)). (Figure 11-7, (4)) from the gear housing.
4. Pull the brush springs up using a brush spring (1)
puller. On the negative (-) side, bring the brush
spring into contact with the side of the brush for
lifting from the commutator surface. On the
positive (+) side, remove the brush from the (2) (4)
brush holder assembly (Figure 11-5, (1)).
(3)
0000108A
Figure 11-7
8. Disassemble the dust cover (Figure 11-8, (3))
and shift the lever (Figure 11-8, (4)) from the
(1) gear housing.
0000106A
(1)
Figure 11-5
5. Remove the brush holder assembly
(Figure 11-6, (1)) from the armature assembly
(Figure 11-6, (3)).
(2)
0000109A
Figure 11-8
Figure 11-11
(3)
Cleaning and Inspection
Armature
(1)
Commutator Surface Inspection
0000110A If the commutator surface is rough, polish the
surface with a #500 to #600 emery cloth
Figure 11-9
(Figure 11-12).
10. Remove the pinion clutch assembly
(Figure 11-9, (3)) from the bearing retainer
assembly.
11. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, remove the
retaining ring (Figure 11-10, (1)) from the shaft
of the pinion.
(1)
0000117
Figure 11-12
0000113
Figure 11-13
See Starter Motor Specifications on page 11-7 for
the service limit.
0000114
Measure Commutator Insulation Depth
Figure 11-15
Measure the depth of the insulating material
(Figure 11-14, (1)) between commutator segments If the multimeter does not indicate continuity,
(Figure 11-14, (2)). If the depth measures less replace the armature.
than the limit, use a hacksaw blade
(Figure 11-14, (3)) to remove the insulating Armature Coil Insulation Test
material until the depth is within the limit. Check for continuity between a commutator
segment and the shaft or armature using a
A normal commutator condition is indicated in multimeter (Figure 11-16). The multimeter should
(Figure 11-14, (4)). An abnormal commutator not indicate continuity.
condition is indicated in (Figure 11-14, (5)).
(3)
(2)
(1)
0000115
Figure 11-16
(5) (4) If the multimeter indicates continuity, replace the
0000118
armature.
Figure 11-14
See Starter Motor Specifications on page 11-7 for
the service limit.
0000116
Figure 11-17
See Starter Motor Specifications on page 11-7 for 0000120
the service limit.
Figure 11-19
Field Coil
Measure Brush Length
Field Coil Continuity Test Measure the length of the brush (Figure 11-20).
Check for continuity between the field coil terminals Replace the brush if the length is less than the limit.
using a multimeter (Figure 11-18). The multimeter
should indicate continuity.
If the multimeter does not indicate continuity,
replace the field coil assembly.
0000121
Figure 11-20
See Starter Motor Specifications on page 11-7 for
0000119 the service limit.
Figure 11-18
Shunt Coil Continuity Test If the multimeter does not indicate continuity,
replace the magnetic switch.
Check for continuity between the “S” terminal and
the switch body using a multimeter (Figure 11-21).
The multimeter should indicate continuity.
If the multimeter does not indicate continuity,
replace the magnetic switch.
0000125
Figure 11-22
Contact Continuity Test Slide the pinion clutch assembly on the shaft. It
Depress the plunger at the bottom of the magnetic should slide smoothly on the shaft (Figure 11-25).
switch. Check for continuity between the “B” and Rust, too much grease or damage could prevent
“M” terminals using a multimeter (Figure 11-23). the pinion clutch from sliding smoothly. If the pinion
The multimeter should indicate continuity. clutch assembly does not slide smoothly, clean the
shaft and pinion clutch assembly or replace the
If the multimeter does not indicate continuity, damaged component.
replace the magnetic switch.
0000128
Figure 11-25
0000126 Ball Bearing Inspection
Figure 11-23 Rotate each ball bearing while holding the pinion
clutch assembly (Figure 11-26). Replace the ball
Pinion Clutch Assembly bearing if it does not rotate smoothly or has
excessive play.
Pinion Clutch Assembly Inspection
Manually rotate the pinion clutch assembly in the
drive direction (Figure 11-24). It should rotate
freely in the drive direction and is locked by turning
it in the opposite direction. Replace the pinion
clutch assembly if the results are different.
0000129
Figure 11-26
0000127
Figure 11-24
7. Carefully install the armature assembly 12. Reinstall the two M4 through bolts
(Figure 11-30, (1)) into the field coil assembly (Figure 11-32). Securely tighten the through
(Figure 11-30, (2)). bolts. Reconnect the wire to the magnetic
switch assembly. Tighten the M8 nut. Reinstall
the cover over the connection.
(1)
(2)
0000269
Figure 11-30
8. Position the brush springs in brush holders
(Figure 11-31). Reinstall the brushes in the
brush holders. Reversing the brushes will cause 0000104
0000132
Figure 11-33
(4)
0002127A
Figure 11-35
3. Connect a wire lead between the mounting
base of the starter motor (Figure 11-35, (4))
and the battery negative terminal
0000133
(Figure 11-35, (5)).
Figure 11-34 4. Connect a voltmeter (Figure 11-35, (7)) to the
battery negative (-) terminal (Figure 11-35, (5))
No-Load Test and the main positive (+) battery terminal
(Figure 11-35, (3)) on the starter motor.
Test the characteristics of the starter motor by
performing a no-load test. 5. Install a switch (Figure 11-35, (6)) in a circuit
between the battery positive (+) terminal
(Figure 11-35, (2)) and the starter magnetic
CAUTION switch (solenoid) terminal (Figure 11-35, (8))
The starter motor can be damaged if on the starter motor.
operated continuously longer than 6. Use a suitable tachometer to monitor the rpm of
10 seconds while performing the the starter.
no-load test.
7. Turn the switch to the ON position. Monitor the
0000034en
rpm, amperage draw and voltage. For test
1. Secure the starting motor in a vise or other specifications, see 3TNV82A to 4TNV88 -
suitable fixture. Standard and Optional and 4TNV94L to
4TNV106T - Standard and Optional on
2. Connect an ammeter (Figure 11-35, (1)) in
page 11-5 for the appropriate starter motor.
series between the battery positive (+) terminal
(Figure 11-35, (2)) and the main positive (+)
terminal (Figure 11-35, (3)) on the starter
motor.
Note: The ammeter and all wire leads used in
this test must have a capacity equal to or
greater than the amperage draw
specification for the starter motor being
tested.
(1)
0002126
Figure 11-36
3. Reconnect the electrical wires to the magnetic
switch assembly (solenoid). Be sure to place
the cover over the battery positive (+) cable
connection.
4. Reconnect the battery cables at the battery.
ALTERNATOR
Page
Before You Begin Servicing .......................................................... 12-3
Introduction.................................................................................... 12-6
Dynamo and Alternator Information .............................................. 12-6
3TNV82A to 4TNV106T - Standard and Optional Dynamos ... 12-6
3TNV82A to 4TNV106T - Standard and Optional Alternators . 12-6
Alternator Specifications................................................................ 12-7
Dynamo Specifications.................................................................. 12-7
Alternator Troubleshooting ............................................................ 12-8
Alternator Components ................................................................. 12-9
Alternator Wiring Diagram ........................................................... 12-10
Alternator Standard Output ........................................................ 12-11
Alternator .................................................................................... 12-12
Removal of Alternator............................................................ 12-12
Disassembly of Alternator...................................................... 12-12
Reassembly of Alternator ...................................................... 12-14
Installation of Alternator......................................................... 12-16
Dynamo Component Location..................................................... 12-17
Dynamo Wiring Diagram ............................................................. 12-18
Operation of Dynamo .................................................................. 12-18
Dynamo Standard Output ........................................................... 12-19
Testing of Dynamo ...................................................................... 12-20
Testing Stator Coil Continuity ................................................ 12-20
Testing Stator Coil Short-to-Ground ...................................... 12-20
Testing Dynamo Regulated Output ....................................... 12-20
SHOCK HAZARD!
• Turn off the battery switch (if
ENTANGLEMENT HAZARD! equipped) or disconnect the negative
battery cable before servicing the
• Stop the engine before you begin to
electrical system.
service it.
• Check the electrical harnesses for
• NEVER leave the key in the key switch
cracks, abrasions, and damaged or
when you are servicing the engine.
corroded connectors. ALWAYS keep
Someone may accidentally start the
the connectors and terminals clean.
engine and not realize you are
servicing it. This could result in a • Failure to comply could result in death
serious injury. or serious injury.
0000009en
• If you must service the engine while it
is operating, remove all jewelry, tie
back long hair, and keep your hands, A WARNING
other body parts and clothing away
from moving / rotating parts.
• Failure to comply could result in death
or serious injury.
0000010en
BURN HAZARD!
• Keep your hands and other body parts
away from hot engine surfaces such
as the muffler, exhaust pipe,
turbocharger (if equipped) and engine
block during operation and shortly
after you shut the engine down. These
surfaces are extremely hot while the
engine is operating and could
seriously burn you.
• Failure to comply could result in death
or serious injury.
0000015en
A WARNING A CAUTION
A CAUTION
CAUTION
Do not short-circuit the charging system
between alternator terminals IG and L.
Damage to the alternator will result.
0000035en
CAUTION CAUTION
Do not connect a load between Using a non-specified V-belt will cause
alternator terminals L and E. Damage to inadequate charging and shorten the
the alternator will result. belt life. Use the specified belt.
0000036en 0000052en
CAUTION CAUTION
Do not remove the positive (+) battery Agricultural or other chemicals,
cable from alternator terminal B while especially those with a high sulfur
the engine is operating. Damage to the content, can adhere to the IC regulator.
alternator will result. This will corrode the conductor and
0000037en result in battery over-charging (boiling)
and charging malfunctions. Consult
Yanmar before using the equipment in
CAUTION such an environment or the warranty is
Do not turn the battery switch OFF while voided.
the engine is operating. Damage to the 0000053en
alternator will result.
0000038en
CAUTION
Do not use a high-pressure wash
CAUTION directly on the alternator. Water will
Do not operate the engine if the damage the alternator and result in
alternator is producing unusual sounds. inadequate charging.
Damage to the alternator will result. 0000049en
0000039en
CAUTION
Do not reverse the positive (+) and
negative (-) ends of the battery cable.
The alternator diode and stator coil will
be damaged.
0000050en
CAUTION
When the battery indicator goes out, it
should not come on again. The battery
indicator only comes on during
operation if the alternator fails. However,
if an LED is used in the battery indicator,
the LED will shine faintly during normal
operation.
0000051en
INTRODUCTION
This section of the Service Manual describes the servicing of the dynamos and alternators. Yanmar Part
No. 129423-77200 alternator is used in this section to show the service procedures for the representative
alternator. Yanmar Part No. 171301-77201 dynamo is used in this section to show the service procedures
for the representative dynamo. For specific part detail, see the Parts Catalog for the engine you are working
on.
ALTERNATOR SPECIFICATIONS
Yanmar Part Number 129423-77200
Nominal Output (13.5 Volts Heat) 40 Amps
Weight 6.17 lb (2.8 kg)
Revolution Direction (As Viewed From Pulley) Clockwise
Rating Continuous
Battery Voltage 12 Volts
Rated Revolution 5000 rpm (min-1)
Operating Range 1350 - 18000 rpm (min-1)
Grounding Characteristics Negative (-) Side of Circuit
Integrated Regulator IC Regulator
Outside Diameter of Pulley 2.724 in. (69.2 mm)
Belt Shape Type A
DYNAMO SPECIFICATIONS
Yanmar Part Number 119910-77200
Nominal Output 20 Amps
Weight 3.97 lb (1.8 kg)
Revolution Direction (As Viewed From Pulley) Clockwise
Rating Continuous
Battery Voltage 12 Volts
Rated Revolution 3500 rpm
Operating Range 1400 - 6600 rpm
Grounding Characteristics Negative (-) Side of Circuit
Current Limiter (Yanmar Part No.
Regulator
119653-77710)
A-Belt 2.56 in. (65 mm)
Outside Diameter of Pulley
Special M-Belt 2.28 in. (58 mm)
Belt Shape Type A or Type Special M
At idle, does battery Battery indicator flashes. Inspect diode positive (+) side.
indicator turn OFF?
Battery indicator
OFF is dim.
Increase engine speed to
1500 rpm. Turn light switch ON.
ALTERNATOR TROUBLESHOOTING
Battery voltage
is between 13 With engine idling, Does battery indicator ON Inspect auxiliary diode.
and 15 volts. turn light switch ON. come ON?
OFF
ALTERNATOR COMPONENTS
Yanmar Part No. 129423-77200 alternator is used in this section to show the service procedures for the
representative alternator. For specific part detail, see the Parts Catalog for the engine you are working on.
14
12 13
10 11
8 9
6
5
29
4
3 7 19
2
16 18
1 17
25
15 28
27
26
24
23
22 0000255
21
20
1 – Nut 17 – Insulation Bushing
2 – Pulley 18 – Spring (2 used)
3 – Collar 19 – Brush Holder
4 – Front Frame Housing 20 – Rear Frame Housing
5 – Stator Assembly 21 – Bolt (2 used)
6 – Stud (2 used) 22 – Holder
7 – Front Frame Housing Bearing 23 – IC Regulator Assembly
8 – Bearing Cover 24 – Bolt (2 used)
9 – Bearing Cover Bolt (4 used) 25 – Bolt
10 – Rotor Assembly 26 – Brush (2 used)
11 – Rear Frame Housing Bearing 27 – Bolt
12 – Bearing Cover 28 – Rear Cover
13 – Thrust Washer 29 – Bolt (3 used)
14 – Thrust Washer
15 – Nut (2 used)
16 – Nut
Figure 12-1
IG 1
IG P
B
PI P L
2
F
IC
L
0.5μF 3 3
B
4A
E T
5 6
CAUTION CAUTION
Do not short-circuit the charging system Do not remove the positive (+) battery
between alternator terminals IG and L. cable from alternator terminal B while
Damage to the alternator will result. the engine is operating. Damage to the
0000035en alternator will result.
0000037en
CAUTION
Do not connect a load between
alternator terminals L and E. Damage to
the alternator will result.
0000036en
Output Current
60
Cold
50
13.5 Volts, Constant Ambient
Temperature at 77˚F (25˚C) Hot
40
30
20
10
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Alternator RPM (x10³ min¯¹)
Figure 12-3
SHOCK HAZARD!
2 1
• Turn off the battery switch (if
0000264
equipped) or disconnect the negative
battery cable before servicing the Figure 12-4
electrical system.
Disassembly of Alternator
• Check the electrical harnesses for
cracks, abrasions, and damaged or 1. Remove the nut (Figure 12-5, (1)) from the
corroded connectors. ALWAYS keep shaft of the rotor assembly. Remove the pulley
the connectors and terminals clean. (Figure 12-5, (2)).
• Failure to comply could result in death
or serious injury.
0000009en
Removal of Alternator
1. Disconnect the electrical wires from the
alternator.
2. Loosen the V-belt.
A CAUTION
2
1 0000256
4 2
5
1
0000257A
Figure 12-6
3. Remove the brush holder (Figure 12-6, (3)).
0000265A
Remove the brush springs (Figure 12-6, (4))
and brushes (Figure 12-6, (5)). Figure 12-8
4. Remove the bolt retaining the regulator 8. Using a press, remove the rotor assembly
assembly (Figure 12-7, (1)) to the holder (Figure 12-9, (1)) from the front frame housing
(Figure 12-7, (2)). (Figure 12-9, (2)) and rear frame housing
(Figure 12-9, (1)).
3 3
1
4
1
2
100266A
Figure 12-9
0000258A
Figure 12-7
4
3
2
3 1
0000260A
1 Figure 12-11
Reassembly of Alternator
0000259A
1. If removed, reinstall the two trust washers
(Figure 12-12, (3)) and bearing cover
Figure 12-10 (Figure 12-12, (2)) in the rear frame housing.
Lubricate the outside diameter of a new bearing
10. If it is necessary to replace the bearing (Figure 12-12, (1)). Press the bearing into the
(Figure 12-10, (2)) in the front frame housing, rear frame housing.
remove the four bolts (Figure 12-10, (3))
securing the plate (Figure 12-10, (4)) to the
front frame housing. Remove the plate. Use a
puller to remove the bearing. Discard the
bearing.
11. If it is necessary to replace the bearing
(Figure 12-11, (1)) in the rear frame housing, 3
use a puller to remove. Discard the bearing. 2
Remove the bearing cover (Figure 12-11, (2)) 1
and two thrust washers (Figure 12-11, (3)).
0000260A
Figure 12-12
1
3
0000265A
1 Figure 12-15
6. Reinstall the insulation bushing
0000259A (Figure 12-16, (4)) and nut (Figure 12-16, (3)).
Figure 12-13
3. Position the stator assembly (Figure 12-13, (1)) 3
on the front frame housing studs. 1
4
4. Lubricate the shaft of the rotor assembly
(Figure 12-14, (1)). Press the rotor assembly
into the front frame housing (Figure 12-14, (2))
and rear frame housing (Figure 12-14, (3)).
1
2
2
0000258A
Figure 12-16
7. Reassemble the regulator assembly
(Figure 12-16, (1)) to the holder
100266A
(Figure 12-16, (2)).
Figure 12-14
3 1
2 1
0000264
Figure 12-19
4 2
5 2. Reconnect the electrical wires to the alternator.
Tighten the nuts to 15 - 20 in.-lb (1.7 - 2.3 N·m;
17-23 kgf·m).
3. Reinstall the V-belt. Tighten the V-belt to the
0000257A
proper tension as described in Check and
Figure 12-17 Adjust Cooling Fan V-Belt on page 5-22.
4. Start the engine. Listen for any unusual sounds
10. Reinstall the rear cover (Figure 12-17, (2)) to from the alternator.
the rear frame housing with three bolts
(Figure 12-17, (1)). CAUTION
11. Reassemble the pulley (Figure 12-18, (2)) and Do not operate the engine if the
nut (Figure 12-18, (1)) to the shaft of the rotor alternator is producing unusual sounds.
assembly. Tighten the nut. Damage to the alternator will result.
0000039en
2
1 0000256
Figure 12-18
DYNAMO COMPONENT
LOCATION
Yanmar Part No. 171301-77201 dynamo is used in this section to show the service procedures for the
representative dynamo. For specific part detail, see the Parts Catalog for the engine you are working on.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(7)
(5)
(8) (9)
(6) (10)
(11) (12)
(13)
(14)
0002140
(3)
(5) (6)
(2) (4)
(1)
0002137
1 – Dynamo
2 – Current Limiter
3 – Key Switch
4 – Charge Lamp (3.4 Watts Max.)
5 – Battery
6 – Load
Figure 12-21
OPERATION OF DYNAMO
The dynamo consists of a series of permanent
magnets that rotate around a stationary stator coil.
The magnets are attached to the flywheel which is
rotated via the engine cooling fan drive belt. The
resultant output is an AC (alternating current)
signal. The AC is converted to DC (direct current)
by the current limiter. The current limiter outputs
charging DC current to the battery.
0002138
Figure 12-22
Testing Dynamo Regulated Output 3. Remove the V-belt adjuster from the dynamo
bolt (Figure 12-23, (1)).
1. Test and record the battery voltage with the
engine not running. 4. Remove the nut (Figure 12-23, (2)) from the
gear case stud. Remove the dynamo.
2. Start the engine and operate it at normal
operating rpm.
3. Again, check the battery voltage with the engine
running.
Results: The meter reading with the engine
running must be higher than with the engine not
running.
• If results are not correct, test the stator for
(1) 0002141
continuity and shorts to the ground. (2)
• Check the charging system wiring. Figure 12-23
• If no problems are found in previous checks,
replace the IC regulator.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(2)
(1)
0002145
Figure 12-26
0002143
(6) (2)
(5)
(4) (1)
(3)
(2)
(1)
0002145
Figure 12-27
0002144
Figure 12-25
(6)
(5)
(4)
(3)
(2) (1) 0002141
(2)
(1)
Figure 12-30
2. Reconnect the dynamo output wire connector.
0002144 3. Reinstall the V-belt. Tighten the V-belt to the
proper tension as described in Check and
Figure 12-28
Adjust Cooling Fan V-Belt on page 5-22.
5. Reinstall the flat washer (Figure 12-29, (4)), 4. Start the engine. Listen for any unusual sounds
lock washer (Figure 12-29, (3)), and nut from the alternator.
(Figure 12-29, (2)). Tighten the nut to the
specified torque. CAUTION
6. Reinstall the rear cap (Figure 12-29, (1)). Do not operate the engine if the
alternator is producing unusual sounds.
(1) Damage to the alternator will result.
(2)
(3) 0000039en
(4)
5. Verify that the charge indicator is ON while the
engine is operating. If the charge indicator is
not ON, repair the problem before operating the
engine.
0002143
Figure 12-29
TROUBLESHOOTING
Page
Special Service Tools................................................................ 15-186
Troubleshooting By Measuring Compression Pressure ............ 15-187
Compression Pressure Measurement Method .................... 15-187
Quick Reference Table For Troubleshooting ............................ 15-190
0000849
1. Degree of clearance between the piston and 6. Before installing the compression gauge
cylinder ((Figure 15-1, (1)) 2 valve engine,
(Figure 15-2, (1)) 4 valve engine) adapter,
2. Degree of clearance at the intake / exhaust crank the engine with the stop solenoid
valve seat disconnected for a few seconds to clear the
3. Gas leak from the nozzle gasket or cylinder cylinder of any residual fuel.
head gasket 7. Install a nozzle seat at the tip end of the
The pressure will drop due to increased parts wear. compression gauge adapter. Install the
Pressure drop reduces the durability of the engine. compression gauge and the compression
gauge adapter at the cylinder to be measured.
A pressure drop may also be caused by a
scratched cylinder or piston, dust entrance from the 8. Crank the engine until the compression gauge
dirty air cleaner element or a worn or broken piston reading is stabilized.
ring. Measure the compression pressure to
(1)
determine the condition of the engine.
CAUTION
Remove or install the high-pressure fuel
injection lines as an assembly whenever
possible. Disassembling the
high-pressure fuel injection lines from
the retainers or bending any of the fuel
lines will make it difficult to reinstall the
fuel lines.
0000047en
(1)
Figure 15-2
9. After performing the compression check
remove the compression gauge and
compression gauge adapter from the cylinder.
For engines with 2 valve cylinder heads
10. Reinstall the fuel injector, high-pressure fuel
injection lines, and reconnect the stop solenoid.
See Reassembly of Fuel Injectors on
page 7-41.
For engines with 4 valve cylinder heads
11. Install the fuel valves. See Installation of the
Fuel Injectors on page 7-42. See Inspection of
Valve Guides on page 6-57. Then install the
valve covers and injection high pressure lines. .
Then connect the stop solenoid..
12. Turn on the fuel supply valve and reconnect the
injection pump stop solenoid.
13. Prime the fuel system. Check for leaks. Test the
engine.
3TNV88
4TNV88
4TNV94L
4TNV98
569 psi 4TNV98T
(4 MPa)
(40 KgF/cm2) 3TNV84
4TNV106
4TNV106T
498 psi 4TNV84
(35 KgF/cm2)
427 psi
(30 KgF/cm2) (3 MPa)
356 psi
(25 KgF/cm2) 3TNV82A
3TNV84T
284 psi
4TNV84T (2 MPa)
(20 KgF/cm2)
Figure 15-3
ECU failure lamp stops flashing immediately (within 2 seconds) after turning off the key
not rotates rotates Smoke No load Workload Smoke color Workload
Engine does not start up (it stops immediately after initial ignition)
Hunting occurs
Hunting occurs
Pressure high
Remarkable
Normal
White
Slight
Black
None
Possible causes
Starting failure Engine stall Speed control error Engine Noise and Lubricating oil Cooling Intake air Exhaust gas Fuel Electrical parts
Symptoms and conditions of failure after start up output low vibration water
Starter does Starter
ECU failure lamp stops flashing immediately (within 2 seconds) after turning off the key
Smoke No load Workload Smoke color Workload
not rotates rotates
Engine does not start up (it stops immediately after initial ignition)
Hunting occurs
Hunting occurs
Pressure high
Remarkable
Normal
White
Slight
Black
None
Possible causes
Radiator cooling insufficient Or check the fan belt for looseness. "Adjusting the Cooling Fan V-belt
Tension" (on page 5-21).
Check the cooling water system for water See "Inspecting the Cooling Water
Cooling water low
leakage. System" (on page 8-7).
See "Disassembling the Cooling Water
Water jacket cracked Repair or replace.
Pump" (on page 8-9).
See "Adjusting the Cooling Fan V-belt
Fan belt elongated Adjust the belt tension.
Tension" (on page 5-21).
See "Disassembling the Cooling Water
Thermostat faulty Inspect or replace.
Pump" (on page 8-9).
See "Engine Oil Standards" (on page 4-
Improper lubricating oil Use the proper lubricating oil.
13).
See "Disassembling the Lubricating Oil
Leakage from lubricating oil system Repair.
Pump" (on page 9-9).
Lubricating oil system
ECU failure lamp stops flashing immediately (within 2 seconds) after turning off the key
Smoke No load Workload Smoke color Workload
not rotates rotates
Engine does not start up (it stops immediately after initial ignition)
Hunting occurs
Hunting occurs
Pressure high
Remarkable
Normal
White
Slight
Black
None
Possible causes
Stop solenoid faulty Inspect and replace. See "Stop Solenoid" (on page 7-7).
Fuel injection pump's injection timing See "Inspecting and Adjusting Fuel
Inspect and adjust.
advanced excessively Injection Timing" (on page 7-25).
Fuel injection pump's injection timing See "Inspecting and Adjusting Fuel
Inspect and adjust.
delayed excessively Injection Timing" (on page 7-25).
See "Diesel Fuel Standards" (on page 4-
Improper fuel oil Use the proper fuel oil. 9).
See "Draining the Oil-Water Separator"
Water flown into the fuel system Drain the fuel filter. (on page 5-22).
"Cleaning the Oil-Water Separator" (on
Fuel filter clogged Clean or replace.
page 5-31).
See "Oil Feed to the Fuel System" (on
Air contained in the fuel system Bleed.
page 4-12).
Fuel pipe clogged or cracked Clean or replace.
Fuel system
Insufficient fuel supply to the fuel injection Inspect the fuel tank cock, fuel filter, fuel
pump pipe, and fuel feed pump.
Uneven injection by the fuel injection pump Inspect and adjust. See "Testing the Fuel Injectors" (on page
7-32).
See "Testing the Fuel Injectors" (on page
Fuel injected excessively Inspect and adjust.
7-32).
Fuel injection nozzle spray failure Inspect and adjust. See "Testing the Fuel Injectors" (on page
7-32).
Remove dirt caught in the priming pump
See "Fuel System Components" (on page
Priming fails internal valve
7-12).
(disassemble and clean).
Feed pump inlet strainer clogged Clean the strainer.
Replace the pump.
CSD valve malfunctioning
Replace the CSD valve.
Inspect the fuel tank and lid;
Fuel tank airtightness deteriorated replace with the genuine parts if
necessary.
See "Cleaning the Air Cleaner Element"
Intake/exhaust
Engine used at high temperatures or high Examine the relationship between output
altitudes reduction and load
Starting failure Engine stall Speed control error Engine Noise and Lubricating oil Cooling Intake air Exhaust gas Fuel Electrical parts
Symptoms and conditions of failure after start up output low vibration water
Starter does Starter
ECU failure lamp stops flashing immediately (within 2 seconds) after turning off the key
Smoke No load Workload Smoke color Workload
not rotates rotates
Engine does not start up (it stops immediately after initial ignition)
Hunting occurs
Hunting occurs
Pressure high
Remarkable
Normal
White
Slight
Black
None
Possible causes
Rack position sensor signal error Monitor the rack position sensor signal
Repair or replace the fuel injection pump.
(an error undetectable by ECU) using the diagnosis tool.
Rack actuator malfunctioning Monitor the rack actuator using the
Repair or replace the fuel injection pump.
(an error undetectable by ECU) diagnosis tool.
Replace the lamp.
ECU failure lamp disconnected
Repair or replace the harness.
ECU faulty (ECU self diagnosis failure) Replace the ECU.
ECU failure lamp stops flashing immediately (within 2 seconds) after turning off the key
Smoke No load Workload Smoke color Workload
not rotates rotates
Engine does not start up (it stops immediately after initial ignition)
Hunting occurs
Hunting occurs
Pressure high
Remarkable
Normal
White
Slight
Black
None
Possible causes
EMERGENCY
STOP
SWITCH*
0000864A